LIBRARY 

OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

IF-TOP- 


Received 
Accession  No.Y?  96  I       .    Class  No. 


WHOSE  HONEY  AM  I  ? 


LESTER. 


PHOTO.    BY  BUSHNELL.    1410  MARKET  ST..    S.  F. 


\an 


ORIGINAL 


WRITTEN   BY  THE 


P15P1LS 


OF  THE 


ublic         c /tools 


EMBRACING 


©^vV,fer^  $$>  FfU 
To  cof^icft 


Together  -witl)  tt]e  Cuts  of  tl)e  Writers  \^l\o  are  tl^e  Wiqqers  of  tl\e  Prize; 
offered  by  tl\e  Mercbiar\ts  of  Sat]  Fraqcisco,  aqd  tl\e  Eqgravirigs 
of  tl^e  Pupils  otiose  Essays  aqd  Star\zas  deserve  Recog- 
because  of  tt\eir  Con\bir\ed  Merit. 


Prize  Compositions  and  Stanzas  on  San 


PUBLISHED    BY 

L  R  HARE  &  CO..  SAN  FRANCISCO,  GAL. 

COPYRIGHT  1894. 


"  All  things  I  thought  I  knew, 
But  now  confess,  the  more  I  know,  I  know,  I  know  the  less. 


'C  i 


ANDREW  J.  MOULDER, 
Superintendent  of  Public  Schools,  San  Francisco.  Cal. 


•**  InirfldudiniL  t- 


N  the  preparation  of  this  work,  it  has  been  the  Publishers'  aim  to 
present  to  the  Public  the  Essays  and  Stanzas  of  the  Pupils  of  San 
Francisco's  Public  Schools,  with  the  strictest  accuracy  in  regard  to 
following  the  manuscript.  To  be  fair  and  impartial  in  the  selection  of 
the  Essays  according  to  age,  grade  and  school,  and  to  be  true  and  just 
in  the  conclusions  necessarily  drawn  from  them,  it  is  necessary  to  bear 
in  mind  that  they  are  yet  children  with  unmatured  intellect. 

While  thus  striving  to  be  accurate  in  the  selection  of  these  Essay?  and 
Stanzas,  we  do  not  present  to  the  Public  a  work  where  childish  error  is 
not  to  be  found,  for  we  have  followed  as  closely  as  possible  the  manu 
script  from  the  pupil's  pen,  and  in  consequence  would  request  the  public 
to  overlook  any  error  that  may  occur,  either  by  the  writer  or  publishers. 

When  these  Essays  and  Stanzas  were  submitted  to  the  Merchants, 
who  offered  the  Prizes  for  competition,  they  awarded  the  Prizes  with  the 
best  judgment  tnat  they  possessed,  taking  into  consideration  the  writing, 
spelling,  composition  and  general  appearance  of  the  Essay.  We  have 
avoided  favor  in  all  quarters,  not  offering  fulsome  adulation  on  one  side 
nor  undue  denunciation  on  the  other  ;  but  while  stipulating  that  the 
work  contains  some  of  the  brightest  thoughts  of  our  Public  School 
Pupils,  full  of  sunshine  and  happiness,  and  childish  extracts  from  the 
brains  of  ambitious  scholars. 

We  contemplate  an  advancement  in  the  general  development  and 
character  of  the  language  found  in  these  pages  by  the  manner  in  which 
they  have  devoted  intellectual  ability  and  untiring  energy  in  this  work. 

If  then  there  be  found  within  these  covers  aught  that  may  seem  un 
like  the  childish  language  that  we  expect,  or  aught  that  may  seem  harsh 
to  those  directly  or  indirectly  interested,  do  not  look  upon  these  pages 
as  from  Cooper  or  Hugo,  but  bear  in  mind  that  from  these  writers  there 
may  develop  a  Cooper  or  Hugo  for  the  future. 

In  writing  upon  the  Industries  of  San  Francisco,  it  is  necessary  that 
the  Pupils  of  our  Schools  should  have  constant  training  upon  these  dif 
ferent  subjects  so  that  they  may  write  more  intelligently  upon  the  sub 
ject  in  the  future  when  the  occasion  presents  itself. 

In  conclusion,  we  beg  to  present  this  work  to  the  Public,  asking  no 
favors,  but  trusting  that  these  Thoughts,  Essays  and  Stanzas  will  meet 
with  the  approval  of  the  reader. 

"  Expect  not  the  juvenile  to  write  with  that  intelligence  which  has  taken  3-011  a 
lifetime  to  learn." 

THE  PUBLISHERS. 

San  Francisco,  Nov.,  1894- 

OF 

UNIVERSITY  J 


U6 


Ahlers,  George — Boots  and  Shoes 82 

Ames,  Margaret — The  Wishing  Stone   201 

Byrnes,  Julia — Groceries   50 

Brown,  Hazel  A.— The  Birthday  Gift— Groceries     55,  58 

Bury,  Jennie  A. — "  Sadly  Left  "      59 

Baker,  John  E. — Custom  Boots  and  Shoes 04 

Baker,  Estelle — A  Small  Sister's  Opinion  of  "  Our  Johnny  " 69 

Boradori,  Wm. — Rubber  Goods.              72 

Bradshaw,  Lillian — Carriage  Manufacture 75 

Becht,  Ethel— Coal 78 

Bill,  Philip— Carpets.              83 

Barker,  Helen  G. — Bohemian  Coffee 92 

Barrett,  Mamie — What  are  the  South  Winds  Saying  ? 109 

Berry,  Grace — Millinery no 

Beardsley,  Bessie  Baldwin — Nothing   117 

Baum,  Essie — Arabian  Coffee 124 

Boston,  Florence— The  River 137 

Boyle,  Helen— Ocean  Depths 139 

Burness,  Tottie — Coal 158 

Breese,  Alice — Foreign  Winds 169 

Bachman,  Alice  E. — Our  School  Troubles. 181 

Browning,  Edith— Were  I  an  Artist 189 

Branch,  Lulu — Art 215 

Connelly,  Alice  B. — Carriages 21 

Cook,  Houston — Carpets 34 

Colbert,   John — Food   and   Medicinal    Properties   of   Grapes — The 

Caligraph 38 

Chalmers,  Alice — Apostrophe  to  the  Moon 42 

Corrigan,  Agnes — Benefits  of  the  Installment  Plan  . 43 

Coblentz,  Eda — If  I  were  an  Artist,  what  I  would  Paint 53 

Cunningham,  Julia — Statuary 56 

Clarkson,  Lillian — Photography     68 

Corrigan,  Agnes — Grandma's  Opinion  of  the  Sewmg  Machine 80 

Colemore,  Flora — Apostrophe  to  the  Wind   93 

Cotter,  Ernest — Italian  Paste,  Vermicelli  and  Macaroni 90 

Coey,  Emily  R.— The  Moon 97 

Cahen,  Rosie — Pure  Paints 108 

Cole,  Grace  M. — The  Wind 113 

Colbert,  John — School  Furniture     115 

Cousins,  Arthur — Hardware 132 

Cool,  Fredda— Rubber  Goods. 134 

Cummings,  Cleone — Coal   166 

Crabbe,  Bessie  W. — The  Wishing  Ring 193 

Dumontelle,  Ren6  E. — Swimming 25 

Bold,  Emil— Bohemian  Coffee ^ 47 

Dunne,  Lucy  L. — Italian  Paste,  Vermicelli  and  Macaroni 51 

DuBois,  Blanch — School  Furniture 76 

Daniel,  Susie  M. — Chocolate  and  Cocoa 84 


INDEX  TO  WRITERS. 

Dinniene,  Effie— Grape  Food — The  Reason 86,  105 

Davidson,  Tessie  M.— Our  Cat  89 

Dutreux,  Theodora — Outdoor  Sports  176 

Duhem,  Victor  L. — Photography 203 

-  Eppinger,  Julia— Why  Toads  Have  no  Tails 81 

Ellingsworth,  Rebecca— Sporting  Goods 140 

Elliot,  Blanch — The  Storm 184 

Featherstone,  Gertrude  D.  — Chocolate  and  Cocoa 36 

Flatow,  Rae— Drugs 48 

Francis,  Josephine — The  Domestic  Sewing  Machine 90 

French,  Helen — Millinery 102 

Fritschi,  Lil lie—  Hardware 130 

Feusier,  Estelle  G. — To  the  Ocean 161 

Fisher,  Charles  X.— Outdoor  Sports 168 

Gawthorne,  Harry  B. — Type     74 

Gosliner,  Sadie — The  Advantages  of  a  Business  Education 77 

Games,  Kathryn — What  the  South  Wind  Tells 135 

Greenbaum,  Alice — A  Pastel 149 

Gutstadt,  Bertha— Flour  188 

Getz,  Daisy — Our  Johnny 196 

Gallagher,' Joseph  F. — Type 205 

Hammond,  Maude  E. — The  Caligraph — Photography 29 

Horr,  Adah  E. — Jewelry — Carpets ." 52,  94 

Holling,  Louise — That  Boy  ! 73 

Hess,  Rebecca — Millinery 100 

Harris,  Georgie  A. — Jewelry 106 

Hennessy,  Marion — \Vellington  Coal 118 

Hofniaun,  Josephine  Lippmcott — Statuary ...  146 

Hermann,  Stella — Swimming . .    .  150 

Hensel,  Nellie — Apostrophe  to  the  Brook 153 

Hobe,  Adelaide  M.— The  Place  Where  the  Lost  Things  Go 175 

Heald,  Jennie  M. — The  Sewing  Machine 214 

Ijams,  Mattie — Our  Family  Cat 65 

Isaacs,  Josie — Experiences  in  a  Street  Car '   91 

Itsell,  Maud — The  Prettiest  Room  I  Ever  Saw 133 

Jenne,  Minnie — Jewelry. 66 

Johnson,  Alice  M. — The  Advantages  of  a  Business  Education    98 

Judson,  Frances — The  Song  the  Winds  are  Singing 147 

Johnson,  Bertha— If.    187 

Jones,  Hilma — School  Furniture , 194 

Kennedy,  Mamie — Chocolate  and  Cocoa     45 

Kingsland,  Fannie — Drugs 62 

Kucich,  Ostroilo — Italian  Paste,  Vermicelli  and  Macaroni 81 

Koch,  Emma — The  Moon   131 

Kelley,  R.  H.— Sporting  Goods 138 

Kennedy,  Ethel  I.— What  a  Daisy  Told 143 

Krafft,  Elsie — The  Last  Cat 145 

Kuehn,  Charles  G. — Carriage  Materials 152 

Kennedy,  Maude  R.— That  Girl  of  Seventeen 213 

Levy,  Miriam  B. — Advantages  of  a  Business  Education 46 

Leary,  Mabel— Our  Brave  Heroes 71 

Lillis,  Helen  Clare — Reminiscences  of  a  Gold  Coin 85 


INDEX  TO  WRITERS. 

Lebenbaum,  Leo — Swimming    107 

Lindsay,  Jeanie — The  Sewing  Machine 114 

Lewis,  Blanche — Statuary 122 

Levy,  Hilda — The  Daisy 125 

Lippit,  May — Only  a  Minute — Were  I  an  Artist 141 

Lillis,  Helen  Clare — Gold  and  Silver  Refining 142 

Lavery,  L. — To  Our  Dead  Heroes 159 

Langrehr,  Henrietta  C. — Chocolate  and  Cocoa 164 

Lapidaire,  Gertie — The  New  Home  Oil  Heater 172 

Malter,  Clara — Grandma's  Story  of  Jewels 87 

Mettman,  Frank — Outdoor  Sports  (Trout  Fishing) 104 

Maguire,  Margaret — The  Brook 123 

Mitchkus,  Nellie — Only  a  Minute 129 

MacDonald,  Irene — A  Sewing  Machine  (Autobiography)    136 

Melrose,  Mae — The  Ocean 147 

M.  M.— The  Children  of  Our  Block 157 

Moraghan,  Chas.  G. — Swimming 160 

Maynes,  Florence — Why  PVogs  Have  No  Tails         107 

Mulvin,  Mamie — The  Mosquito  Bite — The  Brook   171 

Marsh,  Alice  Louise — The  Moon .- 189 

Melrose,  Mae — A  Cocoa  Seed,  (Autobiography)    207 

McGill,  Lillie  E.— Carpets 60 

McKeon,  Mary — Wellington  Coal   70 

McDermott,  Jas. — Pure  Paints 148 

McFeely,  Lola — Only  a  Minute 198 

Neuwahl,  Ella — Apostrophe  to  the  Daisy ,    33 

Nightingale,  Florence — What  a  Hat  ! 101 

Nutting,  May — A  Poem 121 

Newfield,  Minnie — That  Boy 151 

Oppenheimer,  Ray — Photography 54 

O  Council,  Agnes — Which  ? 1 17 

O'Brien,  Lizzie — The  Songs  the  Winds  Are  Singing 191 

O'Connell,  Lucille — A  Fireside  Dream 210 

Prosek,  Emma — A  Thought 169 

Pleasant,  Alice — An  Enchanted  Garden 179 

Precht,  Ida — Outdoor  Sports 180 

Power,  Alice — Flour 185 

Richardson,  Tina— Why  the  Stars  Twinkle 48 

Rauer,  Annie— Pure  Paints 53 

Regan,  Christina  -The  -Stars   67 

Roth,  Nettie— The  Daisy 99 

Rosenstirn,  Francys— The  Brook 103 

Rechel,  J.  Gilbert— Type— Wellington  Coal   no,  192 

Ryder,  Florence — Groceries 170 

Ryan,  Anna — Glue 186 

Rountree,  Lettie — Apostrophe  to  the  Ocean 198 

Shaw,  Grace — Sunset  from  Bolinas  Ridge 27 

Stubbs,  Beulah — Coal 32 

Sternheim,  Blanche  M. — Statuary 42 

Schumacher,  Agnes — Indian  Rubber 44 

Schwarzschild,  Jennie — The  Grape 49 

Sollman,  Florence— Apostrophe  to  the  Moon 57 

Silva,  Elsie— The  Little  Brook   57 


INDEX  TO  WRITERS. 

Stoddard,  Gettie— Children  in  Our  Block 61 

Simmons,  Helen— The  Land  where  the  Lost  Things  Go  63 

Shaw,  Adria  L. — Apostrophe  to  a  Mosquito 95 

Sellon,  Grace — The  Land  where  the  Lost  Things  Go 109 

Sullivan,  Frankie — Man's  Inhumanity  to  Man in 

Sullivan,  Mollie — Drugs— Statuary 119,  182 

Sanderson,  Mabel — Gold  and  Silver  Refining 144 

Silvey,  Mollie — Carriage  Manufacture .' 154 

Stevenson,  Caroline  L. — Art 162 

Sobey,  Christabel— That  Boy  ! 163 

Simon,  Harriette — The  Spring 165 

Stevenson,  Maude— Soliloquy  to  the  Moon 173 

Stewartson,  Maude — Pictures  from  Poems 199 

Sonderup,  Margret— Glue 208 

Stark,  Edmund— China  Painting 209 

Thall,  Charlie — Photography 112 

Triest,  Martha — The  Language  of  Flowers • 127 

Takeyama,  Keige — Arabian  Coffee   174 

Tamura,  Thos.  R.—  Out-door  Sports 195 

Vincent,  Susie — Why  Stars  Twinkle 155 

Vincent,  Elizabeth— The  Ocean 167 

Wolf,  Esther  R.— Thoughts 35 

Ward,  Willie  D.— Arabian  Coffee  (Autobiography) 41 

Watson,  Ida— Swimming ". 79 

Wright,  Millie— Groceries 88 

Wegener,  Lulu  A.— Arabian  Coffee 126 

Wideman,  Wallace  W. — Benefits  of  the  Installment  Plan 128 

Wilson,  Sara — The  Advantages  of  a  Business  Education 156 

Wise,  Mabel  N.— Why  the  Stars  Twinkle 177 

__Womble,  L.  A. — Swimming 178 

Wood,  Jessie  R.— The  Mosquito 184 

Williams,  Mary— Rubber  Goods , 190 

Wahlberg,  David— Type 197 

Walsh,  Lizzie— Glue 204 

Wallace,  Edith  M.— A  Trip  to  the  Crater  of  Kilauea 212 


B.  CONNEXI<Y. 


21 


«O\V  many  of  us  ever  pause  to  think,  as  we  drive  along  a 
country  road  or  well-kept  city  street,  in  a  decidedly  com 
fortable  conveyance,  of  the  labor  that  is  expended  on  or  of  the 
wonderful  construction  of  the  vehicles  of  the  present  day  ? 

Not  man}'.  I  fancy,  for  we  happy-go-lucky  Americans  are  apt 
to  take  too  much  for  granted  ;  to  have  a  thing  is  all  that  is 
necessary,  where  or  how  it  came  is  of  no  moment  to  us,  simply 
we  have  it  and  are  satisfied. 

However,  carriages  are  something  that  to  the  careful  ob 
server  are  extremely  interesting.  The  processes  through 
which  the  simplest  carts  have  to  go  before  reaching  a  finished 
state  show  how  intricate  must  be  their  construction. 

The  manufacture  of  conveyances  gives  labor  to  more  men, 
I  imagine,  than  any  other  industry — woodmen,  miners, 
foundry-men,  tanners,  painters  and  cloth-makers  as  well  as 
the  men  who  by  combining  the  work  of  the  laborers  I  have 
mentioned  construct  the  cart,  wagon,  carriage  or  whatever  it 
happens  to  be.  It  is  not  one  man  but  many  men  who  built 
the  vehicle,  for  each  part  is  built  by  a  man  who  is  master  of 
the  art  of  construction  of  that  especial  part. 

To  go  over  the  ware-rooms  of  a  fine  carriage  factory  of  to 
day  is  like  going  to  an  Academy  of  Fine  Arts ;  'for  if  you  do 
not  view  beautiful  paintings  that  are  masterpieces  from  some 
gifted  hand,  you  see  many  masterpieces,  the  different  parts  of 
which  are  masterpieces  of  the  mental  and  mechanical  skill  of 
the  philosopher  who  is  always  designing,  scheming  and 
contriving  to  add  some  new  and  important  feature  to  his 
trade  that  will  enable  mankind  to  have  higher  and  better 
grades  of  goods. 

Of  course,  "  Fair  Science  "  with  her  grand  advances  comes 
in  with  easier  and  better  modes  of  working.  The  old  time 
forge,  used  for  welding  iron,  with  its  flames  and  smoke,  has 
been  done  away  with  to  a  certain  extent,  by  the  wonderful 
appliance  of  electricity  —  that  wonder  from  which  the 
present  age  receives  its  name  ' '  The  Electric  Age. " 
The  work  of  welding  is  carried  on  with  more  facility  with 
the  aid  of  this  power. 

The  firm  of  "  Studebaker  Bros.,  "  of  Indiana,  stands  as  fair 
an  example  of  carriage  manufacture  as  can  be  desired.  The 
origin  of  the  firm  was  extremely  obscure.  The  father,  John 
Studebaker,  having  employed  himself  as  blacksmith  in  the 
town  of  Ashland,  Ohio,  here  in  the  little,  humble  village 


22 

blacksmith  shop  the  foundation  was  laid  for  one  of  the  finest 
firms  in  the  United  States. 

The  four  brothers  who  constitute  the  firm  have  by  the  con 
stant  pursuance  of  their  talents  and  duty  added  much  to  car 
riage  industry  throughout  America,  and  I  may  say  the  world. 

The  elegant  landaus,  broughams,  victorias,  phaetons,  sur 
reys,  carts,  etc.,  that  are  yearly  manufactured  by  Studebakers 
are  in  every  way  of  such  elegance  and  perfection  as  to  make 
the  observer  wonder  if  there  is  anything  more  to  be  desired  in 
this  line  of  industry. 

But  who  can  tell  ?  The  next  age,  with  the  advantages  of 
science,  and  the  many  new  perfections  that  are  constantly  be 
ing  added,  may  produce  finer  results  than  those  from  which  we 
are  benefited  ;  but  it  is  doubtful  if  carriage  manufacture  be 
much  improved  upon. 

ALICE  B.  CONNELLY, 

1630  Pierce  Street. 

Hamilton  Grammar  School,  Graduate  Class  ^gj. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  Studebaker 
Bros.  Manufacturing  Co. 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  -ALICE  B,  CONNELLY, 


ISS  ALICE  BEATRICE  CONNELLY,  daughter  of 
Francis  J.  and  Alice  P.  Connelly,  a  graduate  of  1894, 
was  born  in  San  Francisco,  California,  July  3,  1876, 
Her  paternal  ancestors  were  of  vigorous  North  of  Ireland  stock, 
and  on  the  mother's  side  she  is  of  English  descent.  Her  great- 
great-grandfather,  Lot  Hawkins,  settled  in  New  Jersey  in  early 
Colonial  days.  Her  great-grandfather,  Job  Hawkins,  who 
while  very  young  served  as  a  drummer  boy  in  Colonel  Jonathan 
Johnson's  Regiment  of  the  Connecticut  Line  of  the  Continental 
Army  during  the  Revolutionary  struggle,  was  born  at  New 
Milford,  Connecticut,  and  died  at  the  same  place,  at  the  ad 
vanced  age  of  one  hundred  years.  He  was  also  a  soldier  of  the 
War  of  i? 1 2.  Inheriting  the  loyal  spirit  of  this  ancestor,  and 


23 

herself  ' '  a  staunch  friend  of  her  country  and  zealous  of  her 
cause,"  it  is  not  strange  that  Miss  Connelly  is  about  to  identify 
herself  with  the  Society  of  the  Daughters  of  the  American 
Revolution,  a  society  which  aims  to  keep  alive  the  memory  of 
tho.^e  who  fought  and  died  for  their  country. 

Her  early  education  was  directed  by  her  mother,  until  she 
entered  the  public  schools  of  her  native  town.  Her  first  en 
trance  upon  school  life  was  in  the  Powell  Street  Primary 
School  under  the  charge  of  Mrs.  Cordelia  Xewhall  and  Mrs. 
X.  R.  Craven,  Principal ;  from  thence,  on  account  of  change  of 
residence,  to  the  Emerson  Primary,  with  Miss  Ida  Shaw  as  in 
structor. 

Alice  was  a  child  of  marked  intelligence,  of  affectionate  and 
winning  manners,  and  in  her  home  has  always  been  a  benedic 
tion  and  a  joy.  A  thorough  student,  she  has  fully  profited  by 
the  advantages  offered  for  her  mental  growth.  Of  the  spec 
ially  notable  traits  of  her  character  is  her  deep  and  personal 
attachment  to  those  with  whom  she  has  been  brought  into 
special  relations,  and  is  one  of  the  secrets  of  her  success  as  a 
student  and  pupil. 

She  is  an  enthusiast  in  music,  developing  in  early  childhood 
a  marked  talent  in  that  direction  ;  and  under  the  guidance  of 
Professor  Hugo  Mansfeldt  has  devoted  much  time  and  earnest 
study  to  this  subject,  with  a  corresponding  degree  of  success, 
and  through  these  efforts  has  become  a  musician  of  no  common 
grade.  She  is  also  a  fine  elocutionist. 

Although  her  school  life  has  been  frequently  interrupted 
through  sickness,  thereby  lengthening  her  term  of  study,  yet 
we  find  her  always  diligent,  impatient  of  the  delay,  and  anx 
ious  to  go  forward  in  the  work  which  she  early  marked  out 
for  herself,  which  neither  sickness  or  any  other  adversity  could 
for  one  moment  cause  her  to  swerve  from. 

In  1889  she  entered  the  Hamilton  Grammar  School,  \Vm.  A. 
Robertson,  Principal,  and  with  increasing  zeal  turned  her  at 
tention  to  the  studies  of  this  more  advanced  grade  with  the 
same  spirit  of  active  inquiry  that  had  characterized  her  earlier 
efforts.  After  a  three  years'  course  of  study,  she  was  May  23, 
1894,  graduated  from  Miss  Ella  J.  Morton's  class,  receiving 
one  of  the  class  medals  awarded,  her  scholarship  record  rank 
ing  among  the  foremost  of  the  school. 

Having  completed  the  grammar  school  course  and  mastered 
the  alphabet  of  her  education,  she  has  now  entered  upon 
the  course  of  study  prescribed  by  the  State  Xormal  School  at 
San  Jose,  the  examination  for  which  she  has  recently  success 
fully  passed,  with  the  view  of  fitting  herself  for  a  teacher. 
With  joyful  anticipation  she  entered  September  4th  upon  this 
field  of  labor,  where  for  the  present  we  will  leave  her. 


RENE 


25 

SWIMMING. 


SWIMMING  is  an  artificial  exercise  that  expands  the  chest, 
develops  the  muscles  of  the  arms,  strengthens  and  fills 
out  the  lower  limbs.     It  confers  presence  of  mind  and 
confidence  in  one's  self.     It  is  more  of  a  tonic  to  swim  in  salt 
water  than  fresh,  as  the  salt  has  a  slight!}'  irritating  effect  on 
the  skin,  which  is  beneficial. 

The  late  Alexander  Mott,  of  the  college  of  physicians  and 
surgeons  of  Xew  York,  said  :  "  That  a  good,  vigorous  swim 
in  sea  water,  at  the  proper  season,  was  of  more  good  to  dys 
peptic  persons  than  all  the  medicines  of  the  day. ' ' 

When  a  person  learns  to  swim,  he  swims  first  on  his  breast. 
He  assumes  nearly  a  horizontal  position,  with  his  breast  prone 
to  the  water  and  the  heels  near  the  surface.  To  effect  propul 
sion,  the  arms  are  flexed  at  the  same  time  and  drawn  closely 
to  the  bod}'  ;  then  they  are  simultaneously  and  rapidly  ex 
tended. 

The  hands  should  be  kept  flat,  the  fingers  closed,  the  thumb 
placed  by  the  side  of  the  first  finger,  and  one  must  reach  out 
as  far  as  possible,  for  the  farther  he  reaches  the  faster  he  will 
swim  ;  he  then  draws  the  legs  well  up,  while  each  hand  is 
brought  around,  one  to  the  right  and  the  other  to  the  left. 

He  strikes  out  strongly  with  his  legs.  The  secret  of  good 
swimming  is  to  kick  with  the  legs  far  apart.  Breathing  should 
be  unrestrained  and  without  gasping,  sputtering  or  sudden 
heaving.  A  safe  rule  is  to  take  a  full  breath  at  every  stroke. 

Breast  swimming  is  the  most  common,  and  the  only  one 
possible  for  long  distances  ;  with  a  strong,  favorable  tide  in 
the  Thames,  one  mile  has  been  swam  in  eleven  minutes  forty- 
three  seconds. 

Swimming  on  the  back  is  more  easily  learned  than  breast 
swimming,  the  body  being  more  horizontal. 

In  diving,  the  hands  are  brought  together  in  front  to  cleave 
the  water  and  to  protect  the  head  ;  the  legs  are  kept  straight, 
the  heels  touching  each  other. 

When  a  swimmer  attempts  to  rescue  a  drowning  man,  the 
swimmer  must  approach  him  from  behind  and  keep  him  from 
sinking  by  placing  the  hands  under  the  armpits,  taking  care 
that  the  struggler  does  not  seize  him,  or  both  might  be 
drowned. 

It  is  easier  to  swim  in  salt  water  than  in  fresh,  as  the  salt 
water  is  heavier  than  the  swimmer  and,  therefore,  can  buoy 


26 

him  up.     The  best  time  for  swimming  is  between  breakfast 
and  luncheon. 

Harry  Gurr  is  said  to  be  the  inventor  of  the  overhand  stroke 
in  1863,  but  H.  Gardener  won  the  championship  in  1862,  in 
Manchester,  in  using  the  overhand  stroke.  The  side  stroke 
was  introduced  by  G.  Peters  in  1850. 

Dr.  Behrens  says  :  "  That  foremost  among  means  for  the 
full  and  harmonious  development  of  all  parts  and  functions  of 
the  human  body  stands  swimming,  an  exercise  safely  used 
even  by  very  delicate  and  debilitated  constitutions." 

RfiNfi  E.  DUMONTELLE, 

423  Twenty-sixth  Street. 

Columbia  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade, 

The  above  writer  won  the  First  Prize  awarded  by  the 
Olympic  Salt  Water  Co. 


BIOGRAPHY— RENE  E,  DUMONTELLE, 


.  DUMONTELLE,  the  successful  competitor  for  the 
first  prize  on  swimming,  is  a  boy  of  exceptional  tact  and 
ability,  studious  to  a  degree  and  thorough  in  all  detail. 
Being  born  in  the  city  of  San  Francisco,  California,  on  the 
loth  day  of  May,  1880,  he  is  titled  a  native  son.  At  a  very 
early  age  he  developed  quite  a  strong  desire  for  learning,  for 
at  the  age  of  four  years  he  was  attending  the  Kindergarten 
School  and  showed  a  remarkable  ability  for  a  child  of  that  age. 

Having  graduated  from  the  Columbia  Primary  to  the  Colum 
bia  Grammar  School,  Mrs.  L.  K.  Burke,  Principal,  which  he 
now  attends,  he  has  always  showed  a  marked  attention  to  the 
discipline. 

In  1889  he  sailed  on  the  good  ship  Bourgogone,  a  French 
vessel,  with  his  mother  and  sister  to  visit  his  grandparents 
at  Senons,  France,  and  for  the  purpose,  at  the  same  time, 
of  visiting  the  Paris  Exposition.  While  there  he  gave  special 
attention  to  ever}7  detail  that  came  within  his  observation,  vis 
iting  the  Exposition  on  every  available  opportunity.  One  can 
readily  imagine  the  immense  value  of  this  experience. 

After  visiting  Senons,  he  made  a  trip  to  Bourgnndy,  France, 
where  he  visited  his  grandparents  on  his  father's  side,  making 
a  stay  of  about  two  weeks. 

After  a  stay  of  nearly  three  months  upon  the  Continent,  he, 


27 

on  the  20th  day  of  July  of  the  same  year,  embarked  on  the 
same  vessel  and  sailed  for  his  native  land. 

Arriving  in  New  York  after  a  pleasant  trip  over  ' '  old  ocean, " 
Rene,  preparatory  to  his  departure  for  California,  took  in  the 
places  of  interest  in  and  about  the  metropolis  of  America,  and 
stored  up  in  his  mind  many  features  that  time  will  never  erase. 

The  subject  of  this  sketch  is  a  violinist  of  no  small  import 
ance  for  his  age,  having  studied  under  the  able  Professor  T. 
D.  Herzog,  414  Ellis  street,  of  this  city.  He  now  wields  his  bow 
over  the  ancient  body  of  a  two-hundred-year-old  instrument. 

Rene  is  the  son  of  the  well-known  marble  importer  and 
manufacturer,  E.  Dumontelle,  whose  works  are  at  523-52=5 
Fifth  Street,  of  this  city. 

It  is  with  pleasure  and  pride  that  his  friends  can  say  that  for 
this  student  there  must  be  a  successful  future  in  store  for  him, 
and  that  he  has  carried  away  the  gold  medal  of  the  Lurline 
Baths  is  more  than  creditable  both  to  himself  and  his  present 
teacher,  Miss  Nellie  O'Laughlin. 


Sunset  from  Bolinas  Ridge, 


The  warm  September  afternoon  was  drawing  to  a  close,  when 
after  a  wearisome  journey  of  several  hours  we  at  length  reached 
Bolinas  Ridge.  We  had  heard  many  tales  of  the  wonderful 
view  to  be  obtained  from  there,  and  reaching  the  western  brow 
of  the  mountain,  we  forgot  our  hunger  and  fatigue  when  its 
wondrous  beauty  burst  upon  us.  Ear  beneath  us,  stretching  as 
far  as  the  eye  could  reach,  lay  the  silver  ocean,  while  above  it 
in  the  azure  sky  hung  the  sun,  a  brilliant  ruby.  Afar  off  in 
the  hazy  distance  the  Earallones  rose  out  of  the  crystal  sea,  the 
one  dark  spot  on  the  brilliant  scene.  The  sky  was  spotted 
with  fleecy  clouds,  tinted  a  delicate  pink  by  the  setting  sun. 
Eaintly  ever}'  now  and  then  we  heard  the  boom  of  the  waves  as 
they  broke  upon  the  rocky  shore.  One  could  gaze  for  hours  at 
the  scene,  but  time  will  tarry  for  no  one.  All  too  soon  the  sun 
sank  into  his  couch  of  fiery  clouds  ;  all  too  soon  the  sea  doffed 
his  garb  of  silver  hue  for  one  of  somber  green.  And  so  we 
left  the  ocean  to  the  night,  with  that  sunset  scene  so  impressed 
on  our  memory  that  I  doubt  if  any  one  of  us  will  ever  forget  it. 

GRACE  SHAW. 

Girls'  High  School,  'written  in  Class. 

"CVBBAR7- 

OF    THF 


r 


MAUDE  K.  HAMMOND. 


THE  CAI1GMM. 

rO  the  busy  man  of  to-day  one  of  the  most  important  parts 
of  his  office  paraphernalia  is  his  typewriter,  whether  he  be 
lawyer  or  judge,  preacher  or  merchant,  governor  or  mayor. 
In  fact  hardly  an  occupation  in  life  could  conveniently  do 
without  the  machine  or  its  work. 

In  an  article  of  necessity  of  this  kind,  several  points  have  to 
be  taken  into  consideration  by  people  about  to  purchase.  One 
point,  and  that  a  most  important  one,  is  that  of  "  speed";  an 
other  that  of  '  *  wear  ' ' ;  while  still  another,  that  of  ease  of  man 
ipulation.  These  points  are  of  vital  importance,  for  it  is 
evident  to  the  merest  beginner  that  a  machine  that  is  slow — 
one  that  is  quickly  worn  so  as  to  interfere  with  its  work,  or 
one  that  is  difficult  or  unhandy  to  manage — would  be  next  to 
useless  to  a  man  in  haste  to  attend  to  correspondents. 

Well,  if  these  points  are  requisite  in  a  typewriter,  how  are 
we  to  decide  between  the  numerous  patterns  we  see  advertised 
which  all  claim  everything  possible  in  favor  of  their  particular 
machines  ?  might  be  asked  by  a  person  in  need  of  one.  The 
answer  is  an  easy  one.  They  should  profit  by  the  experience 
of  others  and  satisfy  themselves  as  to  which  machine  is  the 
most  used  by  people  or  firms  competent  to  decide.  If  this 
common-sense  method  of  selection  is  followed  there  is  but  one 
course  to  be  pursued,  and  that  is  to  buy  a  "  Caligraph,"  be 
cause  :  Firstly,  it  possesses  the  qualifications  in  an  eminent 
degree.  Secondly,  when  such  offices  as  the  Pacific  Postal  Tel 
egraph  Company,  who  alone  use  twenty  Caligraphs  ;  the 
Western  Union  Telegraph  Company,  who  use  them  exclu 
sively,  as  well  as  nearly  even*  ''telegraph  office"  on  this 
coast  ;  when  hundreds  such  people  as  R.  H.  Marling,  A.M., 
Stenographer  Executive  Department:  L.  W.  Storror,  Super 
intendent  Postal  Telegraph  Company  ;  Samuel  W.  Backus, 
Postmaster  San  Francisco  :  M.  C.  Hunt,  Manager  Postal  Tel 
egraph  Company,  and  many  more  of  the  most  prominent  busi 
ness  and  professional  men  endorse  it  as  being  the  fastest,  most 
simple  and  most  durable  machine  in  the  market,  and  will  use 
no  other,  it  is  seen  that  the  ' '  Caligraph  ' '  is  certain!}-  the  ma 
chine  to  buy. 

The  "  Caligraph"  has  been  before  the  people  twelve  years, 
and  is  handsomely  made.  The  styles  are  varied,  and  the 
prices,  considering  the  quality,  are  very  low. 

"  MAUDE  E.  HAMMOND, 

2033  Howard  Street. 

Mission  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  First  Prize  awarded  by  Chas.  E. 
Xavlor. 


30 


fHOTOGRAPHY  is  an  art.  Although  it  would  be  difficult 
to  set  a  date  when  what  is  known  as  '  '  photographic  ac 
tion  "  was  first  recorded,  it  is  commonly  believed  that 
Scheele,  a  Swedish  chemist,  was  the  first  to  experiment  on  the 
darkening  effect  of  sun  on  chloride  silver.  To  England  be 
longs  the  honor  of  first  producing  a  photograph  by  the  use  of 
Scheele  's  observations  in  1802.  Daguerre  was  next  to  im 
prove  on  Scheele's  plan,  but  not  until  1842. 

Since  then  photography  and  its  improvements  have  rapidly 
increased.  Although  progress  has  been  rapid,  it  is  only  a 
short  time  since  dry  plates  took  the  place  of  the  wet  process. 
Miles  A.  Seed  was  the  originator  of  the  dry  process.  Dry 
plates  are  now  extensively  used  with  the  many  kinds  of  de 
veloper. 

But  even  with  all  the  improvements  of  the  present  age,  the 
photographer's  life  is  indeed  an  unquiet  one.  L,et  us  take  the 
amateur  for  example.  First,  of  course,  comes  some  one  wish 
ing  their  likeness.  After  a  discussion  of  prices,  a  primping  of 
bangs,  and  a  changing  of  garments,  the  person  is  finally 
ready.  The  photographer  then  seats  them,  and  after  giving 
them  their  position  tells  them  to  look  at  the  camera  ;  in  doing 
so  some  squint  while  others  open  their  eyes  as  wide  as  possi 
ble,  and  when  proofs  are  made  they  resemble  a  stuffed  image 
or  a  mummy  more  than  an  animated  being. 

Besides,  it  is  very  probable  that  the  person  will  come  on 
such  a  day  that  it  is  impossible  to  get  good  light,  in  this  case 
a  little  strategy  is  often  exercised.  In  order  to  retain  the  job, 
the  photographer  assures  the  person  that  it  is  a  fine  day  for 
taking  pictures,  and  after  putting  in  an  empty  plate-holder  and 
carefully  pulling  the  slide,  says  to  come  next  day  for  the 
proof  ;  of  course,  next  day  he  says  that  it  was  no  good,  and  af 
ter  having  left  their  deposit  the  person  generally  sits  until 
good  weather  and  good  luck  happen  to  come  together. 

Then  the  average  person  with  their  conceit  makes  the  life  of 
the  photographer  miserable,  by  declaring  their  "  eyes,  nose, 
mouth  or  bangs  NEVER  looked  like  that.  '  '  Then  the  one 
who,  enjoying  his  vacation,  takes  his  camera  expecting  to  get 
fine  views  -and  who  returning  home  finds  a  running  brook  and 
a  dining-room  scene  on  the  same  negative.  Then  in  develop 
ing  how  often  the  negatives  cling  passionately  together. 

MAUDE  E.  HAMMOND, 

2033  Howard  Street. 

Mission  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  Taber  Photo 
graphic  Co. 


31 

ItUntfcc  (C% 


§X  introducing  the  Essays  and  Stanzas  of  the  Pupils  of  San 
Francisco's  Public  Schools,  we  take  pleasure  in  presenting  a 
biography  of  the  prize  winner  on  two  subjects,  namely,  Pho 
tography  and  "  The  Caligraph,  "  Miss  Maude  E.  Hammond, 
who  was  born  in  the  city  of  San  Francisco,  California,  on 
May  23,  1879. 

The  result  of  an  early  attendance  at  school  and  a  persistent 
adherence  to  studious  proclivities  has  brought  her  prominently 
before  her  classmates  as  a  subject  of  intellectual  criticism.  At 
the  age  of  six  years  she  first  embarked  into  school  life  at  the 
Lincoln  Primary,  and  at  once  exhibited  a  decided  inclination 
to  study. 

At  so  tender  an  age  few  children  show  any  other  faculty 
than  that  of  childish  prattle  ;  but  for  this  student  a  brilliant 
career  was  at  once  mapped  out  for  her  future,  and  all  along 
the  line  of  her  school  days  her  abilitv  has  been  fully  estab 
lished. 

Having  had  a  yearly  promotion  from  the  Primary  Gram 
mar  Schools,  Miss  Hammond  will  graduate  in  the  class  of  '95 
from  the  Mission  Grammar  School,  under  the  able  superinten 
dence  of  Mrs.  Xettie  R.  Craven,  Principal.  At  this  school 
she  has  always  been  foremost  in  her  classes,  and  has  shown  a 
remarkable  adaptation  for  essay  writing. 

We  need  not  comment  on  the  subject  of  our  sketch  other 
than  mention,  what  her  personal  friends  are  familiar  with, 
such  as  an  admirable  associate  with  a  disposition  of  a  congenial 
character,  and  that  her  popularity  among  her  schoolmates  and 
teachers  has  won  for  her  an  enviable  position  among  them. 

The  offer  of  prizes  by  the  merchants  of  this  city  for  compet 
itive  essays  on  the  separate  industries  of  San  Francisco  im 
mediately  occupied  her  attention,  and  without  delay  she  sent 
into  the  offices  of  the  Publishers  four  length}-  essays  on  differ 
ent  subjects,  the  merit  of  which  succeeded  in  carrying  off  two 
valuable  prizes.  This  merit,  in  itself,  establishes  the  fact  that 
she  is  a  tireless  worker  and  an  ardent  student,  capable  of  gov 
erning  a  successful  future. 

Her  father,  Samuel  C.  Hammond,  and  Laura  E.  Hammond, 
her  mother,  both  of  intellectural  stock,  arrived  here  in  the  six 
ties  from  the  Eastern  States,  and  the  natural  adaptability  of 
his  family  soon  gained  for  him  a  reliable  position  in  the  com 
mercial  world.  This  streak  of  intelligence  is  plainly  visible  in 
his  daughter.  Our  best  wishes  are  offered  to  Miss  Hammond 
for  a  successful  graduation. 


32 


1 


is  a  term  now  com 
monly  used  to  denote  all 
kinds  of  mineral  fuel,  though 
formerly  applied  to  the  glowing 
embers  of  wood,  and  more  re 
cently  to  charcoal.  English  and 
German  writers,  until  a  very  re 
cent  date,  treated  of  mineral  fuel 
as  pit  coal,  Stemkohle  (stone 
coal),  etc.,  but  at  the  present 
time,  when  wood  and  charcoal 
are  fast  giving  place  to  the  min 
eral  varieties  of  fuel,  the  term 
coal  is  limited  to  that  class  of 
this  fuel  in  general  use. 

Under  the  term  we  may  there 
fore  embrace  all  classes  of  min 
eral    fuel   that    will   ignite   and 
BEUIAH  STUBBS  burn  with  flame  or  incandescent 

heat. 

Hydrogenated  coal  is  the  strictly  bituminous  or  caking  kind, 
and  the  most  available  for  production  of  coke.  In  this  coal 
hydrogen  is  the  predominating  element  in  its  gaseous  or  volatile 
constituents,  though  both  oxygen  and  hydrogen  are  generally 
present  in  such  coals  in  nearly  equal  part  ;  but  when  oxygen 
predominates  to  any  great  extent,  the  coal  loses  its  adhering 
or  coking  quantities  ;  and  when  hydrogen  is  present  in  con 
siderable  quantities,  coal  is  more  or  less  fat  or  rich,  according 
to  the  common  expression.  In  connection  with  a  large  per 
centage  of  fixed  carbon,  four  to  five  per  cent,  of  hydrogen, 
with  the  largest  amount  of  coke,  but  even  six  per  cent,  of 
hydrogen,  with  eight  to  ten  per  cent,  of  oxygen,  fails  to  pro 
duce  available  coke.  The  term  hydrogenated,  therefore,  de 
notes  more  clearly  than  any  other  of  the  numerous  varieties  of 
bituminous  coals  variously  demanded  coking,  caking,  fat,  rich 
or  close  burning  coals.  They  do  not  burn  freely,  but  meet 
and  run  into  a  mass  or  cake,  from  which  the  violate  parts  are 
slowly  burned  leaving  the  coke  in  an  incandescent  state  of 
fixed  carbon,  which  has  the  properties  of  anthracite  and  burns 
much  the  same,  though  it  is  porous  and  easily  ignited. 

Oxygenated  coal  embraces  the  free-burning,  non-caking 
varieties  of  bituminous  coal,  the  block  or  furnace  coals  of  our 
western  bituminous  fields,  the  so-called  lignites  of  the  Rocky 


33 

Mountains  and  the  far  West ;  some  of  the  cannel  varieties, 
most  of  the  splint  coals,  and  the  hard  or  dry  bituminous  coal 
of  the  English  mines.  In  this  class  of  coal  oxygen  predom 
inates  in  the  volatile  caking  or  meeting  and  adhering  in  mass. 
Of  this  kind  there  are  two  prominent  varieties  :  One  is  com 
paratively  hard  and  burns  to  ash  without  crumbling,  and  con 
stitutes  the  blast  furnace  or  block  coal,  and  most  of  the  can- 
neland  splint  coals.  The  other  is  soft,  frequently  hygroscopic  ; 
often  heterogeneous  in  composition  ;  divides  both  horizontally 
and  perpendicularly  by  earthly  impurities,  and  sometimes  is  a 
mass  of  semi-crystallized  and  loosely  combined  cubes.  This 
kind  disintegrates  in  the  atmosphere  or  under  high  tempera 
tures,  and  cannot  be  used  in  the  blast  furnace  under  these 
existing  conditions. 

The  hard,  impure  anthracite  of  New  England  frequently 
contains  from  five  to  fifteen  per  cent,  of  water,  while  the  soft 
tertiary  coals  of  the  West  contain  an  equal  amount  of  water  ; 
and  the  purest  coal  contains  a  small  amount  of  hygroscopic 
matter.  As  a  class,  however,  the  more  recent  coals  of  Jurassic 
and  tertiary  formations  contain  the  largest  amount  of  water  ; 
and  to  these  we  apply  the  term  hydrated  to  distinguish  them 
from  the  oxygenated,  though  the  former  contains  even  more 
oxygen  than  the  latter. 

BEULAH  STUBBS, 

2519  Pacific  Avenue. 
'  Pacific  Heights'  Grammar  School,  6th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  Charles  R. 
Allen. 


pink-tipped  modest  flower 
r     Lying  in  your  bed  of  green, 
Kissed  by  dewdrops  from  the  heavens, 
Made  to  brighten  many  a  scene. 

Thou  who  art  so  meek  and  humble, 
Covering  loved  ones  'neath  the  sod, 

Giving  nature  much  of  beauty, 
Truly  you  belong  to  God. 

ELLA  NEUWAHL. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


34 


we  enter  al- 
%ip  most  any  house 
one  of  the  first  things 
which  we  see  is  the  car 
pet  on  the  floor.  Prob 
ably  most  of  us  do  not 
stop  to  think  how  these 
carpets  are  made  or 
where  the  material  of 
which  they  are  made 
comes  from.  L,et  us  do 
so  now. 

First  of  all  we  ask 
ourselves,  what  are  car 
pets  made  of?  and  we 

.   I  say   wool    and  cotton  ; 

then  the  next  question 
is,  how  are  these  ob 
tained  ? 

The  wool  is  obtained 
J      from  sheep.     The  cot- 
HOUSTON  COOK.  ton  is  obtained  from  the 

cotton  plant  which  grows  both  in  our  country  and  many  oth 
ers,  and  which  gives  employment  to  the  many  men  who  pick 
it,  and  which  also  caused  slavery,  with  the  aid  of  the  cotton- 
gin,  in  the  early  part  of  this  century,  to  increase. 

Then  we  think  of  the  labor  and  time  it  takes  to  prepare  this 
cotton  and  wool  for  weaving,  and  the  time  and  men  it  takes  to 
weave  it,  and  finally  of  the  nice,  soft,  pretty  carpets  we  see  all 
over  our  home,  and  which  give  us  so  much  comfort  and 
warmth. 

There  are  many  different  kinds  of  carpets  ;  there  are  Persian 
carpets  which  are  made  by  the  native  women  of  Persia,  and 
are  the  most  beautiful  in  the  world.  The  process  of  making 
a  Persian  carpet  is  very  slow  and  requires  a  great  deal  of  pa 
tience,  and  patience,  as  we  all  know,  is  a  great  virtue  which 
many  of  us  do  not  possess.  Patience,  Bishop  Home  says  : 
' '  Among  all  the  graces  that  adorn  a  Christian  soul,  like  so 
many  jewels  of  various  colors  and  lustre,  against  the  day  of 
her  espousals  to  the  lamb  of  God,  there  is  not  one  more  bril 
liant  than  patience."  Shakespeare  says:  "  How  poor  are  they 
who  have  no  patience  !  What  wound  did  ever  heal  but  by 


35 

degrees  ?"  The  women  are  the  only  ones  who  weave  the  car 
pets,  the  men  never  touching  them. 

The  Turkish  carpets,  are  made  by  young  girls  in  fam 
ilies,  and  made  mostly  of  linen  warp.  Another  kind  is  the 
Axminster  carpet,  which  is  an  imitation  of  Turkish  carpets, 
but  is  much  handsomer,  being  made  much  more  evenly  ;  they 
are  made  out  of  worsted. 

There  are  also  Brussels,  Wilton,  Tapestry  and  Kidderminster 
carpets  ;  the  Kidderminster  carpets  being  best  known  in  this 
country  as  ingrain  or  three-pi y  carpets. 

Carpets  are  one  of  the  most  useful  articles  in  a  home  ;  before 
they  were  known  the  people  would  weave  grasses  together  and 
make  rugs  out  of  them. 

The  green,  velvety  grass  often  seen  in  the  country  reminds 
one  of  a  velvet}*  carpet  such  as  we  delight  to  walk  on.  In  fact, 
we  might  call  grass  the  carpet  of  the  earth,  with  which  nature 
has  provided  it  to  make  it  look  beautiful.  Goethe  says  of  na 
ture  that  it  is,  "  The  living,  visible  garment  of  God.  " 

HOUSTON  COOK, 

141  Haight  Street. 
Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


'ET  not  thy  thoughts  dwell  on  the  past, 
For  of  good  deeds  of  men,  I  ween, 
We  have  not  read  or  heard  the  last, 
But  many  more  will  yet  be  seen. 


Make  it  the  aim  of  all  your  life 
To  strive  for  all  that's  good  and  right, 
And  if  you  win  or  lose  the  strife 
Be  ever  noble  in  man's  sight. 

ESTHER  R.  WOLF. 
Hamilton  Grammar  School,  Written  in  Class. 


GERTRUDE  D.  FEATHERSTONE. 


Chocolate  and  Cocoa, 


'ANY  long  years  ago  in  the  far-away  South 

Where  the  lovely  cacao  tree  grows, 
'At  the  very  first  note  of  the  sweet-singing  birds 
The  busy  inhabitants  rose. 

An  old  Spanish  house,  built  around  a  square  court, 
Was  the  scene  of  much  bustle  and  hum  ; 

For  the  day  had  arrived — that  day  of  all  days — 
For  the  chocolate  woman  to  come. 

Selecting  one  end  of  the  court  for  herself, 

Protected  from  sun  and  the  breeze, 
She  begins  by  roasting  the  cacao  beans 

That  are  brought  to  her  fresh  from  the  trees. 

When  the  beans  are  roasted  a  beautiful  brown, 
She  shells  them  with  pains-taking  care. 

Then,  of  all  the  work  of  that  busy  day, 
She  begins  the  most  tiresome  share. 

Placing  the  beans  on  her  grinding-stone, 

Which  stands  o'er  a  pan  of  hot  coals, 
She  grinds  them  as  fine  as  she  possibly  can 

With  the  ' '  brazo  "  which  heavily  rolls. 


37 

Then  an  equal  weight  of  sugar  she  adds 

And  spices  to  suit  the  taste  ; 
And  when  these  ingredients  are  thoroughly  mixed 

They  make  a  delicious  brown  paste. 

She  measures  the  paste  with  experienced  hands, 

A  pound  in  each  little  roll, 
And  spreads  it  out  on  an  Indian  mat, 

Into  ounces  dividing  the  whole. 

Now,  though  she  has  labored  from  dawn  until  dusk 
Through  the  hours  of  that  long,  weary  day, 

She  has  made  but  ten  pounds.     Could  one  expect  more 
When  made  in  that  primitive  way  ? 

Xow,  if  they  wish  a  drink  to  prepare, 

One  ounce  for  each  cup  they  must  take, 
With  water  or  milk  in  a  "  batador, ' ' 

A  pitcher  of  Indian  make. 

With  a  "  molinilla,"  a  fancy  carved  stick, 

They  stir  the  mixture  awhile, 
And  whirl  it  into  a  beautiful  foam 

In  the  good  old-fashioned  style. 

In  our  own  fair  land  at  the  present  time 

Stands  a  factor)'  airy  and  vast, 
Where  a  great  many  men  are  working  each  day 

With  the  aid  of  machinery  fast. 

Great  quantities  of  the  cacao  beans 

Are  roasted  at  once  thoroughly  ; 
And  then  they  are  cracked  and  the  shells  blown  away 

By  the  whirling  machinery. 

To  prepare  cocoa  the  oil  is  pressed  out, 

From  which  cocoa-butter  is  made. 
The  remaining  part  is  ground  very  fine, 

Thus  forming  the  cocoa  of  trade 

For  chocolate,  however,  the  oil  is  retained 

And  the  whole  is  pressed  into  a  cake, 
Which  sweetened  or  not,  as  the  case  may  be, 

Will  man}-  delicious  things  make. 

When  we  think  of  the  work  that  can  be  done 

In  the  modern  and  quicker  way, 
We  are  scarcely  surprised  to  learn  that  they  make 

Twenty-five  hundred  pounds  in  one  day. 

GERTRUDE  D.  FEATHERSTONE, 

Girls'  High  School,  Middle  Class.          9I4  Twenty-fourth  Street. 
The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  D .  Ghirardelli  &  Sons. 


38 

Food  and  Medioiiml  Properties  of  Grapes, 


F  all  natural 
foods,  grapes 
have  probably  the 
largest  blood  produc 
ing  properties  ;  and, 
since  "The  life  of 
the  flesh  is  the 
blood,"  it  follows 
that  as  an  all-round 
food  they  are  not 
surpassed.  There  is 
less  waste  matter  in 
grapes  than  in  al 
most  any  other  food. 
Indeed,  if  one  swal 
low  only  the  juicy 
matter  between  the 
rind  and  the  stones 
he  can  digest  and 
absorb  into  his  body 
the  greater  part  of  it. 
This  is  a  well  known 

JOHN  COLBERT.  fact>     for    men 


made  chemical  examinations  of  the  blood  and  tissues  of  the 
body  and  also  of  the  juice  of  the  grape,  and  these  are  almost 
identical.  Milk  is  the  only  other  natural  food  that  compares 
with  grape  juice  in  this  respect. 

The  California  Grape  Food  Company  took  advantage  of 
this  quality  in  the  grape  and  built  extensive  works  at  L,os 
Gatos,  California,  where  they  separate  the  rind  and  stones  and 
water  from  the  "  food  "  part,  and  bottle  this  and  sell  it  to  peo 
ple  to  make  them  well  if  they  are  sick  and  to  keep  them  well 
if  they  are  well.  It  is  so  easily  digested  that  the  weakest 
stomach  can  use  it.  There  is  really  no  "  work  "  for  the  stom 
ach  to  do  on  this  juice,  for  it  is  composed  of  blood,  salts  and 
grape  sugar  just  as  the  blood  is.  It  passes  readily  from  the 
stomach  to  the  liver,  where  it  becomes  "  reddened  "  into  blood. 
Even  milk  requires  more  ' '  work  "  to  make  it  into  blood  than 
does  grape  juice  thus  prepared. 

Since  the  people  in  the  Holy  Land  had  this  fruit  given  them 
in  such  abundance,  one  cannot  help  thinking  that  God  gave  it 
to  them  because  it  was  so  healthy  and  nourishing.  He  was 
their  friend  and  gave  them  their  food.  But  when  men  fer 
ment  the  juice  into  wine  that  makes  drunkards,  they  spoil  its 


39 

food  properties  ;  this  we  can  readily  understand,  since  all  dys 
peptic  or  weak  stomachs  have  too  much  fermentation  already. 
It  is  the  fresh  grape  juice  that  is  the  natural  food. 

As  an  aid  in  the  sick  room  this  prepared  food  is  fast  grow 
ing  in  popularity.  I  know  a  doctor  who  is  now  prescribing  it 
for  a  sickly  boy,  who  is  improving  every  day  since  he  began 
taking  it.  The  little  fellow's  stomach  was  so  weak  that  ever)*- 
thing  else  but  milk  distressed  him,  and  he  even  got  tired  of 
milk.  Grape  juice  agrees  with  him  and  is  building  him  up 
wonderfully. 

As  a  communion  wine  it  is  destined  at  no  distant  date  to 
occupy  the  whole  field.  It  is  the  real  fruit  of  the  wine  as  God 
made  it,  and  may  therefore  with  safety  symbolize  the  Savior's 
blood.  Surely  it  was  not  grape  juice  that  had  rotted,  or  more 
politely  ' '  fermented,  "  that  was  used  by  Christ  on  that  memor 
able  occasion  when  He  said  "This  is  my  blood.  "  Xo,  it  was 
fresh  juice  such  as  He  makes  in  the  grapes  when  they  are 
growing. 

JOHN  COLBERT, 

634  Elizabeth  Street. 

Lincoln  Grammar  School^  'jth  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  The  California 
Grape  Food  Co. 


The  C&ligraph, 


«F  all  the  writing  machines  now  before  the  public  none  is 
more  widely  or  favorably  known  than  the  Caligraph.  In 
every  tournament  where  machines  compete  for  prizes  or  dis 
tinction  of  an}T  kind,  this  one  is  sure  to  enter  and  just  as  sure 
to  win  first  place.  Its  speed  far  surpasses  its  competitors  ; 
and  somehow  operators  on  it  are  also  able  to  make  a  record 
for  accuracy.  In  May,  1893,  there  was  a  tournament  in  Xew 
York,  where  many  machines  competed  for  a  handsome  gold 
medal  offered  by  John  \V.  Mackay.  The  Caligraph,  of 
course,  was  there,  and  the  result  was  that  the  other  machines 
were  "  distanced,"  and  the  best  of  it  was  that  the  writers  who 
won  such  laurels  were  gentlemen  from  this  Coast,  B.  S.  Dur- 
kee  of  Portland,  and  J.  H.  Jones  of  San  Francisco.  Mr. 
Durkee,  who  is  now  champion  typewriter  of  the  world,  wrote 
the  large  number  of  ninety- seven  telegraphic  messages  in  sixty 
minutes.  It  took  each  of  these  young  men  only  forty  seconds 
to  write  every  word  on  the  message,  including  date,  address, 
number,  time  and  signature.  How  fast  they  must  have 


40 

worked,  and  how  fast  the  Caligraph  must  have  responded  to 
the  touch  on  its  keys  ! 

If  we  examine  the  construction  of  the  Caligraph  we  can  sec 
good  reasons  for  its  supremacy  in  speed  and  accuracy.  The 
level  keyboard,  with  a  key  for  every  character,  permits  all 
writing  to  be  done  with  the  least  waste  of  time  and  energy. 
The  hand  glides  over  it  as  over  a  piano.  The  type  bars  are  so 
well  balanced  that  the  moment  the  finger  strikes  the  key  the 
type  strikes  the  paper  ;  and  they  are  so  arranged  that  there  is 
no  danger  of  one  type  striking  another  when  going  fast. 

The  two  spacing  keys  at  the  sides,  instead  of  one  at  the  bot 
tom  as  in  other  machines,  make  the  waste  of  time  in  spacing 
and  the  work  of  moving  the  hands  much  less. 

Besides  these  special  features  there  are  many  minor,  but 
very  important  ones,  in  the  Caligraph,  which  added  together 
make  it  the  champion  in  the  field  of  writing  machines.  The 
attachments  for  receiving  the  paper,  regulating  the  length  of 
lines,  regulating  the  spaces  between  the  lines,  and  for  correct 
ing  the  errors,  are  all  time-savers.  The  device  of  the  Caligraph 
for  keeping  it  in  "  alignment "  after  the  wear  and  tear  of  time 
surpasses  that  on  any  other  machine.  The  writer  can  tighten 
it  up  as  it  wears  and  thus  keep  it  always  like  a  new  machine. 
Other  machines  are  a  total  loss  after  they  wear  loose. 

A  gentleman  who  has  been  all  his  life  engaged  in  Business 
College  work,  where  they  had  all  kinds  of  typewriters,  advised 
me  if  ever  I  bought  one  to  buy  a  Caligraph  ;  he  said  it  did  the 
fastest  and  best  work,  and  would  outlast  any  two  others.  He 
was  not  interested  in  any  machine  when  he  spoke  of  this  to 
me. 

JOHN  COLBERT, 

634  Elizabeth  Street. 
Lincoln  Grammar  School,  7th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  Second  Prize  awarded  by  Charles 
E.  Naylor. 


The  true  purpose  of  education  is  to  cherish  and  unfold  the 
seed  of  immortality  already  sown  within  us  ;  to  develop,  to 
their  fullest  extent,  the  capacities  of  every  kind  with  which 
the  God  who  made  us  has  endowed  us. — -MRS.  JAMKSON. 


'Tis  education  forms  the  common  mind, 
Just  as  the  tree  is  bent,  the  twig's  inclined. 

— POPE. 


(Coffee—  S 

0  begin  with  the  early  part  of  my  history,  I  must  take  you 
to  a  coffee  plantation  some  fifty  miles   east  of   Damar. 

The  plantation  was  owned  by  a  rich  old  Arab,  who  had  numer 
ous  slaves  and  servants,  and  made  yearly  pilgrimages  to  Mecca. 

I  was  reposing  serenely  on  the  vine  of  my  parent  tree,  one 
beautiful  day  in  May,  when  I  was  rudely  seized  and  jerked  off 
the  twig  whereon  I  had  staid  for  nearly  three  months. 

When  I  recovered  from  the  shock  caused  by  my  separation 
from  the  paternal  tree,  I  found  myself  spread  out  on  mats  with 
millions  of  other  little  beans,  and  the  sun  beating  down  most 
unmercifully  on  our  uncovered  heads. 

After  being  turned  about  in  an  endless  and  cruel  manner,  we 
were  at  last  gathered  up  and  transported  to  another  building. 
Here  we  were  passed  between  huge  rollers,  and  when  I  emerged 
from  the  formidable  looking  monster,  I  noticed  that  my  dry 
pulp  which  had  inclosed  my  body,  was  gone.  This  knowledge 
did  not  alarm  me  ;  in  fact,  I  was  rather  glad  to  get  rid  of  my 
surplus  clothing,  as  the  thermometer  marked  ninety  degrees  in 
the  shade. 

For  two  days  I  lay  sweltering  in  that  drying  house  ;  we 
were  then  placed  on  the  back  of  a  camel  and  conveyed  to 
Mocha. 

From  Mocha  to  London  our  journey  was  uneventful,  and 
from  London  thence  to  Xew  York.  We  were  changed  and 
tugged  about  in  Xew  York  in  an  aimless  manner,  but  at  last 
were  placed  on  the  cars,  bound  for  San  Francisco,  where  we 
arrived  in  due  season. 

My  next  experience  was  in  a  roasting  oven  in  a  wholesale 
establishment  -on  Front  street.  There  I  was  simply  cremated, 
and  when  I  emerged  from  the  oven  I  was  browner  than  the 
proverbial  berry. 

From  the  wholesale  house  to  a  retail  store  was  my  next  des 
tination,  and  I  had  hardh-  been  installed  in  my  new  quarters 
before  I  was  purchased  by  a  lady,  who  took  me  to  her  home  in 
the  "  Western  Addition."" 

1  now  supposed  that  my  troubles  all  were  over,  so  imagine 
my  dismay  when  she  placed  me  in  a  little  mill  and  began 
turning  the  handle.     I  commenced  sinking  down,  and  ere  long 
seemed  to  be  being  torn  to  shreds.     Soon  I  was  so  thoroughly 
dissected  that  my  best  friend  would  not  recognize  me. 

At  present  I  am  lying  in  a  little  can,  preparatory  to  being 
boiled.  What  my  next  experience  will  be  I  am  at  a  loss  to 
know,  nor  do  I  care  much,  as  my  life  has  been  so  full  of 
troubles.  \YILLIE  D.  WARD, 

Mission  Grammar  School,  Sth  Grade.  242  i2th  Street. 

3 


42 


§  THING  of  beauty  is  a  joy  forever,  "  and  this  applies  par 
ticularly  to  statuary. 
Statuary  is  by  no  means  of  modern  origin,  as  many  dif 
ferent  pieces  have  been  unearthed  from  time  to  time,  proving 
that  they  were  many  thousand  years  old.     A  notable  example 
of  this  is  the  Egyptian  Sphynx  and  other  ancient  pieces. 

Italy  and  France  are  noted  for  their  fine  statuary  ;  the  former 
for  marble  and  the  latter  for  bronze. 

America  is  not  as  yet  far  advanced  in  this  art,  but  it  is  to  be 
hoped  that,  as  the  country  grows,  it  will  progress  in  this,  as 
it  has  done  in  many  other  things. 

A  great  deal  of  statuary  is  imported  to  the  United  States, 
and  many  beautiful  homes  are  embellished  by  it. 

The  very  finest  examples  of  this  art,  coming  from  all  parts 
of  the  world,  \vere  exhibited  at  the  World's  Columbian  Expo 
sition.  They  were  too  numerous  to  mention,  and  I  had  the 
rare  treat  of  viewing  them. 

The  immense  crowds  which  continually  thronged  the  Build 
ing  of  Fine  Arts,  where  the  statuary  was  exhibited,  showed 
the  great  appreciation  of  the  public,  and  it  proved  the  best 
education  to  the  people. 

Our  own  Midwinter  Fair  also  had  some  fine  subjects  in  statu 
ary,  among  which  was  a  group  of  the  Vanderbilt  family  of 
New  York,  also  some  fine  Japanese  bronzes,  several  of  which 
have  been  purchased,  and  will  remain  in  the  Art  Building  and 
form  the  nucleus  of  the  museum  into  which  the  Art  Building 
is  to  be  converted. 

BLANCHE  M.  STERNHEIM, 

1728  Bush  Street. 

Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


~r  ^  n  ^  4  K>O  /-N  ^  p     z./~)    k  h  & 

I    A^  O  <£>  0  /   L/  V  1  <"&        ^^        L./CO 


tMOON,  great  orb  of  the  reflected  fire 
That  lights  the  world,  when  sinks  the  setting  sun, 
My  bosom  fills  with  envy  more  than  ire, 
To  think  of  thee,  the  great  and  only  one 
Who,  at  thy  wish,  can  get  sublimely  full. 
Though  others  of  their  cash  may  be  bereft, 
Thou  canst  always  take  another  great,  long  pull, 
And  still,  O  Moon,  thou  has  a  quarter  left. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class.  ALICE  CHALMERS. 


43 


enes  c/~   the  installmen 


rHE  room  was  dark,  but  there  sat  within 
A  woman,  pale,  haggard  and  thin, 
In  her  arms  she  caressed  a  baby  boy, 
And  it  seemed  to  be  her  only  joy. 
The  woman  said,  as  she  caressed  her  babe. 
That  happiness  o'er  her  home  ne'er  had  strayed. 

I  asked  her  to  state  the  reason  why, 

And  she  told  me  then  with  a  sad,  deep  sigh, 

That  for  years  she  had  toiled  so  hard  and  long 

To  gain  the  comforts  of  a  home, 

And  she  never  thought  she  would  see  the  day 

When  she  hadn't  a  place  for  her  babe  to  lay. 

But  now  she  was  greatly  in  need  of  a  cot, 

But  how  to  get  it,  the  way  she  knew  not. 

She  hadn't  the  money  ready  at  hand, 

So  I  mentioned  to  her  the  Installment  Plan. 

I  never  heard  of  that,  she  said, 

As  she  slowly  raised  her  wearied  head. 

Oh  !  then  I  smiled  and  quickly  said 

Have  you  of  this  great  plan  never  read, 

How  it  aids  many  persons  who  now  will  take  heed. 

By  small  payments  get  that  which  they  need, 

Household  goods  and  clothes  beside, 

There  is  hardlv  an  article  that  is  denied. 


In  another  week  I  visited  their  home, 

And  found  that  happiness  was  there  alone 

With  its  welcome  beams.     But  what  was  the  reason? 

The  Installment  Plan  had  brought  this  joyful  season. 

Oh  !  dear  friends,  this  is  not  the  only  home 

Where  the  Installment  Plan's  benefits  are  quickly  shown. 

There  are  thousands  of  homes  that  this  way  seem 

Just  as  happy,  all  on  account  of  this  wonderful  scheme. 


Mission  Grammar  School,  ?th  Grade. 


AGXES  CORRIGAN, 

2307  Mariposa  Street. 


44 


of  the  great  commodities  of  the  world  is  rubber,  be 
cause  of  the  many  uses  to  which  it  can  be  applied. 

The  first  notice  of  rubber  on  record  by  Europeans  was 
given  nearly  five  hundred  years  ago  by  Herrera,  who  in  the 
second  voyage  of  Columbus  observed  that  the  inhabitants  of 
Hayti  played  a  game  with  balls  made  of  the  gum  of  a  tree,  and 
that  the  balls  were  lighter,  though  larger,  than  the  wind-balls 
of  Castile.  In  1615  he  published  a  paper  with  an  account  of 
rubber. 

The  caoutchouc-yielding  trees  are  found  in  British  India, 
the  eastern  shore  of  Africa,  and  South  America,  nourishing 
best  on  the  rich  alluvial  banks  of  rivers  in  South  America. 
South  America  yields  nearly  three-fourths  of  all  the  rubber 
used  in  the  world. 

The  sap  is  collected  in  the  dry  season  between  August  and 
February.  The  trees  are  tapped  in  the  evening  and  the  juice 
collected  on  the  following  morning.  To  obtain  the  juice  a 
deep  horizontal  incision  is  made  near  the  base  of  the  tree,  and 
then  from  it  a  vertical  one  extending  up  the  trunk  with  others 
at  short  distances  in  oblique  directions.  Small  shallow  cups 
made  from  a  clayey  soil  are  placed  below  the  incisions  to  re 
ceive  the  juice.  The  tree  yields  about  six  ounces  of  juice  in 
three  days.  To  obtain  the  rubber  the  juice  is  heated  in  the 
following  manner  :  A  piece  of  wood  about  three  feet  long 
with  a  flattened  clay  mould  at  one  end  is  dipped  in  the  milk. 
The  milk  is  carefully  dried  by  turning  the  mould  round  and 
round  in  a  vapor  obtained  by  heating  certain  oily  palm  nuts. 
Each  layer  of  rubber  is  allowed  to  become  firm  before  adding 
another.  The  rubber  thus  prepared  is  the  finest  that  can  be 
obtained. 

We  are  much  indebted  to  Mr.  Goodyear  for  the  invention  of 
vulcanizing  rubber  which  widely  extended  its  usefulness.  He 
experimented  six  years,  and  at  last  found  that  by  mixing  the 
rubber  with  sulphur  and  heating  it  to  a  great  degree  made  it 
flexible. 

It  would  be  impossible  to  mention  rubber's  various  uses. 
Belting,  buffers,  wheel-tires,  washers,  valves,  pipes,  fire-hose 
and  other  engineering  appliances  form  a  large  branch  of  the 
rubber  trade.  Air-goods  and  water-proof  cloth  are  made  by 
placing  layer  after  layer  of  india  rubber  paste  on  textile  fabrics. 
There  are  between  four  hundred  and  six  hundred  rubber  fac 
tories  in  England. 

AGNES  SCHUMACHER, 

1223  Pierce  Street. 

South  Cosmopolitan  Grammar  School,  Jth  Grade. 


45 

QfyccciaZe  2nd  Qoccz. 

COCOA  plantation  is  set  in  quite  the  same  manner  as  an 
apple  orchard,  except  that  the  young  stalks  may  be  trans- 
planted  from  the  nursery  after  two  months 'growth.  Between 
rows  and  at  like  spaces  are  planted  rows  of  Bucare,  a  tree  of 
rapid  growth  that  serves  to  shade  the  soil  as  well  as  to  shield  the 
young  trees  from  the  torrid  sun.  At  the  age  of  five  years  the 
plantation  begins  to  bear  fruit,  and  annually  yields  two  crops 
that  ripen  in  June  and  December. 

In  gathering,  care  must  be  taken  to  cut  down  only  fully 
ripened  pods.  The  pods  are  left  in  a  heap  for  about  twenty- 
four  hours.  They  are  then  cut  open,  and  the  seeds  are  taken 
out  and  carried  in  a  basket  to  the  place  where  they  undergo 
the  operation  of  sweating  or  curing. 

There  the  acid  juice  is  first  drained  off,  after  which  they  are 
placed  in  a  sweating-box  and  allowed  to  ferment,  great  care 
taken  to  keep  the  temperature  from  rising  too  high.  The 
fermenting  process  is  in  some  cases  effected  by  throwing  seed 
into  holes  or  trenches  in  the  ground  and  covering  them  with 
earth  or  clay.  The  seeds  in  this  process,  which  is  called  clay 
ing,  are  occasionally  stirred  to  keep  the  fermentation  from 
proceeding  too  violently. 

The  sweating  is  a  process  which  requires  the  very  greatest 
attention  and  experience,  as  on  it,  to  a  great  extent,  depends 
the  flavor  of  the  seeds  and  their  fitness  for  weather  ;  but  a 
period  of  about  two  days  yields  the  best  results.  Thereafter 
the  seeds  are  exposed  to  the  sun  for  drying  and  those  of  a  fine 
quality  should  then  assume  a  warm,  reddish  tint,  which  char 
acterizes  beans  of  a  superior  quality. 

The  seeds  of  the  chocolate  plant  are  brought  into  market  in 
their  crude  state* as  almond-shaped  beans,  which  differ  in  color 
and  somewhat  in  texture. 

The  dried  seeds  have  a  papery,  brittle  shell,  which  is  very 
smooth  on  the  inside,  but  on  the  outside  exhibits  under  the 
microscope  a  few  short  hairs  and  round  excrescences. 

In  preparing  cocoa  beans  for  use,  they  are  first  roasted  like 
coffee  beans,  then  they  are  bruised  and  cleaned  of  the  husks. 
The  husks  which  are  thus  parted  are  the  cocoa  shells  of  com 
merce  and  the  beans  broken  into  pieces  are  called  ' '  cocoa- 
nibs. "  This  is  the  purest  form  in  which  cocoa  comes, 

The  paste  that  is  made  by  grinding  the  nibs  alone  is  properly 
called  cocoa,  and  that  made  by  grinding  them  with  other  sub 
stances  and  flavors,  chocolate. 

•  MAMIE  KENNEDY, 

318  Hill  Street. 

Franklin  Grammar  School,  6th  Grade. 


46 

Advantages  of  a   ^Business   Education. 


JN  ALL  times  and  even  at  the  present  moment,  in  educa 
tion,  people  do  not  consider  what  is  the  most  practical 
branch  and  useful  one  in  the  end,  but  what  branch  of  edu 
cation  is  considered  the  best  by  society.  There  are  many 
things  worth  spending  time  upon  in  order  to  know  them,  but, 
in  practice,  and  not  in  theory,  there  is  no  education  to  equal 
a  business  one  ;  and,  in  order  to  be  a  thorough  business  man 
or  woman,  one  must  have  as  fine  a  course  of  instruction  in 
that  line  as  a  lawyer  requires  in  his  profession  or  an  architect 
in  his. 

Science  controls  the  day ;  there  is  nothing  we  do  that  does 
not  contain  the  elements  of  science  in  its  nature,  although  we 
may  not  know  it  ;  so  it  is  in  business  ;  there  is  a  science  to  it, 
and,  unless  one  is  instructed  in  it,  he  or  she  cannot  make 
a  master  business  man  or  woman. 

We  read  of  frauds  and  robberies  committed  by  the  very 
clerks,  themselves,  in  an  establishment  that  is  considered  first- 
class,  and  why?  Simply  because  the  proprietors  are  poor 
managers  and  do  not  understand  thorough^  how  to  conduct  a 
business.  Had  they  been  educated ,_all  evils  would  be  avoided 
and  a  systematic  business  be  carried  on  as  a  result  of  a  good 
business  education.  Not  alone  is  good  management  requisite 
in  a  business,  but  each  separate  branch  must  be  conducted  per 
fectly  by  thoroughly  trained  business  men  ;  the  stenographer, 
the  cashier,  the  bookkeeper,  the  clerks,  all  must  have  their  own 
special  work  at  their  finger  tips,  and,  therefore,  should  have  a 
complete  education  in  their  own  work.  I  advocate  strongly 
a  good  business  education  for  both  men  and  .women,  whether 
or  not  they  intend  leading  a  mercantile  life.  Who  can  say 
what  may  come  to  them  in  the  vicissitudes  of  life  ?  and,  in  time 
of  emergency,  of  what  avail  are  the  classics  or  mathematics 
compared  with  a  knowledge  of  business  dealings  ?  Then,  if  a 
woman  is  educated  along  that  line,  may  she  not  exert  a  pow 
erful  influence  upon  her  husband  who  has  not  such  a  vast  edu 
cation  on  the  subject  ? 

I  say  a  business  education  is  highly  necessary,  and  let  the 
boys  and  girls  have  it,  but  do  not  allow  them  to  go  to  poor 
schools,  for  a  poor  one  is  worse  than  none  at  all. 

MIRIAM  B.  LEVY, 

1501  Scott  Street. 
Graduate  Girls'  High  School,  Class  ''94. 


47 


^Bohemian   Coffee. 


COFFEE  is  the  seed  contained  in  the  berry  of  an  evergreen 
shrub  which  grows  in  hot  countries. 
The  shrub  nourishes  best  in  moist  air  and  well-drained 
soil  ;  accordingly  the  hill-slopes  of  the  islands  of  the  two  Indies 
are  found  especially  suited  to  its  cultivation. 

The  coffee  plant  prunes  down  to  a  height  of  five  or  six  feet, 
so  that  it  may  bear  better  fruit  and  hold  that  fruit  within  easy 
reach. 

The  ripening  coffee  berry  has  a  bright  red  color,  and  looks 
something  like  a  cherry,  but  da}-  by  day  its  hue  changes  till  at 
last  it  becomes  a  lovel\'  deep  purple.  The  berry  is  very  sweet 
as  it  is,  and  palatable.  But  it  is  not  for  its  sweetness  that  the 
coffee  plant  is  grown  ;  it  is  for  the  sake  of  the  two  hard  oval 
seeds  which  lie  close  together  at  the  berry's  heart. 

These  seeds  are  flat  on  one  side  and  rounded  at  the  other  ; 
they  lie  with  their  flat  faces  towards  each  other,  and  are  sur 
rounded  by  a  kind  of  tough  husk  which  separates  them  from 
the  juicy  substances  of  the  berry. 

When  the  berries  are  ripe  the}'  are  spread  out  in  the  sun  to 
dry,  being  turned  from  time  to  time,  till  the  pulp  is  shriveled 
up  into  a  kind  of  pod.  This  pod  is  removed  by  hand,  and 
what  remains  of  the  dried-up  pulp  is  washed  awa\\  There 
are  now  left  only  the  coffee  beans,  as  they  are  called,  and  the 
tough  shell  or  case  in  which  they  are  hidden  from  sight. 
These  shells  are  broken  by  means  of  wooden  rollers,  all  the 
chaff  is  winnowed  away,  and  the  coffee  is  ready  at  last  to  be 
packed  in  sacks,  conveyed  to  the  nearest  seaport,  and  shipped 
to  the  markets  of  the  world. 

Great  care  must  be  taken  now  to  keep  it  separate  from  all 
articles  having  any  strong  odor,  for  coffee  readily  absorbs  the 
odor  of  other  substances.  A  few  bags  of  pepper  have  been 
known  to  spoil  a  whole  cargo  of  it. 

Before  the  coffee  can  be  put  upon  the  table  it  must  be 
roasted  chestnut  brown,  ground  in  a  coffee  mill,  and  steeped 
in  boiling  water.  Most  of  us  would  wish  to  sweeten  it,  too, 
and  add  a  little  milk,  though  some  coffee  drinkers  prefer  their 
coffee  straight. 

EMIL  BOLD, 

262  Eighth  Street. 
FrcDiklin  Grammar  School,  6th  Grade. 


igs. 


drugs  we  understand,  generally,  substances  used  for 
Jjrj     the  cure  of  ailments,  though  spices  and  coloring  matter 
are  also  included  under  that  name. 

There  are  vegetable,  mineral  and  animal  drugs.  The  first 
are  obtained  from  plants  of  which  the  bark,  the  leaves,  the 
roots  and  the  seeds  are  used.  They  are  employed  in  the  shape 
of  teas,  tinctures,  extracts  and  oils.  Quite  a  number  of  these 
are  used  in  the  arts  for  tanning,  dyeing  and  other  purposes. 
The  mineral  drugs  are  derived  from  the  mineral  kingdom  in 
wrhich,  at  present,  sixty-four  elementary  bodies  are  recognized. 
Fifty  of  these  belong  to  metals  proper.  Through  chemical 
reaction,  mixture  and  combination  the  great  number  of  chem 
icals  are  produced  which  are  employed  in  medicine,  as  well  as 
the  arts. 

In  the  way  to  illustrate  which  drugs  are  obtained  from  the 
animal  kingdom,  I  shall  mention  a  few  and  their  source.  An 
imal  charcoal,  for  instance,  is  obtained  by  burning  bones,  and 
is,  therefore,  called  animal  charcoal.  It  is  mainly  used  in 
sugar  refineries  for  filteration.  Pepsin,  so  greatly  used  in 
medicine,  is  obtained  from  the  glandular  layer  of  fresh  stom 
achs  from  healthy  pigs.  The  Cochineal  is  an  insect  found 
wild  in  Mexico  and  Central  America,  inhabiting  different 
kinds  of  cactus  plants.  It  is  used  for  red  coloring. 

Having  thus  endeavored  to  describe  to  you  what  is  meant 
by  the  term  of  drugs  I  close,  hoping  that  I  have  succeeded  to 
some  extent.  RAE  FLATOW, 

8 10  Hyde  Street. 

South  Cosmopolitan  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


ifie   St 


ars 


'HY  do  the  stars  wink  their  eyes  so  bright 
When  one  looks  into  their  faces  at  night  ? 
They  seem  to  nod  their  heads  of  gold 
And  look  at  one  with  a  countenance  bold. 

Perhaps  it's  because  Mr.  Moon  is  expected, 
Or,  maybe  he's  out,  and  must  not  be  neglected  ; 
So  they  counsel  together  and  wink  their  bright  eyes, 
While  planning  for  him  some  pleasant  surprise. 

TINA  RICHARDSON. 

GfrlS  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


49 


The   Grace. 


«H  !  LUSCIOUS  berry  of  the  noblest  lands, 
Product  of  all  the  climes  that  perfumes  breathe, 
Nature  salutes  thee,  and  with  eager  hands 
Would  thee  with  crown  of  thine  own  glory  wreathe. 

Xor  yields  the  gifted  soil  a  richer  tithe  ; 

The  golden  fields  bent  'neath  their  precious  weight, 
The  very  essence,  nay,  the  germ  of  life  ; 

These  only  can  their  treasures,  equal  rate. 

The  subtle  fragrance  of  thy  clust'ring  vines 

Brings  grateful  balm  to  parched  and  longing  lips  ; 

It  cools  the  fevered  brow,  and  *mooths  the  lines 
Of  Pain,  when  that  dread  Monarch  regal  sits. 

To  health  and  joy  thou  lend'st  a  brighter  hue, 
Thy  pleasant  fruit,  a  source  of  sweet  delight  ; 

Thou  temp'st  the  palate  that  thou  seem'st   to  sue 
To  taste  of  thy  delicious  fulsome  wright. 

E  'en  great  Osiris,  idol  of  the  Nile, 

Hath  prized  the  sweet  aroma  of  thy  fruit  ; 

Nay,  Israel's  Patriarch  of  the  floating  Isle 

Oft  quaffed  the  must  of  thy  most  generous  root. 

And  yet  thou  hast  thy  stern  and  austere  foes, 
That  reck  not  of  thy  good,  thy  cause  abuse, 

Such  erring  minds  see  but  the  frenzied  throes, 
Of  those,  who  wantonly,  God's  gifts  misuse. 

JENNIE  SCHWARZSCHILD, 

2015  Buchanan  Street 
Graduate  of  Denman  School^  1894.. 


50 

Groceries. 


?_>= 


flv  A  RGB  portion  of  food  eaten  by  us  consists  of  groceries. 
At  every  meal  there  are  groceries  on  the  table  in  some 
shape,  either  as  salt,  pepper,  tea,  coffee,  sugar,  or  in 
some  other  form. 

Tea,  one  of  the  most  common  of  groceries,  is  used  by  al 
most  every  one.  A  great  amount  of  the  tea  used  in  the  United 
States  is  imported  from  China.  There  are  different  kinds  of 
tea,  such  as  comet,  English  Breakfast,  uncolored  Japan,  green 
tea,  etc. 

Coffee  is  commonly  used  for  breakfast,  and  a  great  many 
Germans  use  it  with  every  meal.  Mocha  and  Java  are  the  finest 
kinds  of  coffee.  Java  is  raised  on  the  island  of  Java  in  the 
West  Indies. 

Sugar,  which  is  exported  from  Honolulu  and  other  places 
that  have  warm  climates,  is  a  great  necessity.  It  is  used  to 
sweeten  tea,  coffee,  preserves  and  a  great  many  cooked  arti 
cles.  Four  kinds  of  sugar  are,  granulated,  powdered,  loaf  and 
brown  sugar.  Although  there  is  not  so  much  difference  in 
the  taste  of  sugar,  there  is  a  great  deal  of  difference  in  its  ap 
pearance. 

Spices,  such  as  nutmeg,  cloves  and  cinnamon,  are  always 
convenient  to  have  in  .the  house,  as  they  are  often  used  to  im 
prove  the  taste  of  food. 

Flavoring  extracts  are  in  much  demand,  especially  to  people 
who  do  much  cooking  in  the  line  of  pies  and  puddings.  Vanilla, 
lemon  and  pineapple  are  three  different  flavoring  extracts. 

Condiments — tomato  catsup,  Worcestershire  sauce,  pepper 
sauce,  pickled  onions,  caper  sauce,  pickles,  pickled  mush 
rooms  and  chow-chow,  give  a  great  deal  of  flavor  to  anything 
they  are  eaten  writh,  especially  cold  meats. 

Canned  fruits,  jellies  and  jams  are  used  a  great  deal  in  win 
ter,  as  they  are  much  cheaper  than  butter. 

There  is  also  cocoa  and  chocolate.  To  make  a  delicious  drink 
on  a  rainy  day  there  is  nothing  tastes  better  than  chocolate  or 
cocoa.  Then  a  few  high- tea  cakes,  or  cocoanut  cakes,  choco 
late  wafers,  or  any  of  those  fancy  cakes. that  can  be  bought  in 
a  grocery  store,  go  very  nicely  with  it. 

Dried  fruits,  such  as  dried  pears,  apples  and  peaches,  can  be 
obtained  all  the  year  round,  and  stewed  they  make  a  very 
good  dessert. 

There  are  numerous  other  things  in  the  line  of  groceries 
that  when  eating  them  we  do  not  think  of  their  importance, 
but  if  they  could  not  be  obtained  they  would  be  missed  greatly. 

JULIA  BYRNES, 

Mission  Grammar  School,.  8tJi  Grade.          37 /^  Russ  Street. 


^i 


Itafian   &asfe,    ^Vermicelli   and  Dfflacaroni. 


rvOUR   is  first  brought  downstairs  by  means  of  a  chute. 
Then  three  one-hundred-pound  sacks  are  put  into  a  mix 
ing  machine  and  a  pail  of  boiling  water  and  a  pail  of  cold 
water  is  added.      The  flour  and  water  are  left  in  this  mixing 
machine  about  twenty-five  minutes. 

When  the  flour  and  water  have  been  thoroughly  mixed, 
they  are  taken  out  through  a  door  in  the  bottom  of  this 
machine  and  put  in  a  large  sort  of  tub,  in  which  it  is  rolled  by 
a  marble  millstone.  This  millstone  turns  around  and  crushes 
all  the  little  lumps  of  flour  that  may  be  in  it.  Then  it  is  put 
in  a  machine  with  a  mold  at  the  bottom,  and  one  machine 
makes  Macaroni  and  the  other  Vermicelli. 

This  Macaroni  and  Vermicelli  is  cut  into  lengths  of  about 
one  yard  long  and  put  on  trays  and  sent  upstairs  into  a  room 
that  is  filled  with  steam,  in  order  to  make  it  tough.  Then  it 
is  put  into  another  room  with  a  little  air  and  a  good  deal  of 
steam  in  order  to  make  it  a  little  harder.  After  this  still  it  is 
removed  to  another  room  to  finish  it. 

The  Italian  paste  consists  of  little  designs,  letters  and  fig 
ures  cut  out  of  the  flour. 

It  takes  1,200  Ibs.  of  hydraulic  pressure  to  make  Vermicelli 
and  i,  ooo  Ibs'.  of  hydraulic  pressure  to  make  Macaroni.  In 
making  the  yellow  Macaroni  and  Vermicelli  the  yolk  of  egg 
and  saffron  are  used.  Macaroni,  Vermicelli  and  Italian  paste 
are  used  for  food,  for  soup,  etc. 

The  stamps  that  mold  the  Macaroni,  Vermicelli  and  Italian 
paste  are  made  of  copper,  with  the  design  wanted  stamped  on 
them.  After  being  used,  these  stamps  are  put  in  water  and 
thoroughly  cleaned  for  use  the  next  time  they  are  wanted. 
'i  he  whole  stamping  outfit  is  called  the  pastile.  The  boxes 
for  the  Macaroni,  Vermicelli  and  Italian  paste  are  made  in  the 
factory,  but  downstairs.  First  the  wood  is  chopped  by  means 
of  a  machine  with  something  like  a  wheel  and  an  edge  like  a 
saw.  This  cuts  the  wood  as  it  is  pushed  through  ;  then  by 
means  of  another  machine  the  board  is  evened  off.  The  sides 
and  ends  are  put  together  by  means  of  another  machine.  One 
side  and  one  end  are  taken  and  a  piece  for  the  foot  is  pressed 
upon  and  two  nails  are  put  in  at  once  ;  then  the  bottom  is 
put  on  ;  then  the  boxes  are  put  in  an  intensely  heated,  air 
tight  room,  so  that  the  boxes  may  be  thoroughly  dried,  be 
cause  the  Macaroni,  Vermicelli  and  Italian  paste  would  get 
sour  if  they  were  not  dry.  LUCY  L.  DUXXE, 

91  2  A  Larkin  Street. 

Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


JT  IS  said  that  every  class  of  people  of  which  any  mention  is 
made,  from  the  savage  to  the  civilized,  have  had  a  fondness 
for  jewelry.     History  tells  us  that  no  matter  how  rude  or 
humble  the  race  or  tribe  was,  their  vanity  found  pleasure  in 
personal  adornment. 

The  first  jewelry  worn  was  made  from  natural  objects,  such 
as  small  shells  or  pebbles,  dried  berries,  colored  feathers  and 
claws  of  wild  beasts,  strung  together  in  some  outlandish  man 
ner,  and  worn  on  the  head,  neck,  arms  and  legs,  the  fingers 
and  toes,  ears  and  nose  of  the  braves  and  dusky  maidens. 

lyongfellow,  in  "  The  Song  of  Hiawatha,"  writes  of  the  la 
ment  of  the  ancient  arrow  maker,  after  Hiawatha  had  carried 
off  his  charming  daughter,  Minnehaha  : 

"  Comes  a  youth  with  flaunting  feathers, 
Beckons  to  the  fairest  maiden, 
And  she  follows  where  he  leads  her, 
Leaving  all  things  for  the  stranger  !" 

The  advocates  of  Delsartism  went  the  savages  one  better, 
and  introduced  rings  for  the  thumbs. 

In  the  Bible  it  speaks  of  the  golden  calf  that  Aaron  made 
out  of  the  golden  earrings  taken  from  the  wives,  sons  and 
daughters  of  the  children  of  Israel,  and  how  they  worshiped 
this  calf  until  Moses  came  down  from  the  mountains,  and,  in 
his  indignation  at  witnessing  such  a  spectacle,  took  the  calf 
and  burnt  it  in  the  fire,  then  ground  it  to  powder,  and  put  it  up 
on  the  water,  and  made  them  drink  of  it. 

Probably  that  is  where  the  saying  originated  of  ' '  tasting  the 
gold  in  their  drink." 

The  manufacture  of  jewelry  reached  a  high  state  of  perfec 
tion  under  the  Egyptians,  while  the  Greek  and  Roman  jewelry 
is  said  to  be  unsurpassed  by  our  modern  workmen. 

Modern  jewelry  is  divided  into  three  classes,  viz  : 

I.  Objects  in  which  gems  form  the  principal  part. 

II.  When  the  metal  is  the  most  important  part,  used  with 
gems. 

III.  When  the  metal  is  used  alone. 


Pacific  Heights  School,  /th  Grade. 


ADAH  E.  HORR, 
2207  Webster  Street. 


53 

(points. 


fURE  paint  was  perfected  only  in  very  late  times. 
The  art  of  architecture  is  very  old,  and  is  derived  from 
the  ancient  Greek,   Roman  and    Gothic  models.      They 
have  never  been  improved,  and  perhaps  never  will  be.     But 
one  thing  that  has  been  greatly  improved  upon  is  the  paint, 
which  gives  the  houses  of  the  present  time  a  very  artistic  ap 
pearance. 

In  ancient  times  they  had  a  very  rude  sort  of  paint,  but  in 
later  years  it  has  been  wonderfully  improved  by  combining 
several  colors  together,  and  this  gives  it  a  very  beautiful  effect. 

Pure  paint  consists  of  one-half  zinc,  one-half  lead,  mixed 
with  pure  linseed  oil.  This  is  passed  through  three  powerful 
sets  of  mills  and  six  powerful  mixers.  This  mixing  takes 
twelve  hours. 

Lead  gives  hardness  and  a  glossy  appearance.  Zinc  enables 
the  paint  to  spread  well.  The  mixing  gives  spreading  proper 
ties,  great  body  and  elasticity. 

Pure  paints  contain  pure  white  lead,  pure  oxide  of  zinc, 
pure  coloring  pigments  and  pure  linseed  oil.  Lead  and  oil 
alone  would  make  a  paint  too  soft,  and  it  would  chalk  too 
easily.  Zinc  alone  would  be  too  hard. 

Pure  paint  contains  no  water,  benzine,  barytes,  whiting  or 
other  adulterants. 

There  are  forty  different  shades  for  houses,  which  have  been 
obtained  by  long  experience. 

Pure  paint  is  the  most  durable  and  most  beautiful  paint 
known.  Two  coats  of  it  will  last  well  for  five  years.  It  is 
used  for  outside  and  inside  work,  for  painting  plastered  walls, 
for  floors,  for  tin  and  shingled  roofs,  and  many  other  things. 
It  is  differently  mixed  according  to  the  surface  to  be  painted. 

AXXIE  RAUER, 
South  Cosmopolitan  Gram.  School,  ////  Grade.  1  1  20  Ellis  Street. 


If  I  ^ere  an  J[rtist,  ^fiat  £  ^Qufd  {point. 

I  an  artist,  I  would  paint 
Some  pure  madonna,  or  a  saint, 
A  scene  of  mount,  of  brook  or  hill, 
A  noisy,  babbling  little  rill. 
A  glimpse  of  home,  from  cares  all  free, 
And  baby  asleep  011  papa's  knee, 
With  face  of  innocence,  peace,  repose. 
And  such,  that  none  but  an  artist  knows. 
Girl?  Hitfi  School,  Written  in  Class.  EDA    COBLEXTZ. 


54 


fHOTOGRAPHY,  like  other  branches  of  chemistry,  owes 
its  origin  to  the  alchemist,  who  in  his  fruitless  researches 
after  the  Philosopher's  Stone  and  Elixir  Vitae,  produced 
a  substance  to  which  he  gave  the  name  of  L,una  Cornea  or 
Horn  Silver,  which  was  observed  to  blacken  on  exposure  to 
light.  This  property  of  the  substance  constitutes  the  leading 
fact  upon  wrhich  the  science  of  photography  is  based.  The 
honor  of  having  been  the  first  to  produce  pictures  by  the  ac 
tion  on  a  sensitive  surface  is  now  very  generally  conceded  to 
Thomas  Wedgwood.  In  1814  a  process  called  heliography 
was  accomplished  by  Mr.  Niepce.  This  process  consisted  in 
coating  a  piece  of  plated  silver  or  glass  with  a  varnish  made 
by  dissolving  powdered  asphaltum  to  saturation  in  oil  of  lav 
ender,  taking  care  that  the  drying  and  setting  of  this  varnish 
be  allowed  to  take  place  in  the  entire  absence  of  light  and 
moisture.  The  plate  so  prepared  was  then  exposed  in  the 
camera  obscura  for  a  length  of  time  varying  from  four  to  six 
hours,  according  to  the  amount  of  light  given.  A  process 
called  "Dry  Collodion  Process,"  was  to  wash  off  the  free 
nitrate  from  the  surface  and  allow  the  film  to  dry  in  the  ab 
sence  of  light.  A  number  of  sensitive  plates  can  be  prepared 
by  this  method  in  anticipation  of  a  journey.  A  late  improve 
ment  in  the  preparation  of  the  glass  for  a  negative  consists  in 
giving  it  a  thin  coat  of  albumen  on  the  side  which  is  to  re 
ceive  the  collodion.  The  practice  of  photography  in  the  pres 
ent  day  is  confined  almost  exclusively  to  the  Positive,  the 
Negative  and  the  Dry  Collodion  Processes.  The  Positive  is  to 
obtain  in  the  camera  a  direct  image,  which  is  to  be  viewed  by 
reflected  light ;  and  as  it  is  desired  that  the  pictures  so  pro 
duced  should  possess  pure  blacks  and  whites,  an  inorganic 
(nitric)  acid  is  used  in  the  bath  and  the  developer  ;  proto- 
sulphate  of  iron  is  also  of  inorganic  origin,  these  being  the 
conditions  best  calculated  to  produce  a  deposit  of  pure  white 
metallic  silver.  In  the  Negative  process,  however,  an  image 
possessing  density  to  transmitted  light  is  required  ;  accord 
ingly  an  organic  (acetic)  acid  is  used,  both  in  the  bath  and 
developer  ;  and  in  order  still  further  to  insure  an  efficient  sup 
ply  of  organic  matter  to  combine  with  the  silver  at  the  moment 
of  its  reduction,  pyrogallic  acid  is  sometimes  exclusively  used. 

RAY  OPPENHEIMER, 

1534  O'Farrell  Street. 

Hamilton  Grammar  School,  Sth  Grade. 


55 


Birffiday  §ift. 


§EXD  your  head  down  close  to  mine 
While  I  tell  to  you  a  secret  fine. 
You  must  solemnly  promise  it  to  keep, 
Else,  I  won't  tell  it  to  you,  my  sweet. 

Mamma's  birthday  is  coming  very  soon 
And  I  only  ask  of  you  this  boon, 
That  to  us  your  presence  you  will  lend, 
If  I  to  you  an  invitation  send. 

Xow  I  hope  you  will  not  give  away 
The  present  we  are  to  give  that  day. 
We  saved  and  planned  it  so  well, 
And  then  we  left  it  to  Sister  Belle. 

She  went  to  work  without  delay 
And  searched  and  hunted  for  many  a  day 
To  find  a  gift  that  health  and  rest  could  give, 
And  last  as  long  as  one  would  live. 

We  love  her  so,  there's  nothing  too  fine 
To  give  to  this  darling  mother  of  mine. 
So  this  present,  fit  for  any  queen, 
She  is  to  have  a  Sewing  Mac/line. 

How  glad  she'll  be,  what  sewing  she'll  do 
For  us  children  all  —  may  be  something  for  you, 
For  the  machine  sews,  ruffles,  embroiders  so  fine, 
There  is  not  a  machine  so  good  in  the  line. 

Xo  machine  with  it  can  even  compare, 

And  none  have  I  heard  ever  did  dare  ; 

So  Belle  has,  I  am  sure,  made  the  very  best  choice 

That  we  all  say  with  one  glad  voice. 

Don't  forget  ;  be  sure  to  remember 
The  birthday  comes  on  the  first  of  September. 
Send  the  machine  to  our  number  and  street; 
And  we  will  give  it  a  welcome  sweet. 


Le  Conte  School,  6th  Grade. 


HAZEL  A.  BROWX, 
29j_r_Deakin  Street,  Berkeley. 


OF    THE 

UNIVERSITY 


56 


KHAT  a  mine  of  interest  the  very  name  brings  to  mind  ! 
If  these  figures  of  marble  and  china,  the  forms  of  clay 
and  shapes  of  brass,  could  have  the  gift  of  speech  for  one 
day,  what  stories  we  should  hear  ! 

Who  has  not  seen  statues  of  Venus,  Mars,  Cupid,  and  all 
the  other  Greek  gods  and  goddesses  ?  From  the  earliest  period 
of  paganism  the  people  fashioned  statues  of  their  favorite 
deities.  In  the  ruins  of  the  buried  cities  of  Pompeii  and  Her- 
culaneum  statues  and  statuettes  are  being  constantly  un 
earthed.  Nearly  everyone  has  seen  copies  of  the  celebrated 
Greek  statue  of  Venus.  Venus  was  the  goddess  of  beauty. 
The  statue  is  considered  perfect  in  proportion.  It  is  also 
thought  to  be  the  natural  outline  of  the  female  form. 

England  also  has  many  beautiful  statues,  both  ancient  and 
modern.  If  the  statues  in  Westminster  Abbey  could  be  im 
bued  with  life,  they  would  be  much  surprised  to  find  them 
selves  in  such  a  place  and  among  such  queer  associates. 

Leaving  England  and  coming  to  the  United  States,  the  first 
statue  we  think  of  is  that  of  George  Washington.  What 
American  does  not  feel  patriotic  when  he  sees  on  a  public 
square  the  statue  of  our  greatest  hero  ! 

It  seems  strange  to  us  to  think  that  while  Italy  and  France, 
indeed  all  Europe,  were  making  statues  and  painting  pictures, 
our  own  country  remained  undiscovered. 

Talking  about  our  country  reminds  me  of  the  person  who 
found  our  land.  What  would  Columbus  think  if  his  statue 
had  come  to  life  while  the  World  's  Fair  was  going  on  ?  He 
wrould  have  been  much  astonished,  to  say  the  least,  at  the 
place  in  which  he  would  have  found  himself.  All  the  great 
buildings  and  their  contents  would  sadly  confuse  him. 

Nearly  all  the  sculptors  who  desire  to  become  masters  of 
their  art  go  to  Italy  for  a  course  of  study.  France  also  has 
many  beautiful  works  of  art.  Her  public  gardens  and  boule 
vards  usually  contain  many  statues. 

Spain's  statuary  is  mostly  religious  in  character.  The  most 
noted  Italian  sculptor  was  Michael  Angelo,  who  did  much  to 
improve  the  art. 

The  noted  French  sculptors  n6w  living  are  David  D'Angers, 
Pradier  and  Clesinger. 

Olin  Warner  is  one  of  the  noted  American  sculptors.  He 
was  born  in  Connecticut  about  forty  years  ago.  He  modeled 
many  beautiful  things  for  the  Centennial  Exposition  (1876). 

JULIA  CUNNINGHAM, 

Mission  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade.          322  Eighteenth  Street. 


57 


Mittle 


pMID  the  woodland's  shady  dells 
A  little  brook  its  story  tells  ; 
And  bending  silently  so  near 
Tall  elder  trees  stoop  low  to  hear. 

By  banks  of  gay  free  flowers 
This  little  brook  runs  on  by  hours  ; 
And  as  it  flows  on  to  the  sea 
It  sings  a  song  to  you  and  me. 

Little  birds  from  their  shady  nook 
Hover  o  'er  this  running  brook  ; 
And  as  it  passes  over  ferns 
The  miller's  wheel  it  quietly  turns. 

Through  many  a  quaint  old  town  it  passes 
Where  live  people  of  all  classes. 
It  takes  in  every  thing  in  motion 
Until  it  reaches  the  dark  blue  ocean. 

ELSIE  SILVA. 
Written  in  Class. 
Girl?  High  School. 


Jjj)OstropKe  to   tfie 


!     Beautiful  moon  ! 
May  thy  silvery  light 
Guide  spotted  mortals'  steps  aright. 

Send,  always  send,  thy  silvery  aid, 

That  we  may  ne'er  be  lost  in  shade, 

For  thou,  that  rulest  waves  and  tide, 

Shall  not  forsake  this  land,  our  pride  ; 

And  if  thou  should  'st  but  one  may  know 

Where  on  this  flying  path  we  go. 

FLORENCE  SOLLMAX 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 

4 


HAZEL  A.  BROWN. 

Groceries, 

N  every,  country,  State  and  clime, 
Groceries  are  needed  all  the  time. 
Where,  the  freshest  and  best  of  them  to  find, 
Is  ever  the  wish  and  study  of  mankind. 

Blest  is  the  firm  who,  with  the  greatest  of  ease, 
Has  found  the  way  the  people  to  please. 
The  grocers,  Goldberg,  Bowen  and  Lebenbaum, 
Have  joined  together  and  found  the  charm. 

The  very  moment  they  open  their  doors, 
Into  them  trade  from  everywhere  pours. 
Men  and  women  are  ashamed  to  own 
That  they  never  heard  of  L,ebenbaum  &  Bowen 

All  know,  of  grocers,  they  take  the  lead, 
For  half  of  the  city  they  surely  feed. 
There's  not  a  city,  village  or  town, 
But  offer  to  them  the  enviable  renown. 

A  short  time  ago  they  were  separate  firms, 
But  such  a  good  name  they  both  did  earn , 
That  it  was  then  decreed  by  fate 
By  all  means  they  should  consolidate  ; 


59 

And  thus  build  up  a  gigantic  trade, 
Where  millions  of  dollars  could  be  made. 
And  that  this  is  just  exactly  right 
Is  proved  by  visiting  the  store  some  night. 

The  minute  you  enter  the  very  door 

You  see  many  things  you  ne'er  saw  before  ; 

And  whenever  a  trip  through  the  store  is  paid, 

You  may  well  think  a  trip  round  the  world  }TOU  have  made. 

It  is  just  like  a  tale  from  the  Arabian  Nights, 
Everything  is  so  beautiful — everything  so  bright. 
You  need  but  to  express  a  wish  or  command, 
And  instantly  a  Genii  will  before  you  stand, 

Ready  to  bring,  at  your  will  or  pleasure, 
From  any  land  the  rarest  treasure  ; 
Exactly  as  if  Aladdin's  lamp  you  possessed, 
And  thus  gained  every  wish  you  had  expressed. 

The  groceries  kept  are  always  fresh  and  good, 
And  embrace  every  known  article  of  food. 
Barrels,  boxes,  casks,  cases  and  crate, 
Are  coming  and  going  from  early  till  late. 

The  owners  are  men  whom  all  do  trust, 
For  they  have  been  found  honest  and  just. 
So  may  Heaven  bless  and  keep  from  harm, 
Our  grocers,  Goldberg,  Bowen  &  Lebenbaum. 

HAZEL  A.   BROWN, 
2911   Deakin  Street,   Berkeley. 
Le  Conte  School,  6th  Grade. 

The   above   writer   won    the   prize  awarded   by  Goldberg, 
Bowen  &  Lebenbaum. 


"  Sadlu  Left/ 


$p  HREE  little  kittens  in  a  kitchen  were  playing, 
H      And  in  their  kitten  talk  they  were  all  saying  : 
"  I  wonder  if  we  can't  find  something  real  nice, 
Such  as  a  great  big  bowl  of  milk  with  lots  of  rice  !  " 

Suddenly  on  the  table  they  discovered  a  dish, 
And  thinking  that  in  it  were  probably  some  fish, 
They  jumped  up  in  a  rush,  all  scrambling  to  see, 
And  found  to  their  disgust  nothing  but  "  cold,  cold  tea.' 

JENNIE  A.  BURY. 
Hamilton  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


6c 


Carpets, 


CARPET  is  a 
kind  of  woolen 
cloth  used  princi 
pally  for  the  floors 
of  apartments.  It 
is  made  generally 
of  wool,  but  is  also 
made  of  cotton, 
hemp  and  straw. 
It  is  made  in 
breadths  to  be 
sewed  together  and 
nailed  to  the  floor, 
and  is  thus  distin 
guished  from  a  rug 
or  mat. 

In  Egypt  they 
were  used  first  by 
the  priests  in  the 
temples  of  religion, 
and  in  the  palaces 
of  the  Pharoahs. 

The  pre-emi 
nence  of  the  ancient 

Babylonian  carpet  weavers  does  not  appear  ever  to  have  been 
lost  sight  of  by  their  successors,  and  at  the  present  time  the 
carpets  of  Persia  are  as  much  prized  and  eagerly  sought  by 
European  nations  as  they  were  when  ancient  Babylon  was  in 
the  zenith  of  its  glory. 

Oriental  carpets  were  first  introduced  into  Spain  by  the 
Moors  ;  into  France,  during  the  reign  of  Henry  IV,  and  later 
by  the  Venetians  into  Italy. 

Persia  is  now,  as  it  has  been  from  the  most  remote  period, 
the  recognized  source  of  what  is  truly  artistic,  durable  and 
valuable  in  their  manufacture. 

In  Persia  there  are  entire  tribes  and  families  whose  sole  oc 
cupation  is  that  of  carpet  weaving. 

The  greater  portion  of  the  real  Turkish  carpets  imported  in 
to  England  are  made  by  hand. 

The  manufacture  of  carpets  is  widely  distributed  throughout 
the  East  Indies.  The  weaving  is  carried  on  entirely  by 
natives.  There  is  considerable  variety  in  the  designs  of  Indian 
carpets,  but  it  is  allowed  that  they  exhibit  perfection  of  har 
monious  coloring. 


LlLLIE   E.    McGlhL. 


6i 

The  characteristic  carpet  weaving  of  Europe  is  entirely  the 
product  of  machine  or  loom  work,  and  of  such  there  are  sev 
eral  distinct  varieties,  namely :  Kiderminster  or  Scotch,  Brus 
sels,  Moquette,  Wilton,  Tapestry  and  Axrninster. 

In  the  United  States  the  manufacture  of  carpet  is  very  ex 
tensive  and  carried  on  to  great  perfection. 

Carpets  add  greatly  to  the  beauty  of  an  apartment  if  taste  is 
displayed  in  their  selection.  They  should  be  darker  in  tone 
and  more  broken  in  hue  than  any  other  portion  of  a  room  that 
is  fully  furnished,  because  they  present  the  largest  mass  of 
color  and  serve  as  a  background  to  the  furniture.  Lighter 
carpets  in  more  sparsely  furnished  apartments. 

A  better  idea  of  the  wonderful  degree  of  perfection  to  which 
this  branch  of  industry  has  reached  could  not  be  obtained 
than  by  a  visit  to  any  of  the  great  carpet  emporiums  in  our 
own  city,  where  are  to  be  found  the  choicest  makes  that  the 
world  produces,  of  every  grade  and  texture,  of  every  degree  of 
price,  from  the  highest  to  the  lowest,  all  tastefully  selected  and 
artistically  arranged,  producing  a  harmony  of  shades  that 
would  fain  entitle  the  admiration  of  the  most  fastidious. 

LILLIE  E.  McGILL, 

2 200  Steiner  Street. 

Pacific  Heights  Grammar  School,  Sth  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  W.  &  J. 
Sloane  &  Co. 


The  Children  in  Oar  Block, 


33JK  see  them  in  the  morning 
'W     \Ve  see  them  late  at  night, 
We  see  them  all  day  Sunday — 
They  are  never  out  of  sight. 

They're  laughing  and  they're  shouting 

They  're  as  noisy  as  can  be  ; 
They're  always  happy,  never  pouting — 

A  frown  you  never  see. 

They  are  kind  to  those  around  them, 
They  are  kind  to  those  they  meet; 

They  are  never  mean  or  selfish — 
The  children  in  our  street. 

GETTIE  STODDARD. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


62 


§RUG  is  a  name  or 
dinarily  applied 
to  simple  medicines, 
but  by  extension  to 
every  substance  em 
ployed  in  the  cure  of 
disease.  It  is  from 
the  Teutonic  trocken, 
"  to  dry."  A  drug 
may  be  an  animal, 
vegetable  or  mineral 
substance. 

In  the  earlier  part 
of  the  world's  history 
these  substances  in 
crude  forms  were 
applied  to  all  al 
tered  conditions  of 
the  body  constitut- 
;  ing  disease. 

To  the  alchemist 
of  old,  however,  is 
due  the  credit  of 
making  the  first  scientific  investigations  and  discoveries,  which 
have  led  up  to  the  perfect  knowledge  of  modern  chemistry. 
Chemistry  was  virtually  the  art  of  extracting  juices  from  plants 
for  medicinal  purposes. 

It  is  to  the  perfect  science  of  chemistry  of  to-day  that  we  are 
indebted  for  the  elegant  and  exact  preparations  of  drugs,  in 
stead  of  the  nauseating  decoctions  of  early  times. 

The  nicety  and  precision  with  which  all  drugs  are  now  pre 
pared  and  dispensed  renders  them  palatable  and  pleasing  in  ap 
pearance,  and  robs  them  of  their  terrors  when  taken  as  a 
medicine. 

Drugs  when  not  properly  used  often  do  more  harm  than 
good.  When  necessary,  which  often  happens,  none  but  the 
best  should  be  used,  regardless  of  cost.  Nothing  should  ever 
be  too  good  or  too  costly  for  the  sick.  In  order  to  procure  the 
best  only  the  largest  and  most  complete  establishments  should 
be  patronized,  where  every  facility  for  the  proper  compound 
ing  of  drugs  is  offered. 

Drugs  to  exercise  their  full  medicinal  effects  must  be  made 
fresh,  from  selected  stock,  in  small  quantities,  and  of  standard 


FANNIE  KINGSLAND. 


63 

strength.  If  long  kept  they  become  changed  from  the  light, 
heat  and  evaporation,  which  would  make  some  dangerous  to 
use,  while  others  would  become  practically  inert. 

The  effect  of  drugs  on  the  body,  according  to  the  kind  used, 
ranges  from  a  mild  carminative  to  a  most  deadly  narcotic.  It 
would  be  well  to  remember  also  that  no  two  drugs  have  exact 
ly  the  same  effect,  and  oftentimes  the  same  drug  has  contrary 
effects  in  different  persons.- 

FANNIE  KINGSLAND, 

1778  Green  Street. 

Pacific  Heights  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  \Vakelee  & 
Company. 


gcmb  gtHjcrc  the  Jo$t  (Chine**  ©a 


'HERE  is  the  land  where  the  lost  things  go  ? 
Is  it  a  country  of  rain  and  snow  ? 
Or  do  tropic  flowers  bloom  all  the  year  ? 
And  what  is  done  with  the  lost  things  there  ? 

Could  they  know  the  grief  of  the  little  girl, 

When  Tommy  or  Jennie,  Rosie  or  Pearl 

Are  lost,  the  heart  of  the  child  would  be  filled  with  joy 

By  the  quick  return  of  her  cherished  toys. 

Oh,  cruel  people  in  that  unknown  land, 
Could  you  not  keep  your  wicked  hands 
From  mamma's  thimble  or  baby's  toy 
And  the  precious  tops  of  our  darling  boy  ? 

HELEN  SIMMONS. 

Girls1  High  School,  written  in  Cl.iss. 


Custom  Boots  and  Shoes, 


HE  aches  and 
pains  which  af 
flict  humanity  are 
very  numerous,  but 
there  are  none  that 
cause  more  annoy 
ance  than  those  of 
the  feet. 

Corns,  bunions  and 
swelled  joints  are 
some  of  the  com 
plaints  of  the  feet, 
and  are  in  most  cases 
the  result  of  wearing 
for  their  covering 
something  which  has 
a  tendency  to  gall, 
chafe  or  compress 
the  toes,  joints  or 
heels  in  such  a  man 
ner  that  every  step 
causes  unnatural 
friction,  or  a  strain 
ing  of  the  joints  and 
cords. 

Prevention  is  always  better  than  cure  for  physical  com 
plaints,  and  to  prevent  these  ailments  of  the  feet,  the  parents 
of  children  should  see  that  they  have  proper  feet  wear,  made 
to  conform  to  the  natural  construction  of  the  foot. 

If  a  person  is  unfortunate  enough  to  have  any  of  the  various 
foot  complaints,  their  only  remedy  is  to  have  their  shoes  or 
boots  made  expressly  to  accommodate  the  afflicted  parts. 

It  is  therefore  necessary,  if  we  desire  shoes  that  will  be  be 
coming  in  appearance  and  comfortable  to  wear,  that  we  have 
them  made  by  some  one  who  can  take  the  proper  dimensions  of 
the  feet,  show  good  judgment  in  the  selection  of  material  used, 
and  be  skilled  in  their  construction,  that  they  may  be  durable 
and  give  a  satisfactory  fit. 

In  measuring,  a  pencil  mark  is  made  around  each  foot  on  a 
piece  of  paper  to  learn  the  amount  of  space  the  bottom  of  the 
foot  occupies  ;  then  the  dimensions  in  length  are  taken  from 
heel  to  toe  upon  a  measuring  stick,  and  after  that  a  tape  meas 
ure  is  drawn  over  the  foot  at  the  ball,  waist  and  instep. 


JOHN  E.  BAKKK. 


65 

With  these  measurements  a  pair  of  lasts  can  be  fitted  up 
that  will  conform  to  the  right  and  left  foot  upon  which  the 
shoes  are  made. 

From  the  last  the  pattern  is  draughted,  and  care  must  be 
taken  to  have  the  seams  and  ridges  so  located  as  to  not  inter 
fere  with  tender  or  bending  places  of  the  foot. 

The  bottom  of  the  shoe  is  made  of  sole  leather  and  must  be 
pliable  and  tough.  The  outside  of  the  uppers  is  made  from 
calf,  kangaroo,  goat  and  various  other  skins,  which  have  been 
tanned  into  leather  suitable  for  the  part  for  which  they  are 
intended. 

If  the  shoe  is  for  easy  indoor  wear,  the  material  is  light  and 
pliable  ;  but  if  the  shoe  is  to  be  worn  in  rough  places  and  sub 
jected  to  a  good  deal  of  strain,  they  are  made  heavier. 

The  advantage  of  having  custom-made  shoes  is  that  we  can 
have  them  fit  the  feet,  while  if  we  buy  them  ready-made  we 
must  fit  our  feet  to  the  shoes. 

JOHN  E.   BAKER, 

717  Eddy  Street. 
Clement  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 
The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  John  Utschig. 


Our  Familu  Cat. 


LOVABLE  thing  is  our  family  cat, 

As  she  sleeps  in  the  bright  sunlight  ; 
But  a  hateful  thing  is  the  same  old  cat 
When  she  causes  a  concert  at  night. 


A  mild,  gentle  thing  seems  this  quiet  cat, 
When  she  basks  in  the  firelight  ; 

But  not  quite  so  mild  and  gentle  is  she, 
When  she  starts  in  to  scratch  and  bite. 


Although  she's  only  a  little  black  cat, 
With  white  on  her  paws  and  breast, 
We  love  her,  and  would  not  exchange  her  for 
The  finest  cat  in  the  West. 

MATTIE  IJAMvS. 
Girls'  High  School,  IVritten  in  Class. 


66 


fERSONAL  ornaments  seem  to  have  been  among  the  very 
first  objects  on  which  the  invention  and  ingenuity  of  man 
were  exercised. 

The  granulations  of  surfaces  practised  by  the  Curuscans 
was  long  a  puzzle  and  a  problem  to  the  modern  jeweler,  until 
Signer  Castellani,  of  Rome,  discovered  gold  workers  in  the 
Abrizzi,  to  whom  the  method  had  descended  through  many 
generations,  and  by  inducing  some  of  these  men  to  go  to 
Naples  revived  the  art,  of  which  he  contributed  examples  to 
the  lyondon  Exhibition  of  1872,  successfully  applied  to  modern 
designs. 

Modern  jewelry  may  be  classified  under  three  heads  :  ist, 
objects  in  which  gems  and  stones  form  the  principal  portions, 
and  in  which  the  gold  work  is  really  only  a  means  for  carrying 
out  the  design,  by  fixing  the  gems  or  stones  in  a  position  ar 
ranged  by  the  designs  ;  the  gold  being  visible  only  as  a  setting  ; 
2nd,  when  gold  work  plays  an  important  part  in  the  develop 
ment  of  the  design,  being  itself  ornamented  by  engraving  or 
enameling  or  both,  the  stones  and  gems  being  arranged  in  sub 
ordination  to  the  gold  work  in  such  positions  as  to  give  a  de 
corative  effect  to  the  whole  ;  3rd,  when  gold  or  other  metal  is 
alone  used,  the  design  being  wrought  by  hammering  in  re 
pousse,  casting,  engraving  or  chasing,  or  the  surface  left  abso 
lutely  plain  but  polished  and  highly  finished. 

A  design  is  first  made  on  paper,  drawn,  or  colored,  and 
when  needed  with  separate  enlargements  of  details,  everything 
in  short  to  make  the  drawing  thoroughly  intelligible  to  the 
jeweler.  According  to  the  nature  and  purpose  of  the  design, 
he  cuts  out,  hammers,  files  and  brings  into  shape  the  construc 
tive  portions  of  the  work  as  a  basis.  Upon  this,  as  each  detail 
is  wrought  out,  he  solders  or  fixes  by  rivets  the  ornamentation 
necessary  to  the  effect. 

The  human  figure,  representations  of  animal  life,  leaves, 
and  fruit,  are  modeled  in  wax,  moulded  and  cast  in  gold  to  be 
chased  up  and  finished.  As  the  hammering  goes  on  the  metal 
becomes  brittle  and  hard,  and  then  it  is  passed  through  the  fire 
to  anneal  or  soften  it. 

When  stones  are  to  be  set,  or  when  they  form  the  principal 
portions  of  the  design,  the  gold  has  to  be  wrought  by  hand  so 
as  to  receive  them  in  little  cup-like  orifices,  the  walls  of  gold 
enclosing  the  stone,  and  allowing  the  edge  to  be  bent  over  to 
secure  it. 


6? 

Stones  set  in  a  slovenly  manner,  however  brilliant  in  them 
selves,  will  look  commonplace  by  the  side  of  skillfully  set 
gems  of  much  less  fine  quality.  Enameling  has  of  late  years 
taken  the  place  of  "  paste  "  or  false  stones. 

Engraving  is  a  simple  process  in  itself,  and  diversity  of  effect 
can  be  produced  by  skillful  manipulation. 

MINNIE  JENNE, 

247  Langton  Street. 
Franklin  Grauunar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  \V.  K.  Vander- 
slice  &  Company. 


The  fitars 


is  it  the  stars  so  twinkle  ?  ' ' 
Asked  a  child  of  three  or  four, 
While  pride  with  joy  was  mingled 
As  she  stood  at  the  open  door, 
And  gazed  at  the  sky  above  her, 

Ablaze  with  heavenly  light, 
That  never  seemed  to  slumber 
But  kept  its  watch  all  night. 


"Because  wrhen  baby's  naughty, 

The  Angels  shut  their  eyes, 
But  ope  them  just  as  quickly 

At  your  fault,  to  hide  surprise  ; 
For  when  you  slap  poor  brother, 

His  eyes  soon  fill  with  tears 
And  his  weak  voice  cries  for  pit}  , 

And  comes  to  the  Angels'  ears." 

CHRISTINA  REGAN 

Girls"  High  School,   Written  in  Class. 


€8 


T  is  somewhat  dif 
ficult  to  deter 
mine  a  date  when 
photographic  action 
originated.  It  may 
be  supposed  that 
Scheele,  a  Swedish 
chemist,  was  the  first 
to  discover  that  sil 
ver  chloride  could  be 
darkened  by  the  ac 
tion  of  the  sun. 

England  immedi 
ately  took  advantage 
of  this  discovery  and 
claims  the  honor  of 
producing  the  first 
photograph  by  the 
utilization  of  his  ob 
servations. 

The    first   one    to 
design   a   process  of 
LILLIAN  CLARKSON.  photography,    which 

gave     pictures    that 

were  subsequently  unchanged  by  light,  was  Nicephore  de 
Niepce.  His  process  consisted  of  coating  the  surface  of  a  me 
tallic  plate  with  a  solution,  and  exposing  it  to  a  camera  image. 
It  is  thought  that  a  method  will  be  discovered  by  means  of 
which  the  colored  rays  that  make  up  the  white  light  may  leave 
their  respective  colors  on  the  sensitive  surface  ;  but  at  the  pres 
ent  time  this  cannot  be  done,  because  these  colors  remain  only 
a  short  time  on  the  surface,  being  soon  destroyed  by  the  action 
of  light. 

The  camera  is  the  eye  through  which  we  see  hundreds  of 
places  otherwise  invisible  to  us.  Its  pictures  are  one  of  the 
greatest  boons  to  the  civilized  world.  By  its  aid  the  poor  and 
the  rich  are  alike  amused.  It  enables  us  to  partially  enjoy 
the  pleasure  of  traveling  while  we  are  in  our  own  homes. 

An  Italian  invented  the  first  camera  in  1540,  which  was  use 
less,  but  it  was  the  mother  of  the  apparatus  now  in  use.  The 
camera  of  to-day  is  worked  in  this  manner  :  A  dark  cloth  is 
draped  about  it  to  lighten  or  darken  the  effect,  and  a  lens  is 
also  moved  back  and  forth.  The  image  is  taken  on  glass  al- 


69 

most  instantaneously,  the  exposure  in  some  cameras  being 
from  five  seconds  to  one  one-hundredth  of  a  second. 

The  negative  or  piece  of  glass  on  which  the  picture  is  taken 
is  then  developed,  or  goes  through  a  chemical  process  by  which 
the  picture  upon  its  surface  becomes  visible.  Then  the  nega 
tive  is  placed  over  a  piece  of  silvered  paper,  and  both  are  fast 
ened  in  a  wooden  frame  so  that  the  sun 's  rays  may  act  upon 
them  and  cause  the  picture  to  appear  on  the  paper.  This 
paper  is  produced  by  moistening  it  with  metallic  silver.  This 
does  not  change  color  in  a  dark  place,  but  in  the  sunlight  it 
becomes  nearly  black.  The  violet  rays  of  the  sun  have  the 
most  influence  on  the  image. 

After  being  in  the  sunlight  a  short  time  the  picture  on  the 
paper  side  is  light  gray,  but  the  longer  the  sunlight  acts  upon 
it  the  darker  it  becomes,  varying  from  a  light  brown  to  almost 
black.  After  the  image  is  impressed  upon  the  sensitized 
paper,  it  is  removed  from  the  frame  and  retouched. 

Photography  has  been  so  improved  that  pictures  are  now 
taken  while  the  object  is  in  motion.  The  camera  was  modeled 
after  the  eye  and  has  advanced  with  civilization,  from  the 
crude  apparatus  of  early  times  to  its  present  scientific  state. 

LILLIAX  CLARKSON, 

522  Eddy  Street. 
Denuian  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade» 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  F.  H.  Bushnell. 


all  sb/sfcr's  Opinion  of  "  Onr 


§UR  Johnny  is  the  happiest  boy 
In  all  this  great  wide  town, 
For  Uncle  Dave  to-day  gave  him 
An  ugly  painted  clown. 

/  couldn't  love  a  piece  of  wood 

Just  'cause  it  talks  like  Poll, 
And  jumps  and  squeaks  when  it's  touched— 

Pd  rather  love  my  doll. 

ESTELLE  BAKER, 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


yo 


ffleffingfon  Coat 


j|| 

'-    ;J-*JJF: 


\A 


NCE]  upon  a 
time  way  down 
in  the  deep  dark 
earth,  where  "Old 
Sol,  "the  Day  King, 
never  showed  his 
bright  face,  a  noble 
family  of  the  ancient 
name,  Wellington, 
ruled  over  all  the 
coal-bearing  regions. 
For  many  years  this 
King  Wellington's 
ancestors  had  ruled 
wisely  and  justly. 

One  day  the  king 
and  his  s  u  b  j  e  c  t  s 
were  startled  to  hear 
a  great,  loud,  rum 
bling  noise  in  the 
distance.  It  came 
nearer  and  nearer, 


until — who  can  describe  that  moment  ?  the  earth  trembled  and 
with  a  terrible  noise  it  parted,  and  the  light  of  day  streamed 
into  the  dark  palace  of  King  Wellington. 

The  whole  city  was  in  a  tumult  to  know  the  cause  of  the 
light,  and  crowds  had  gathered  in  the  grand  court  of  the  pal 
ace.  Looking  upward  they  perceived  a  great  golden  ball  far 
off,  and  the  light,  which  had  caused  so  much  confusion, 
seemed  to  come  directly  from  it. 

The  hard,  black  walls  of  the  palace  shone  like  gold  in  its 
rays.  When  the  tumult  had  somewhat  subsided,  the  people 
wisely  went  about  their  work,  to  await  events.  This  state  of 
affairs,  however,  did  not  last  long,  for  very  soon  many  queer 
little  things  dressed  in  black  were  walking  over  their  heads 
and  peering  into  the  hole.  Before  long  they  had  built  long 
pieces  of  wood  into  the  ground  and  were  soon  at  work. 

One  morning  the  king  and  his  people  were  surprised  to  see 
these  black  things  coming  down  the  pieces  of  wood.  When 
they  alighted  they  were  all  talking,  and  one  man  was  heard  to 
say,  "  That  earthquake  of  yesterday  has  made  us  rich.  This 
is  a  valuable  mine  of  genuine  Wellington  coal,  and  we  all 


know  what  Wellington  means."  Very  soon  the  news  of  the 
discovery  of  the  mine  of  Wellington  coal — the  joy  of  the  house 
hold — spread  like  wild-fire  over  the  country.  In  a  short  time 
many  men  were  working  with  queer  tools  in  the  king's  coun 
try.  The}'  tore  down  his  palace,  and  his  loyal  citizens  cried 
out,  but  their  cries  were  buried  in  the  crash  with  which  the 
stately  palace  fell.  Piece  by  piece  it  was  put  into  a  huge  box, 
and  the  heart-broken  citizens  saw  it  hoisted  high  above  their 
heads.  After  awhile  it  disappeared  altogether,  never  to  be  seen 
again  in  that  underground  world.  Nor  did  these  greedy  men 
stop  here,  but  day  after  day  the  homes  and  families  were 
broken  up  and  carried  away.  It  was  my  good  luck  to  meet 
one  day  the  father  of  one  of  these  families  of  coal,  who  told  me 
the  sad  way  in  which  his  family  was  broken  up.  He  told  me 
how  he  was  put  in  a  box  with  two  of  his  children  and  a  number 
of  families  which  they  knew,  and  carried  away.  They  were 
put  in  a  dark  place  in  a  large  ship,  which  shook  very  much. 
We  were  glad  to  get  on  shore  again,  where  we  were  put  in  a 
wagon  and  carried  to  a  large  house.  Here  our  eyes  were 
greeted  by  the  welcome  sight  of  piles  of  coal,  but  we  were  well 
able  to  hold  ourselves  above  them  all,  for  none  of  them  bore 
the  envied  name — Wellington.  Before  long  we  were  purchased 
by  some  man  and  brought  to  his  house.  The  family  were  de 
lighted  by  our  warm,  genial  glow,  and  the  husband  declared  he 
would  never  use  anv  other  coal. 

MARY  McKEOX, 

2116  Steiner  Street. 
Pacific  Heights  Grauunar  School,  Graduate  Class  ^94. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  Thomas  Morton. 


Our  $rave   Iff 


eroes. 


H,  ye  brave,  courageous  heroes, 

From  whom  the  tide  of  life  hath  fled , 
But  who  in  your  time  hath  fought  the  foes, 
And  among  the  thousands  bled. 

Forgotten  !  your  deeds  shall  be  never, 

Nor  your  names  e'er  be  effaced  ; 
But  will  keep  their  place  forever 

In  the  hearts  of  our  American  race. 

MABEL  LEARY. 
Girl's  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


Rubber  Goods, 


WM.    BoRADORI. 


fHE  method  by 
which  to  utilize 
the  catechu  that 
was  so  abundant  in 
the  East  Indies  and 
in  South  America, 
had  long  been 
sought.  Ships  had 
brought  it  over  as 
ballast  from  time  im 
memorial,  and  one 
and  another  had  at 
tempted  to  render  it 
useful  in  the  manu 
facture  of  those  arti 
cles  for  which  it 
seemed  so  perfectly 
adapted,  and  which 
the  world  stood  in 
need  of. 

France  was  the 
first  to  put  it  to  any 
real  use,  not  far  from 
the  year  1820,  by 
weaving  strands  of  the  rubber  with  the  goods  for  garters  and 
suspenders  ;  and  also  to  some  extent  for  blacking  and  polish. 
The  first  pair  of  India-rubber  shoes  were  exhibited  in  Boston 
in  1820,  but  they  were  what  one  would  call  monstrosities,  and 
were  looked  upon  merely  as  curiosities  more  than  anything 
else.  In  the  summer  these  melted,  and  the  only  thing  to  be 
done  was  to  discover  a  process  of  preparation . 

A  process  was  discovered  by  Mr.  Chaffee  which  was  believed 
to  be  the  best  thing  yet  hit  upon.  Just  as  soon  as  the  sum 
mer  heat  came  his  goods  melted  also,  but  this  was  not  all,  for 
they  gave  such  an  offensive  odor  that  they  were  obliged  to 
bury  them. 

A  gentleman  stepped  into  the  warerooms  of  a  company  in 
Philadelphia  only  for  curiosity,  to  inspect  the  rubber  goods, 
and  purchased  a  life  preserver,  which  he  examined  carefully, 
and  finding  the  valve  clumsy  and  defective,  he  invented  a  bet 
ter  one,  with  which  he  hurried  back  to  New  York,  hoping  to 
sell  it  to  some  company.  This  man,  born  with  genius  stamped 
upon  his  brow  and  upon  his  soul,  was  Charles  Goodyear. 

Mr.  Goodyear  listened  to  the  agent  of  the  company  in  sil 
ence.  He  went  home  to  devote  the  best  of  his  years  to  study 
and  experiment.  Again  and  again  his  efforts  were  fruitless  ; 
but  he  steadily  answered  :  ' '  There  is  a  way — there  must  be  one 


73 

—and  I  ivill find  it!"  Every  preparation  on  the  known  earth 
was  used  in  vain. 

In  1835  he  produced  sheets  of  gum  cloth  so  smooth  and  firm 
as  to  win  him  a  medal  at  the  fair  of  the  American  Institute  : 
but  he  discovered,  however,  that  a  drop  of  acid  would  ruin  it. 
The  next  operation,  and  one  which,  unconscious!}'  to  himself, 
carried  him  to  the  very  edge  of  success,  was  also  the  result  of 
accident. 

He  was  one  day  bronzing  a  piece  of  rubber  cloth,  when, 
wishing  to  remove  the  bronze  from  part  of  it,  he  used  aqua 
fortis.  This  removed  the  bronze  and  in  a  few  days  the  cloth 
had  grown  as  hard  as  slate  under  the  effects. 

He  produced  several  hundred  mail  bags  for  the  government , 
but  again  the  goods  proved  worthless.  He  was,  however, 
able  in  1841  to  produce  perfect  vulcanized  India-rubber  with 
economy  and  certainty. 

Xo  inventor,  probably,  was  ever  so  harassed,  so  trampled 
upon,  so  plundered  by  that  sordid  and  licentious  class  of  in- 
fringers,  known  in  the  parlance  of  the  world  as  pirates,  as  was 
this  man. 

WILLIAM  BORADORI, 

1509  Kansas  Street. 
Polytechnic  High  School,  Middle  Class. 

The  above  writer  wron  the  prize  awarded  by  the  Goodyear 
Rubber  Company. 


That 


jjfe  LITTLE  boy  but  ten  years  old 

'    Knew  more  tricks  than  ever  were  told  ; 
y  He  tied  tin  cans  to  his  dog's  tail 

And  left  him  home  to  bark  and  wail. 

His  mother  sighed,  ' '  That  boy,  that  boy  ! 
When  he'll  reform,  I'll  dance  for  joy  ; 
But  well  I  know  that  day  won't  come, 
Xo,  not  until  he's  twenty-one. 

LOUISE  HOLLIXG, 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 
5 


74 


fROM  the  earliest  known  history  people    have  had  some 
method  of  printing ;  at  first  by  means  of  blocks  cut  in  various 
designs,  gradually  improving  until  some  four  hundred  years 
ago,  the  art  of  printing  from  movable  type  was  discovered. 

The  credit  of  discovering  this  marvelous  art  is  claimed  by 
I^awrence  Coster,  between  the  years  1420-26,  and  by  the  Ger 
mans  on  behalf  of  Johann  Gutenberg,  who  printed  the  first 
Bible  during  the  years  1450-55. 

The  types  used  in  printing  at  the  present  day  are  sorted  in 
cases,  or  shallow7  boxes,  with  divisions.  These  are  of  two 
kinds — the  upper  and  lower  case,  the  latter  lying  nearest  to  the 
compositor. 

All  the  capitals,  large  and  small,  accented  letters,  a  few  of 
the  points  and  characters  used  as  references,  are  in  the  upper 
case.  All  the  small  letters,  figures,  the  remainder  of  the  points 
and  spaces  to  place  between  the  words,  occupy  the  lower  case. 

The  compositor  places  his  copy  before  him  on  the  upper 
case,  and,  standing  in  front  of  the  lower  case,  he  holds  in  his 
left  hand  a  little  iron  tray,  called  a  composing  stick.  This 
tray  is  usually  from  six  to  twelve  inches  in  length,  two  inches 
wide,  and  five-eighths  of  an  inch  in  depth,  and  will  hold  about 
twenty  lines  of  matter. 

One  by  one  the  compositor  lifts  the  letters,  points  or  spaces 
into  his  stick,  holding  each  one  with  his  left  hand,  and  placing 
them  from  left  to  right  along  the  line.  On  reaching  the  end 
of  the  line,  he  re-arranges  the  spaces.  When  his  stick  is  full 
of  lines  he  lifts  them  out,  and  places  them  on  a  tray  called  a 
galley.  When  the  galley  is  full  an  impression  is  taken  of  it 
and  sent  to  the  proof-reader,  who  marks  upon  the  margin  any 
errors  he  may  find. 

After  being  corrected ,  the  matter  is  divided  into  pages  of 
any  desired  size,  headlines  and  numerals  are  added,  the  pages 
are  secured  in  an  iron  frame  or  chase,  the  matter  is  again  cor 
rected,  and  the  form  is  given  to  the  pressman. 
w  The  invention  of  type  has  had  a  wonderful  effect  on  civiliza 
tion  and  commerce  throughout  the  world.     It  has  led  to  the 
printing  of  newspapers  by  which  wye  are  kept  informed   about 
events  that  happen  in  all  parts  of  the  w^orld.     Books  have  be 
come  numerous  and  cheap,  so  that  education  is  extended  to  all 
persons. 

HARRY  B.  GAWTHORNE, 

137  Chestnut  Street. 

Washington  Grammar  School,  jtJi  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  offered  by  Palmer  &  Rey 
Type  Foundry  Company. 


Carriage  Dtfiannfadure. 


JT  was  a  summer  evening, 
The  moon  was  up  in  sight  ; 
We  thought  to  take  a  carriage 
And  see  the  Fair  that  night. 

My  coz  just  from  the  country, 
Her  name  I'll  tell,  'twas  Kate  ; 

She  said,  "  Let's  see  the  M'chan'cal  Arts. 
Although  'tis  awful  late." 

We  elbowed  through  the  lower  floor  ; 

'Twas  interesting  there, 
But  Kate  she  said,  "  Just  come  along," 

And  dragged  me  up  the  stair. 

'  *  Now  here,  "  she  said,  ' '  is  what  I  like  ; 

It  just  beats  all  the  rest.  " 
She  meant  the  exhibition 

But  said  it  in  a  jest. 

For  carriages  and  carriages 

We  saw  in  this  grand  place  ; 
Coupes,  sulkies  and  phaetons 

And  surreys  full  of  grace. 


Cried  Kate,  ' '  My  eyes  !     Just  look  at  that! 

I  saw  upon  the  floor 
A  cart  made  up  in  fancy  style. 

I'd  ne'er  seen  one  before. 


That  night  I  dreamed  that  Kate  and  I 

In  a  road  cart  fresh  and  new 
Went  spinning  'round  about  the  town. 

Oh  !     If  it  would  come  true. 

LILLIAN  BRADSHAW, 

2107  California  Street. 
Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


75 


76 

furniture. 


the  schools  of  the  early  period  up  to  1820  there  was  little 
in  the  way  of  school  furniture.  The  blackboard  w7as  not 
even  introduced  into  the  city  schools  until  about  five  years 
later,  and  the  country  schoolrooms  did  not  have  them  until 
many  years  after.  Globes,  brought  from  England,  were 
found  in  a  few  of  our  colleges  perhaps  as  early  as  1800,  but 
public  schools  did  not  have  them  until  fifty  years  later.  Out 
line  maps  were  introduced  at  about  the  same  time,  but  were 
rude  compared  with  those  which  we  now  enjoy.  There  was  a 
long  struggle  before  they  were  generally  introduced,  although 
now  we  have  many  sets  of  maps  adorning  our  schoolroom 

walls. 

The  first  school  apparatus  for  illustrating  geography,  arith 
metic,  astronomy  and  geometry,  by  which  public  schools  were 
benefited,  consisted  of  a  five  or  six-inch  globe,  a  three-inch 
globe  in  halves,  a  few  geometrical  forms  in  wood,  and  a  numer 
al  frame.  These  were  all  at  first  imperfectly  manufactured, 
but  were  afterwards  greatly  improved  and  other  articles  added. 
Competition  soon  brought  several  globes  into  the  market  at 
reasonable  prices,  and  spelling-frames,  large  slates,  chalk-rub 
bers,  etc.,  followed  in  rapid  succession,  until  now  the  furnish 
ing  of  a  s'choolhouse  costs  twice  or  three  times  what  the  old 
one,  furniture  and  all,  would  have  required  fifty  years  ago. 

Now,  of  course,  our  schoolhouses  are  better  built  and  more 
roomy, 'and  also  have  better  and  more  comfortable  desks  and 
seats  than  they  used  to  have.  In  the  early  days  of  our  coun 
try  the  school  furniture  was  very  limited.  They  had  writing- 
desks  next  to  the  wall,  or,  rather,  long  boards  for  writing  on. 
The  benches  were  all  loose  ;  some  of  them  board,  with  slabs 
from  the  saw-mill,  standing- on  four  legs,  two  at  each  end. 
Some  were  a  little  lower  than  the  rest,  but  many  of  the  smaller 
children  had  to  sit  all  day  with  their  legs  dangling  between 
the  bench  and  the  floor.  In  this  respect,  certainly,  the  chil 
dren  of  our  time  are  far  ahead,  with  their  individual  desks  of 
varying  heights  for  small  and  large  .pupils,  a  chair,  with  a  seat 
hollowed  like  an  ordinary  one,  and  allowing  each  pupil  to  rest 
his  feet  on  the  floor.  Now,  too,  we  have  the  benefit  of  good 
reference  books  that  people  of  those  days  did  not  have,  and  su 
perior  globes  and  maps. 

BLANCH  DuBOIS, 

313  Capp  Street. 

Mission  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  C.  P.  Weber  & 

Co. 


77 


{(bfie  Advantages   o/   a   ^Business   Education. 


this  world  of  infinite  and  varied  resources  and  of  diversi 
fied  individual  interests,  all  have  something  to  ask,  some 
thing  to  give  and  something  to  do.  To  possess  the  means 
of  living,  the  comforts  and  pleasures  of  life,  is  a  necessity  of 
our  existence,  and  this  necessity  or  want  is  the  basis  of  busi 
ness. 

Business  or  commercial  transactions,  as  they  are  now  ex 
tensively  and  intricately  conducted,  have  developed  into  a 
science. 

In  any  other  science  this  would  be  deemed  the  height  of 
folly  and  presumption  ;  yet  in  the  science  of  business,  which, 
perforce,  must  be  every  man's  concern,  it  is  tolerated  and  en 
couraged  with  fatal  indifference  to  the  detriment  of  the  busi 
ness  world. 

A  beneficent  government  educates  its  children,  recognizing 
that  in  their  intelligence  and  knowledge  lies  its  safety,  progress 
and  welfare.  But  at  the  threshold  of  an  active  participation 
in  the  serious  business  of  a  life-long  struggle,  the  government 
leaves  its  charge  with  an  education  that  has  taught  him 
naught  if  not  the  value  of  knowledge.  It  is  here  that  a  busi 
ness  world,  supposedly  alert  to  its  every  concern,  shows  a 
remarkable  indifference  to  its  own  immediate  and  future  in 
terests  by  enlisting  the  3'outh  into  actual  service  without  his 
having  received  any  special  training  or  education  in  business 
affairs  and  methods,  leaving  it  to  time  and  experience,  the 
costliest  of  all  instructors,  to  educate  him. 

The  advantages  of  a  business  education  are  now  manifestly 
self-evident.  Educate  the  young  man  in  the  science  of  busi 
ness  before  he  enters  the  field  of  action,  and,  the  word  said,  and 
he  will  advance  into  the  fray  intelligently,  firmly  and  con 
fidently. 

In  competition  with  his  untrained  co-workers,  the  results  of 
a  business  education  give  him  the  advantage.  Where  they 
waver,  he  is  unfaltering.  What  they  are  learning  at  the  ex 
pense  of  their  employers  and  themselves,  he  already  knows, 
and  his  employer,  daily  receiving  the  benefits  of  his  knowledge, 
speeds  him  on  his  career  of  progress  and  success. 

The  advantages  of  a  business  education  are  obviously  as 
great  as  is  the  field  in  which  to  exercise  it.  It  inspires  us 
with  confidence,  and  confidence  combined  with  interest  begets 
success.  SADIE  GOSLIXER, 

236^   Eleventh  Street. 

Franklin  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


Coat 


is  one  of  the  greatest  products  mined  from  the  earth. 
Many  thousands  of  people  work  daily  in  the  coal  mines. 
In  early  morning,  in  the  coal  districts,  every  road  swarms 
with  men  going  to  the  shafts  of  coal  mines,  where  they  are 
lowered  into  the  depths  of  the  mines,  and  where  they  work 
from  ten  to  twelve  hours  each  day.  This  short  glimpse  of 
daylight  is  all  they  see  until  they  return  home  in  the  evening. 

These  great  mines  which  give  labor  to  so  many  people,  and 
warmth  to  more  than  half  the  people  of  the  world,  are  the  re 
sult  of  some  peculiar  action  of  the  earth  many  thousand  years 
ago,  and,  although  these  mines  are  large,  it  is  only  a  question 
of  time  when  we  shall  have  to  fall  back  on  our  old  friend,  wood. 

There  are  five  fossile  fuels,  Anthracite,  Coal,  Lignite,  Bi 
tuminous  Shale  and  Bitumen.  Some  of  these  coals  are  much 
harder  than  others.  Anthracite  is  very  hard  and  takes  a  long 
time  to  burn,  while  Bituminous  burns  more  quickly.  This  is 
due  to  the  large  amount  of  gas  and  tar  oil  which  it  contains. 

All  coals  are  composed  of  carbon,  woody  matter,  hydrogen 
and  oxygen  gases  ;  the  different  kind  being  formed  by  the  dif 
ferent  chemical  changes  occurring  many  thousands  of  years  ago. 

In  the  carboniferous  ages  the  vegetation  of  the  earth,  which 
was  slightly  raised  above  the  sea,  was  submerged  and  gradually 
became  covered  with  sand  and  mud  and  other  sediments.  By 
upheavals  of  the  bottom  of  the  sea  these  sediments  were  cov 
ered  with  a  land  surface,  and  great  masses  of  vegetation  were 
formed  again  on  top.  This  sunk,  and  in  course  of  time  was 
covered  as  before.  These  changes  went  on  for  ages,  and  in 
this  way  the  stratas,  in  which  coal  is  found,  were  formed.  It 
was  the  great  weight  and  pressure  of  these  layers  and  the 
chemical  changes  which  gradually  mineralized  this  vegetation 
into  coal. 

The  greatest  known  coal  mines  in  the  world  are  in  England 
and  Pennsylvania.  There  are  large  coal  mines  in  Australia, 
from  where  they  ship  coal  to  California  and  other  places.  The 
most  recent  discovery  of  coal  is  in  Nova  Scotia,  and  is  consid 
ered  by  many  to  be  the  largest  deposit  in  the  world. 

ETHEI,  BECHT, 

2820  Clay  Street. 
Denman  Grammar  School. 


79 


Shimming. 


SWIMMING,  says  Kingsley,  should  form  a  part  of  every 
youth's  education. 
Of  all  things  acquired  by  the  intelligence  of  man  there 
is  not  a  more  beautiful  or  useful  art  than  that  of  swimming, 
and  among  all  athletic  sports  there  is  none  that  can  in  any  way 
be  compared  with  this  in  the  healthful  feeling  and  exhilaration 
which  it  produces  as  an  after  effect. 

In  the  cultivation  of  swimming  as  an  art,  ten  or  twenty 
years  ago,  society  did  not  take  the  interest,  which  the  benefits 
secured  through  indulgence  in  this  art  merit;  for  bathing,  of 
which  swimming  is  one  of  the  most  beneficial  forms,  is  in 
tropical  climates  absolutely  necessary  to  the  preservation  of 
health. 

Swimming  is  one  of  the  most  useful  of  all  accomplishments 
that  help  to  form  the  complete  education  of  ever}*  gentleman. 
As  a  matter  of  course  all  other  sports  have  their  enthusiastic 
advocates  and  votaries,  but  of  all  which  tend  to  muscular  devel 
opment,  strengthening  of  the  nervous  system  in  particular, 
and  the  renovation  of  every  function  pertaining  to  a  healthful 
life,  swimming,  it  must  be  admitted,  bears  away  the  palm. 

There  is  not  alone  this  inducement  to  become  proficient  in 
this  art,  for  how  admirably  does  the  noble  and  invigorating 
acquisition  serve  humanity  in  many  cases  of  extreme  peril ; 
how  mail}*  a  precious  life,  and  ships  with  their  valuable  car 
goes  and  priceless  freight  of  human  lives,  might  have  settled 
down  in  sight  of  home,  and  before  the  agonized  eyes  of  heart 
broken  parents,  relations  or  friends,  but  for  aid  of  strong 
swimmers. 

An  essential  part  of  every  athletic  institution  of  any  preten 
sion  in  the  world,  and  in  all  places  where  it  is  possible  to  se 
cure  it,  salt  water  is  used,  as  it  is  considered  healthier  than 
fresh  water,  as  the  salt  which  constitutes  part  of  the  salt  sea 
water  has  a  stimulating  and  invigorating  effect  on  the  system; 
also,  salt  water  being  of  greater  buoyancy  than  fresh,  is  less 
fatiguing  to  swim  in. 

San  Francisco  can  boast  of  as  fine  bathing  establishments  as 
can  be  found  in  the  world,  all  of  which  are  salt  water,  and  no 
city  is  more  fully  supplied  with  accommodations  to  practice 
with  perfect  safety  than  our  beautiful  city  on  the  Golden  Gate. 

IDA  WATSON, 
Douglass  and  Twenty-first  Streets. 

James  Lick  School,  8th  Grade. 

W7ritten  on  Harbor  View  Baths. 


8o 


grandma's   Opinion   of   {fie  Seeing    OfllacKine. 


'OU'VK  told  me,  grandma,  long  ago, 
How  you  women  used  to  sew  ; 
And  such  a  long  time  you  would  take 
A  little  frock  of  gingham  to  make. 

It  seems  to  me  you   must  have  been  slow, 
For  see  how  fast  mamma  can  sew. 
Oh  !     tell  me,  then,  why  you  were  so  slow  ; 
Could  you  not  make  the  sewing  machine  go  ? 

Be  quiet,  child,  for  I  must  say 
The  sewing  machine  was  not  knowm  in  our  day. 
What  did  you  do  without  this  treasure  ? 
You  cou^d  not  of  had  a  moment's  leisure. 

Oh  !  tell  me,  then,  my  dear  grandma, 
What  could  be  done  without  this  guiding  star  ? 
Then  take  my  advice,  child,  when  you  are  grown, 
And  have  a  light  running  machine  in  your  home. 


Mission  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


AG^ES  CORRIGAN, 

2307  Mariposa  Street. 


Si 

Italian  Paste,  Vermicelli  and  Macaroni, 


j  >  >  ACAROXI,  vermicelli  and  all  kinds  of  Italian  paste  are 
I    all  forms  of  the  same  familiar  substance  much  used  for 
culinary  purposes. 

The>-  are  made  from  very  white  and  glutinous  varieties  of 
wheat,  such  as  are  grown  in  Russia,  Italy  and  California. 

The  wheat  is  ground  by  a  peculiar  process,  being  first  wet 
and  then  heated.  The  flour  resulting  is  very  coarse.  It  is 
mixed  with  warm  water  and  carefully  worked  into  a  uniform 
paste. 

This  paste  is  forced  by  a  press  through  holes  in  an  iron. 
plate.     If  the  holes  are  very  small,  vermicelli  is  thus  formed. 
A  still  finer  and  smaller  sort  is  called  fedelini. 

Large  pipe-shaped  cylinders  of  this  paste  constitute  maca 
roni. 

When  the  paste  is  rolled  thin  and  cut  into  various 
shapes,  Italian  paste  is  the  result.  After  moulding,  the 
macaroni  is  partially  baked. 

Italy  is  the  principal  seat  of  this  manufacture.  France  and 
England  produce  a  considerable  quantity,  and  of  late  a  few 
firms  in  the  United  States  produce  an  article  not  inferior  to 
an}-  of  imported  kinds. 

OSTROILO  KUCICH, 

1919  Dupont  Street. 

Lincoln  Grammar  School^  8th  Grade. 


Why  Toads  Haue  No  Tails, 

~L JJ^HAT  a  question  for  you  to  ask, 

A  girl  in  the  High  School  middle  class ! 
Well,  nevertheless,  I'll  tell  you  how 

The  toad's  lost  the  ornament  of  a  bow-wow. 

It  happened  that  when  the  toad  was  created, 
It  couldn't  hold  still  long  enough  to  be  mated  ; 
That  is,  with  a  tail, 
So  now  it  must  wail. 

JULIA  EPPIXGER 
Girls'  High  School,  ]\'ritten  in  Class. 


82 


CUSTOM  made  boots  and  shoes  are  those  made  to  order. 
When  the  shoes  are  custom  made  they  should  afford  the 
person  wearing  them  more  comfort  and  satisfaction  than  if 
they  were  already  made. 

A  vast  amount  of  labor  is  necessary  before  the  skins  of  the 
animals  are  properly  prepared  for  the  making  of  boots  and 
shoes. 

In  the  tanning  or  tawing  many  men  are  employed  filling  the 
tannery  pits,  scraping,  fleshing  and  handling  the  hides  or  skins 
of  the  cow,  sheep,  horse,  pig,  goat  and  even  the  elephant, 
crocodile  and  rhinocerous. 

The  art  of  boot  and  shoe  manufacturing  has  made  rapid 
strides  during  the  last  thirty  or  forty  years. 

The  old-time  shoemaker  had  metal  patents  for  every  size  of 
shoes  and  cut  uppers  and  soles.  By  these  patents  the  uppers 
were  "closed"  together  or  sewed  by  strong  waxed  threads. 
The  sewing  was  often  done  by  the  wife  or  daughter  of  the 
shoemaker.  The  women  also  bound  the  tops. 

The  shoemaker  next  tacked  a  thin  inner  sole  to  a  wooden 
last,  put  the  upper  on  a  block  and  tacked  it  firmly  down  ;  then 
he  fastened  the  outer  sole  on  with  a  few  wooden  pegs,  and 
made  a  mark  around  the  edge  of  the  sole.  It  was  very  amus 
ing  to  see  him  fill  his  mouth  with  pegs,  which  were  usually  of 
wood,  take  an  awl  in  his  left  hand,  a  hammer  in  his  right,  and 
go  to  work.  He  make  a  hole  in  the  leather  with  his  awl, 
snatched  a  peg  from  his  mouth,  hit  it  a  little  whack  with  his 
hammer,  and  drove  it  out  of  sight,  so  that  no  one  could  see 
where  it  went. 

When  the  pegs  were  all  around  in  a  neat  way,  he  nailed 
some  pieces  of  leather  on  for  a  heel.  Then  he  filed,  scraped 
and  polished  the  heel  and  sole,  and  blacked  and  rubbed  the 
sole  and  heel  till  they  shone. 

Now-a-days  all  the  cutting,  fitting,  heeling  and  finishing 
are  done  by  hand.  Every  operation  in  shoemaking  is  done 
by  machinery,  even  the  fastening  of  the  shoebuttons. 


GEORGE  AHLERS, 

32  Dore  Street. 
Franklin  Grammar  School^  8th  Grade. 


33 


fN  the  manufacturing  of  carpet  the  weaver  sits  facing  the 
loom,  and  fastens  to  each  thread  of  the  warp  a  bunch  of 
colored  yarn,  varying  in  the  color  according  to  the  pat 
tern.      The   row   being   completed,    he   passes   a   linen    weft 
through  the  web  and  drives  it  well  up,  so  that  all  the  bunches 
may  be  securely  fastened.     In  this  way  narrow  breadths  of 
carpet  are  made,  which  are  afterwards  laid  side  by  side  and 
united,  so  as  to  form  a  large  piece. 

The  Kidminster,  or  ingrain  carpet,  the  Venetian  (which  was 
never  manufactured  at  Venice),  the  Brussels  and  the  Wilton,  are 
some  varieties  of  carpets  in  use  now. 

In  1839  E.  Bigelow,  of  Boston,  Mass.,  greatly  improved  the 
loom  then  in  use,  and  afterwards  by  still  further  improvements 
so  perfected  the  machinery  that  his  loom  is  now  wholly  used. 

With  this  loom  an  average  of  twenty-five  to  twenty-seven 
yards  of  ingrain  carpet  can  be  made,  and  from  seventeen  to 
eighteen  of  Brussels  carpet. 

He  also  invented  a  method  for  producing  figures  that  would 
match.  Mr.  Richard  Whytock,  of  Edinburgh,  introduced  an 
ingenious  plan  of  using  threads  dyed  of  the  colors  in  the  suc 
cession  they  would  be  required.  By  this  means  a  considerable 
proportion  of  the  threads  was  dispensed  with. 

Brussels  carpet  is  so  named  from  Brussels  in  Belgium, 
whence  the  style  was  introduced  into  England  in  the  last  cen 
tury.  It  is  made  upon  a  ground  of  linen  weft,  which  is  con 
cealed  by  worsted  threads  which  are  interlaced  with  and  cover 
it.  The  threads  are  commonly  of  five  different  colors.  In  the 
weaving  these  run  the  length  of  the  web,  and  are  so  managed 
that  all  those  required  by  the  pattern  are  brought  up  together 
across  the  line  of  the  carpet  ;  before  they  are  let  down  a  wood 
en  instrument  called  a  sword  is  passed  through  to  hold  up  the 
threads  ;  this  is  replaced  by  a  round  wire,  which,  being  at  last 
removed,  leaves  a  row  of  loops  across  the  carpet.  In  a  yard 
length  the  number  of  successive  lifts  of  the  sets  of  colors  re 
quired  is  sometimes  as  many  as  three  hundred  and  twenty, 
each  of  which  forms  a  row  of  loops.  Four  colors  must  ahvays 
lie  beneath  the  fifth,  which  appears  on  the  surface,  and  thus 
the  carpet,  with  its  linen  weft,  too,  is  thick  and  heavy. 

Some  of  the  most  extensive  carpet  factories  of  the  United 
States  are  at  Lowell  and  Clinton,  Mass.,  Thompson  ville  and 
TarifFville,  Conn.,  and  other  cities  in  Xew  Vork,  New  Jersey 
and  Pennsylvania. 

PHILIP  BILL, 

7  Card  Alley. 
North  Cosmopolitan  Grammar  School^  8th  Grade. 


84 

Chocolate   and 


CHOCOLATE  and  cocoa  are  both  made  from  the  fruit  of 
the  cacao  tree,  which  is  found  chiefly  on  the  banks  of  the 
Amazon  river,    South    America.       The   generic  name  is 
derived  from  two   Greek  words,  which  mean  God  and  food, 
and  was  bestowed  by  Linnaeus  as  an  indication  of  the  high 
appreciation  in   which  they  held  the  beverage  prepared  from 
the  seeds. 

The  common  tree  is  seldom  over  sixteen  or  eighteen  feet  in 
height.  The  leaves  are  large,  smooth,  glossy  and  elliptic, 
growing  principally  at  the  ends  of  the  branches.  The  flowers 
are  small  and  grow  in  clusters  on  the  trunk  and  on.  the  main 
branches.  Generally  from  a  cluster  only  a  single  fruit  is 
matured.  When  ripe,  this  fruit  or  pod  is  from  seven  to  ten 
inches  in  length,  and  from  two  to  four  in  diameter.  It  has  a 
large,  thick,  leathery  rind  of  a  rich  purplish,  yellow  color,  and 
the  outside  marked  with  eleven  distinct  ribs.  The  interior  of 
the  pod  has  five  shells,  in  each  of  which  is  a  row  of  five  to  ten 
seeds.  Each  fruit  thus  contains  from  twenty  to  forty  or  more 
seeds,  which  constitute  the  cocoa  beans  of  commerce. 

In  June  and  December,  the  workmen  cut  down  the  fully 
ripened  pods  and  leave  them  in  a  heap  on  the  ground  for  about 
twenty-four  hours.  They  are  then  cut  open,  the  seeds  taken 
out  and  carried  to  a  place  where  they  undergo  a  process  of 
sweating  for  about  two  days.  They  are  then  roasted  and 
crushed  so  as  to  separate  the  nibs  from  the  shells.  These  nibs 
constitute  the  simplest  and  purest  preparation  in  which  cocoa 
is  sold.  , 

Most  preparations,  whether  sold  as  cocoa  or  chocolate,  are 
mixtures  of  sugar,  cinnamon  and  vanilla,  with  ground  nibs  ; 
the  object  of  the  mixture  being  to  render  it  easy  to  be  dissolved 
in  hot  water.  The  main  distinction,  between  cocoa  and  choc 
olate  is  that  the  former  is  usually  sold  in  the  form  of  powder 
and  the  latter  is  made  up  into  cakes. 

While  only  a  small  proportion  of  the  total  weight  of  the  tea 
and  coffee  are  consumed,  the  entire  substance  of  the  cocoa  is 
utilized  in  the  system.  Thus  while  a  cup  of  tea  or  coffee  can 
be  regarded  as  a  stimulant,  cocoa  can,  in  addition,  be  regarded 
as  a  (stimulant)  nourishing  article  of  diet. 

SUSIE  M.  DANIEL, 

2013  Polk  Street. 
Spring  Valley  Grammar  School,  6th  Grade. 


85 

-  ~      .  .  /-•       r* '  u  £?  • 

Reminiscences  cj-   a  (gold  \Qoin. 


"S  long  ago  as  I  cau  remember  I  lived  away  down  in  the 
earth.  I  had  many  brothers  and  sisters,  but  always  chose 
to  be  with  a  cousin  of  mine  whose  name  was  Silver.  She 
was  very  quiet  and  dressed  in  silvery  colors,  while  I  wore 
golden  ones. 

One  da>'  the  gnomes  came  to  our  home  and  told  us  that  very 
queer  things  were  happening  on  the  outside  of  the  mountain 
in  which  we  lived.  They  said  that  the  creatures  called  men 
were  digging  holes  in  the  ground  into  which  the}*  were  put 
ting  a  black  powder.  The  gnomes  were  very  much  frightened 
and  said  they  were  going  to  live  somewhere  else  where  they 
would  not  be  disturbed.  So  were  we  frightened,  but  we  could 
not  go  to  another  place  as  they  could.  \Ye  asked  mother 
Earth  what  we  should  do,  and  she  said  to  let  matters  take  their 
course.  Silver  and  I  tried  to  imagine  where  the  men  could  be 
going,  and  what  they  looked  like. 

In  a  short  time  we  heard  a  loud  blast  and  the  side  of  the 
mountain  was  blown  away.  This  scared  us  so  that  we  jumped 
in  all  directions.  Silver  and  I  clung  together.  \Ye  were  all 
shoveled  into  a  sort  of  car  and  taken  to  a  machine  that  was 
moving  up  and  down.  The  men  near  by  it  were  just  saying 
that  they  had  never  found  gold  and  silver  in  such  quantities  so 
near  the  surface  of  the  ground.  Silver  and  I  looked  at  each 
other  in  surprise  and  wondered  if  the  men  were  talking  about 
us.  We  were  taken  out  of  the  car  and  put  into  this  machine 
which  we  heard  called  a  stamp  mill.  Suddenly  a  man  called 
out  "ready,"  and  we  were  pounded  unmercifully.  \Ve  felt 
very  small  as  we  left  this  terrible  place. 

Water  was  carrying  us  away,  when  we  saw  a  friend  of  ours 
called  Quicksilver.  We  stopped  a  moment  to  talk  with  him. 
He  said  if  we  wished  he  would  hide  us  so  the  men  could  not 
find  us  for  a  time.  We  answered  that  we  would  be  glad  to 
rest,  so  he  threw  his  mantle  over  us  and  we  became  invisible. 
We  staid  with  him  about  a  day,  when  a  man  put  us  all  into  a 
buckskin  bag  with  a  great  many  of  our  relations.  The  man 
began  to  squeeze  us  and  Quicksilver  vanished,  leaving  only  a 
part  of  his  mantle  with  us.  It  was  not  long  after  when  our 
bag  was  slung  over  the  back  of  a  mule  who  carried  us  down 
the  mountain  to  a  place  where  we  were  heated  so  hot  that  we 
were  compelled  to  part  with  the  remainder  of  the  mantle. 

HELEN  CLARE  LILLIS, 

3036  California  Street. 

Denman  Grammar  School.,  8th  Grade. 


86 


IS  as  pure  as  the  sparkling  water, 

And  is  raised  in  the  Golden  State, 
Nature's  own  hand  has  procured  it, 
'Tis  the  pure  juice  of  the  grape. 

For  nourishment  naught  can  surpass  it, 

'Tis  used  as  a  medicine,  too, 
And  will  give  the  pale  cheeks  of  the  baby 

A  ruddy  and  healthful  hue. 

For  the  tired  and  weary  lawyer, 

Who  over  books  does  reign, 
A  glass  of  delicious  Grape  Juice 

Will  ease  his  tired  brain. 

And  for  the  poor  consumptive, 

Whose  feet  totter  on  the  grave's  brink, 

Some  pure  and  sparkling  Grape  Food 
Will  prove  a  nutritious  drink. 

And  even  for  the  physician, 

Who  tries  for  all  ills  a  cure  to  find, 
A  glass  of  Sanitas  Grape  Juice 

Will  quiet  his  troubled  mind. 

And  the  clergyman,  too,  whose  spirits  are  low, 
When  he  returns  from  a  dire  sick  call, 

Can  refresh  himself  with  the  sweet  Grape  Juice, 
For  it  contains  no  alcohol. 

And  alas  !  for  the  wretched  drunkard, 

Whose  troubles  never  cease, 
The  delicious,  wholesome  Grape  Juice 

Brings  to  his  home  joy  and  peace. 

The  Grape  Juice,  then,  must  be  wholly  pure, 

For  on  well-cultured  soil  it  has  grown, 
'Tis  the  most  nutritious  beverage 
The  world  has  ever  known. 

EFFIE  DINNIENE, 

49  Hoff  Avenue. 
Mission  Grammar  School,  Jilt  Grade. 


87 

of 


SRAXDMA,    grandma,    a    story,  "  cried  three  voices,  and 
the  little  owners  clambered  around  the  old  lady's  knee. 
Grandma  nodded  and  smiled  at  the  bright,  upturned  faces 
and   took    Baby  John  on  her  lap.     The  other  two  children 
brought  footstools  and  sat  close  by  her  side  so  as  not  to  lose  a 
word. 

"  Hundreds  and  hundreds  of  years  ago,"  began  Grandma, 
"  long  before  this  big,  round  world  of  ours  was  thought  of, 
there  lived  a  band  of  fairies,  who  bore  the  saddest  of  misfor 
tunes — for  the  poor  little  things  had  no  home.  They  wan 
dered  in  space  where  nothing  but  darkness  and  confusion 
brooded,  and  even  from  there  were  they  driven  onwards,  for 
the  savage  old  King  complained  of  their  sparkle  and  bright 
ness  as  hurting  his  eyes  and  disturbing  the  blackness  of  his 
realm. 

"  But  that  need  not  have  troubled  him  long,  for  the  fairies 
were  slowly  losing  all  the  beauty  which  had  made  them  seem 
as  bright  stars  in  a  dark  firmament.  Just  as  sorrow  and  dis 
appointment  seemed  to  take  the  last  bit  of  joy  out  of  their 
lives  and  left  nothing  but  gloom  behind,  a  strange  messenger 
appeared  amongst  them  and  raising  its  finger,  spoke  thus  : 
' '  '  Little  fairies,  cease  weeping  and  rejoice,  for  I  bring  you  good 
news.  Great  changes  are  taking  place  in  the  universe,  and 
strange  tales  could  I  tell  you,  but  I  must  hasten  on.  This 
message  I  leave  with  you  :  Walk  directly  onward  until  you 
reach  an  immense  ball  of  fire — our  sun — and  by  dancing  in 
the  rays  of  light,  reflected  on  every  side,  you  will  recover  your 
lost  beaut}'.  Here  you  will  find  a  guide  waiting  to  conduct 
you  to  the  home,  wThere  your  office  will  be  to  bring  joy  and 
gladness  to  human  hearts.'  So  speaking,  the  strange  figure 
vanished  as  abruptl}'  as  it  had  come. 

' '  When  the  happy  fairies  reached  the  spot  they  were  to  call 
home,  they  danced  for  joy,  and  I  do  not  wonder  at  it  for  it 
was  in  the  beautiful  land  of  jewels.  In  every  precious  stone 
crept  the  tin}*  fairies,  and,  indeed,  much  happiness  have  they 
made.' '  Grandma  looked  down  at  the  ring  on  her  own  finger 
and  a  soft  moisture  gathered  in  her  eyes,  for  sweet  visions  of 
Grandpa  and  long  ago  came  rushing  back.  "  You  see,  chil 
dren,"  she  said,  "  as  I  hold  my  ring  in  the  sunlight  all  the 
different  colors  ?  Well,  that  is  nothing  but  the  little  things 
dancing,  so  happy  and  contented  are  they. " 

CLARA  MALTER, 
318  Golden  Gate  Avenue. 


Groceries. 


subjects  great,  or  subjects  small, 
There's  one  to  me  exceeds  them  all  ; 
It  is  with  us  so  widely  known 
That  most  choose  leaving  it  alone. 

Ah  !  many  forget  that  groceries 

Are  to  us  what  honey  is  to  bees. 

As  unpoetical  as  sugar  may  be, 

It  sweetens  both  our  coffee  and  our  tea. 

Then  there's  butter,  ham  and  eggs, 
Ginger,  allspice  and  nutmegs, 
Then  comes  cheese,  fish  and  flour, 
All  which  give  us  strength  and  power. 

We  all  like  eating  French  Sardines, 
And  some  are  very  fond  of  beans, 
Then,  if  we  wish  pie,  we  must  have  lard, 
So  the  crust  will  be  neither  tough  nor  hard. 

Then  come  meals,  both  corn  and  oat, 
And  what  could  we  do  without  our  soap  ? 
Then  Yankee  Doodle  likes  macaroni, 
And  who  refuses  an  anchovy  ? 

Many  of  us  think  puddings  are  nice, 
But  what  would  they  be  without  sago  or  rice  ? 
Then  jelly  and  jam  and  dried  fruit  is  fine 
When  for  fresh  fruit  it  is  not  the  time. 

When  days  are  cold,  soup  fresh  from  the  pot, 
Made  with  barley  or  peas  and  with  peppers  hot, 
Makes  us  forget  that  bad  is  the  weather 
And  indoors  we  must  stay  most  altogether. 

Some  days  are  short  and  soon  comes  the  night, 
Oil,  then,  must  give  us  a  light. 

And  oh  !  how  we  like  crackers,  nicknacks  and  cake, 
Raisins  and  nuts  also  come  in  first  rate. 

So  you  see,  that  writh  groceries  we  could  not  dispense, 
And  that  this  common-place  subject  is  really  immense, 
That  it  stretches  its  arms  the  world  all  around, 
And  man  cannot  live  beyond  its  bound. 


89 

So  that  when  one  writes  literature,  science  or  law, 
He  should  not  forget  that  groceries  come  before, 
Giving  him  power  his  duties  to  do, 
And  to  state  his  facts  both  clearly  and  true. 

MILLIE  WRIGHT, 

3108  Buchanan  Street. 
Graduate  Girls'  High  School. 


@ur  Qat. 


f"  HE  shades  of  night  were  falling  fast, 
As  o'er  our  back  fence  softly  passed 
Our  cat,  who  bore  both  day  and  night 
A  very  sharp,  keen  appetite. 
Me— —  — ow  ! 

His  voice  was  loud,  not  very  sweet, 
Disturbing  the  neighbors  from  their  sleep, 
As  wildly  on  the  night  air  rung 
The  accents  of  that  well  known  tongue. 
Me—      — ow  ! 

From  his  station  on  the  wall 
And  loudly  sang  "  After  the  ball  ;" 
And  he  received  for  his  sweet  tones 
A  shower  of  boots  and  canes  and  stones. 
Me ow  ! 

TESSIE  M.  DAVIDSON. 
Written  in  Class. 
Hamilton  Grammar  School. 


; 


JOSEPHINE  FKANCIS. 

C7 

^~7    /-S    •?•_ 


he  JJ-omestia  Clewing    lu^achine. 


MIGHER,  higher  does  it  climb  in  fame, 
Far  up  the  mountain  side  of  glory  steep, 
That  from  age  to  age  may  live  its  name 
A  household  word,  a  joy,  of  import  deep. 

Up  from  the  countless  homes  far  and  near, 
There  arises  a  burst  of  joyful  praise, 

From  the  lips  of  woman's  happy  sphere, 
For  the  machine  that  holds  the  first  place. 

Behold,  a  race  for  the  goal  it  hath  made, 
And  won  it  with  honors  resplendent, 

Lasting  honors  that  never  \vill  fade 
While  on  precedence  eagerly  bent. 

For  felling,  and  hemming,  and  tucking, 
There  is  not  a  machine  in  the  land — 

Nor  shirring,  and  braiding,  and  ruffling, 
That  has  accomplished  a  work  so  grand. 


Of  its  lock  or  chain-stitch  what  need  we  speak  ! 

There  "The  Domestic"  doth  surely  excel. 
Superlative  merits  it  honestly  reaps, 

As  every  one  in  the  land  can  tell. 

JOSEPHINE  FRANCIS, 

5  Guerrero  Street. 
Girls1  High  School,  Graduate  Class'' 94. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  The  Domestic 
Sewing  Machine  Company. 


in   a  gttvect  (Gar* 


fHEN  one  rides  in  the  street  cars  he  is  sure  to  meet  all  kinds 
of  people,  hear  all  styles  of  conversation  and  meet  with 
all  sorts  of  accidents.  You  meet  the  person  who  is  always  fid 
geting  and  worrying  the  soul  out  of  the  poor  conductor  lest 
he  should  forget  to  leave  her  off  at  number  so  and  so  on  — 
street.  Then  you  meet  the  person  who  is  afraid  he  is  not  get 
ting  his  money's  worth  because  the  car  stops  in  the  middle  of 
the  block  instead  of  at  the  corner.  There  is  also  the  woman 
who  comes  in  the  car  with  a  half  a  dozen  youngsters  and  has 
a  long  argument  with  the  conductor  because  he  insists  on  her 
paying  one  fare  for  every  two  children,  while  the  indignant 
woman  strongly  declares  she  is  being  robbed.  \Vorst  of  all, 
there  is  the  woman  who  comes  into  the  car  loaded  down  with 
bundles.  She  drops  into  the  seat  exhausted,  and  takes  up  the 
whole  bench  with  herself  and  her  belongings. 

How  a  mortal  does  suffer  when  he  enters  a  crowded  street 
car,  and  when  at  last  he  secures  a  small  fraction  of  the  bench 
on  which  he  can  rest  his  weary  body,  there  is  on  one  side  of 
him  the  big,  fat  woman  who  is  sitting  more  on  him  than  on 
the  seat  till  the  poor  man  thinks  he  is  going  to  be  crushed  to 
jelly.  On  the  other  side  of  the  sufferer  is  the  man  who  sel 
fishly  monopolizes  almost  half  the  bench  and  is  continually 
poking  his  neighbor  as  if  he  wants  more  room. 

Oh,  I  pity  the  person  who  has  to  undergo  these  tortures. 
He  must  surely  think  when  he  has  at  last  reached  his  destina 
tion  that  he  has  repented  for  his  sins  of  that  day  and  for  seven 
days  to  come. 

JOSIE  ISAACS. 

Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


92 


leiman 


Coffee. 


jfOFFEE  belongs 
\!L)  to  the  medicinal 
class  of  food  sub 
stances,  being  solely 
valuable  for  its  stim 
ulant  effect  on  the 
nervous  and  vascular 
system.  It  increases 
the  frequency  of  the 
pulse,  lightens  the 
sensation  of  fatigue, 
and  sustains  the 
strength  under  pro 
longed  and  severe 
muscular  exertion. 

The  common  cof 
fee  shrub  or  tree  is 
an  evergreen  plant 
which,  under  natu 
ral  conditions,  grows 
to  a  height  of  from 
eight  to  twenty  feet. 
It  is  a  native  of 
Abyssinia  and  not  of  Arabia,  for  it  was  not  known  at  Mecca 
until  1454,  only  thirty-eight  years  before  the  discovery  of 
America.  From  Arabia  it  spread  to  Egypt  and  Turkey,  and 
from  Turkey  was  taken  to  England  in  1650.  In  sixty  years' 
time  it  wras  familiarly  known,  at  least  in  fashionable  society, 
as  we  find  from  Pope's  well-known  lines  in  the  "  Rape  of  the 
Sock"- 

"  Coffee,  which  makes  the  politician  \vise 
And  see  through  all  things  with  his  half-shut  eyes." 
It  is  chiefly  cultivated  in  Arabia,  the  Southern  States  of 
North  America,  Java,  Ceylon,  Costa  Rica,  Brazil  and  East  and 
West  Indies  ;  but  the  climate  of  Arabia  seems  more  adapted 
to  its  growth. 

Coffee  is  a  powerful  deodorizer  ;  it  has  instantly  destroyed 
the  smell  of  putrifying  meat  ;  and  in  half  a  minute  it  has  been 
known  to  permanently  clear  a  house  of  the  effluvium  of  a  cess 
pool.  To  use  coffee  for  these  disinfecting  purposes,  dry  the 
raw  bean,  pound  it  to  a  powder  and  roast  it  on  a  moderately 
heated  iron  plate  until  it  is  of  a  dark  brown  tint  ;  then  sprinkle 
it  in  sinks,  or  lay  it  on  a  plate  in  the  .room  .which  you  wish  to 
have  purified. 


HELEN  G.  BARKER. 


93 

Coffee,  as  very  commonly  prepared  by  persons  unacquainted 
with  its  nature,  is  a  decoction,  and  is  boiled  for  some  time 
under  the  mistaken  notion  that  the  strength  is  not  extracted 
unless  it  be  boiled.  But  the  fact  is  just  the  reverse.  The  fine 
aromatic  oil  which  produces  the  flavor  and  strength  of  the 
coffee  is  dispelled  and  lost  by  boiling,  and  a  mucilage  is  ex 
tracted  at  the  same  time,  which  also  tends  to  make  it  flat  and 
weak.  The  best  mode  to  prepare  coffee  is  to  pour  boiling 
water  upon  it,  and  set  it  on  the  fire  not  to  exceed  ten  minutes. 
The  Turks  and  Arabs  boil  their  coffee,  it  is  true,  but  they  boil 
each  cup  by  itself  and  only  for  a  moment,  so  that  the  effect  is 
much  the  same  as  that  of  infusion  and  not  like  that  of  decoc 
tion.  Then  again  they  do  not  separate  the  coffee  itself  from 
the  infusion,  but  leave  the  whole  in  the  cup. 

M.  Payen,  by  experiment,  has  shown  that  coffee  is  very 
nutritious,  as  it  contains  a  large  quantity  of  azote  ;  three  times 
as  much  nutriment  as  tea  and  more  than  twice  the  nourish 
ment  of  bouillon. 

HELEN  G.   BARKER, 

1430  Webster  Street. 
Girls*  High  School,  Senior  Class. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  W.  H.  Miner. 


ft   tfie 


HOU  wild  and  moaning  Wind, 

That  whistleth  past  my  door, 
What  hast  thou  now  in  mind 
Of  things  occurred  before  ? 

Hath  Death  his  office  filled 

In  yonder  lonely  dell, 
Where  none  the  soil  hath  tilled 

Since  thou-  a  tale  cans't  tell  ? 

FLORA  COLEMORE. 
Girls"  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


Carpets. 


Jj  N  early  times  our 
HBT    1       jf|   fl  o  o  r  s      were 
strewn     with 
sand,  a  custom  still 
lingering  in  country 
districts  ;  then  came 
the  habit  of  spread- 

J'i'j-          -;m    •'<  in&    reeds   over    the 

.|1       ^*  floor.     This    use    of 

:  *"%.  ^  reeds  was  succeeded 

by  the  employment 
of  grass  mats  of  sim 
ple  appearance,  and 
these  by  wool  mats, 
at  first  chiefly  im 
ported.  The  wool 
mats  were  in  their 
turn  replaced  by 
small  carpets,  which 
f  gradually  increased 

I .:      VHimEi  in  size. 

Oriental  carpets 

ADAH  E.  HOKR.  were  first  introduced 

into   Spain    by    the 

Moors,  although  they  had  been  previously  used  by  the  inhab 
itants  of  eastern  countries,  who  threw  them  on  the  ground  or 
floor  or  over  the  low  couch  on  which  they  were  in  the  habit  of 
sitting  or  sleeping.  They  also  added  to  the  comfort  of  those 
who  dwelt  in  tents,  by  affording  warmth  and  protection  from 
any  dampness  arising  from  the  ground. 

The  use  of  carpets  in  England  dates  from  the  middle  of  the 
twelfth  century,  but  their  manufacture  was  not  extensively 
carried  on  until  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth,  nearly  two  hun 
dred  years  after  it  had  been  introduced  into  France  and  Persia 
by  the  Venetians. 

Some  of  the  best  carpets  take  their  names  from  the  places 
where  they  were  first  made  :  Turkey  carpets  were  first  brought 
from  Constantinople  and  Smyrna  ;  Brussels  carpets  from  Brus 
sels  in  Belgium  ;  and  the  Axminster,  Kidderminster  and  Wilton 
carpets  from  those  towns  in  England,  although  the  Kidderminster 
carpet  is  not  to-day  manufactured  in  its  native  place,  nor  in 
deed  are  any  of  the  other  carpets  extensively  made  in  the 
towns  of  their  origin . 


95 

In  addition  to  the  above  the  tapestry,  velvet  pile,  Dutch, 
Venetian  and  printed  felt  are  made  in  this  country.  India  and 
Turkey  carpets  are  imported,  and  imitations  of  them  are  made 
in  the  United  States,  principally  in  Philadelphia. 

The  reproduction  of  the  old  patterns  have  been  taken  from 
the  paintings  of  the  old  masters. 

In  some  paintings  by  these  artists  may  be  found  carpets 
copied  with  such  wonderful  minuteness  of  detail,  that  the  very 
stitches  of  the  pattern  may  be  counted.  But  the  Venetian 
painters,  whose  opportunities  were  the  greatest,  were  so  neg 
ligent  in  their  attention  to  detail  that  it  is  impossible  to  obtain 
a  single  perfect  pattern  from  the  whole  of  their  productions. 

The  selection  of  carpets  for  a  house  is  of  the  utmost  import 
ance,  and  should  dominate  the  rest  of  the  furniture  and  hang 
ings. 

ADAH  E.  HORR, 

2207  Webster  Street. 
Pacific  Heights  Grammar  School,  Jth  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  Joseph  Freder 
icks  &  Company. 


jj^posfropfie  fo  a 


!  thou  instrument  of  torture, 
With  all  thy  implements  of  pain, 
Which  affect  us  like  a  scorcher 
And  nearlv  drive  us  all  insane. 


Why  did'st  thou  leave  ihy  early  home 
Far  down  in  stagnant  water  deep  ? 
Why  on  our  land  beloved  roam 
And  baffle  all  attempts  to  sleep  ? 


ADRIA  L.  SHAW. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


96 

Tfafian  &asfe,  'OennicefCi  and 


J  TALI  AN  Paste  is 
Si  made  from  wheat 
flour.  The  wheat  af 
ter  being  well  washed 
is  ground  to  a  flour. 
It  is  then  sifted  about 
five  times,  the  last  be 


ing  sifted  very  fine, 
and  the  flour  that  is 
produced  is  used.  Hot 
water  is  then  added 
until  the  flour  be 
comes  a  paste. 

This  paste  is  called 
Italian  Paste,  and  is 
used  to  manufacture 
Macaroni  and  Vermi 
celli. 

Macaroni  is  manu 
factured  from  a  dough 
i  .-i      called    Italian    Paste, 
made   from   wheat 

ERNEST  COTTER.  ^^        After    th{& 

dough  is  made  it  is  kneaded  by  placing  it  into  a  wide  Blinder, 
opening  and  rolling  over  it  a  heavy  stone  wheel,  and  thus  press 
ing  into  wide  sheets  of  dough. 

It  is  then  cut  into  pieces  by  the  workmen  and  placed  into 
a  large  cylinder  perforated.  The  dough  is  then  forced 
out  of  the  cylinder  by  a  heavy  pressing  of  a  press  coming 
through  the  cylinder.  During  this  process  the  Macaroni  is 
partly  baked  by  a  fire  near  the  cylinder,  As  the  Macaroni 
comes  out  it  is  cut  off  into  desired  lengths  by  the  workmen. 

The  Macaroni  is  then  placed  away  or  hung  up  for  a  few  days, 
and  is  then  ready  for  use.  Macaroni  is  generally  colored  yel 
low.  This  is  made  by  the  use  of  saffron  and  eggs. 

Macaroni  was  invented  in  Italy,  and  is  made  there  more  than 
in  any  other  country.  Imported  Italian  Macaroni  was  considered 
the  best  in  the  United  States,  but  the  Macaroni  manufacturers 
in  this  country  now  produce  as  good  Macaroni  as  the  imported. 

Macaroni  when  it  is  to  be  shipped  or  exported  is  put  into 
boxes  in  about  twenty-five  pounds  to  the  box.  The  box  is 
made  air-tight  by  covering  the  edges  of  the  box  with  colored 


97 

paper.  Put  up  this  way  it  may  be  kept  a  long  time  in  any 
kind  of  climate. 

The  ordinary  way  Macaroni  is  cooked  is  this  :  The  Macaroni 
is  put  into  boiling  hot  water  and  cooked  until  it  becomes  swol 
len  and  elastic.  The  water  is  then  poured  off  and  a  gravy 
which  is  prepared  from  some  beef  is  then  poured  over  it.  This 
is  the  quickest  and  the  cheapest  way  to  cook  it. 

Vermicelli  is  made  nearly  the  same  way  as  Macaroni.  Instead 
of  being  pressed  through  large  holes  it  is  put  through  very 
small  ones,  making  them  fine  and  hair-like.  This  is  the  only 
variation  it  has  from  the  Macaroni  process. 

ERNEST  COTTER, 

522  Sixth  Street. 
Franklin  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  C.  R.  Splivalo  & 
Company. 


H,  thou  fair  ruler  of  the  night, 

May  my  prayer  ascend  to  thee, 
Send  down  thy  silvery  light  — 
A  blessing  on  my  boy  at  sea. 


His  ship  is  on  the  ocean  wild, 

He  thinks  perchance  of  home  and  me, 
In  God's  own  image  bless  my  child, 

And  guide  my  boy  at  sea. 


It  may  be  many  years  before 

That  ship  returns  again,  and  we 

Know  that  in  that  distant  shore 
Thou  wilt  love  my  boy  at  sea. 

EMILY   R.   COEV 
-Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


98 

THE  ADVANTAGES  OF  A  BUSINESS  EDUCATION. 


ALICE  M.  JOHNSON. 


BUSINESS  educa- 
tion  is  of  advantage 
to  the  rich,  the  poor, 
the  young,  the  old,  and 
the  woman  as  well  as  the 
man. 

One  is  taught  by  a 
thorough  business  train 
ing  to  be  accurate,  con 
cise,  punctual  and 
thoughtful. 

We  all  know  that  to  a 
poor  boy  an  education  in 
drawing  or  music  would 
probably  be  useless, 
while  a  thorough  train 
ing  in  arithmetic,  pen 
manship,  correspond 
ence,  etc.,  would  enable 
that  same  boy  to  enter 
an  office  and  soon  work  his  way  up  in  the  world. 

For  a  boy  whose  parents  possess  means  it  is  especially  es 
sential  that  he  be  carefully  instructed  to  take  care  of  the  prop 
erty  his  father  has  accumulated,  and  how  proud  that  father  is 
who,  in  his  declining  years,  can  shift  the  great  burden  upon 
his  young  son  and  feel  sure  his  hard  spent  energy  has  not  been 
in  vain. 

On  the  other  hand,  we  will  picture  the  boy  whose  business 
education  has  been  neglected.  He  is  careless,  lazy,  unable  to 
add  or  wTrite.  Such  a  young  man,  if  thrown  upon  the  world, 
must  take  a  very  inferior  position  and  there  remain. 

Enough  of  the  boys,  for  I  desire  to  relate  the  glorious  advan 
tage  of  a  practical  education  for  girls.  Many  people  think 
girls  should  never  know  anything  but  sewing,  housekeeping 
and  such  employment,  but  my  opinion  is  that  young  ladies 
should  have  an  opportunity  to  do  as  well  as  the  boys. 

I  knew  a  family  in  well-to-do  circumstances  with  two  daugh 
ters  who  had  been  given  lessons  in  all  fine  accomplishments, 
but  neither  one  could  add  correctly.  They  thought  it  very 
tiresome  to  learn  such  bothersome  things  as  sewing  and  cook 
ing,  for  they  would  always  be  rich  and  never  need  to  work. 

The  time  soon  came,  however,  that  they  regretted  having 
spent  their  time  so  idly,  for  their  poor  father  died  suddenly 


99 

and  left  his  estate  so  entangled  that  they  could  hardly  get  bread 
enough.  The  unfortunate  girls  felt  terribly  to  see  their  poor 
mother  live  in  such  want,  so  they  determined  to  swallow  their 
pride  and  go  to  work,  but  then  the  question,  "What  shall  we 
do?"  arose  before  them  like  a  cloud. 

After  trying  in  vain  to  get  work,  without  knowledge,  they 
set  about  to  procure  the  needed  business  education,  and  after 
very  diligent  study  the  eldest  young  lady  secured  a  position  as 
stenographer  in  a  large  firm,  while  her  sister  keeps  books  for 
another  corporation. 

They  now  are  able  to  live  comfortably,  and  their  only  re 
gret  is  that  they  had  not  learned  earlier  in  life  to  care  for 
themselves  in  any  emergency  that  might  arise. 

I  have  endeavored  to  show  how  very  necessary  a  business 
education  is  to  all,  and  I  advise  every  girl  or  boy  never  to  con 
sider  themselves  fully  educated  until  they  hold  a  certificate 
showing  a  complete  knowledge  of  the  rudiments  of  business 
life. 

ALICE  M.  JOHNSON, 

2517  P^illmore  Street. 
Pacific  Heights  School,  6th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  Heald's  Busi 
ness  College. 


"THE  DAISY; 


ITTLE  daisy  in  the  field, 

Peeping  upward  toward  the  sky, 
Trying  thy  gentle  head  to  shield 
From  cruel  feet  that  pass  thee  by. 


\Ve  will  not  pluck  thee,  gentle  flower, 
We  will  not  mar  thy  beauty  rare, 

Rest  through  many  a  sunny  hour, 
Blest  by  God  as  his  flower  fair. 

NETTIE  ROTH. 

Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


100 


.neru. 


JN  taking  up  the 
subject  of  Millin 
ery,  the  first  thing 
to  consider  is  the  or 
igin  of  the  word. 
We  find  that  Milan, 
at  one  time,  was  re 
nowned  for  the  ele 
gance  and  tasteful- 
ness  of  its  finery,  and 
became  so  noted  as 
a  leader  of  fashions 
in  Europe,  that  the 
English  word  mil 
liner  originated 
from  Milaner,  an  im 
porter  of  fashionable 
articles  from  Milan. 
As  the  season  is 
summer,  and  it  is 
the  time  for  straw 
hats,  I  shall  begin 
by  telling  about 
them.  Some  seeds  were  dropped  down  into  the  earth  and 
soon  some  grasses  sprouted  up.  The  stems  of  these  grasses 
were  dried,  and  made  into  straw,  and  the  straw  was  braided. 
Then  these  braids  were  sewed  together  by  the  Bosworth  straw- 
sewing  machine,  which  is  used  almost  entirely  in  the  United 
States.  The  hat  is  next  pressed  by  another  machine  which  is 
of  American  invention,  which  smooths  it  ready  for  trimming. 
Four  hats  can  be  pressed  by  this  machine  in  a  minute. 

Although  we  now  have  the  straw  hats,  and  if  it  were  neces 
sary  would  be  able  to  wear  them  as  they  are,  still  they  are  not 
complete.  Trimming  is  needed.  Ribbon  is  most  common 
ly  used  for  trimming.  The  silk  fibres  are  obtained  from  the 
cocoons.  A  number  of  these  fibres  are  taken  and  slightly 
twisted,  and  put  together  so  as  to  form  a  thread  called  a  single. 
These  threads  are  then  spun  or  woven  into  a  ribbon,  which 
for  hats  is  generally  from  three  to  five  inches. 

Flowers  are  also  important  in  trimming  hats,  which  are,  of 
course,  artificial.  Some  are  made  of  silk  and  others  of  velvet. 
The  stems  are  made  of  green  cloth  or  wax. 

Now  that  we  have  the  shape,  the  ribbon  and  the  flowers, 
the  question  is  what  should  be  done  with  them. 


REBECCA  HESS. 


101 

The  very  first  thing  to  do  after  we  have  the  straw  is  to  line 
the  hat.  The  lining  is  usually  of  a  fine,  thin  silk  and  is  pro 
cured  in  much  the  same  way  as  ribbon. 

Now  the  difficult  part  comes.  The  difference  between  a  hat 
trimmed  by  a  French  milliner  and  that  trimmed  by  a  novice  is 
much  the  same  as  the  difference  between  a  butterfly,  which  is 
airy  and  graceful  and  beautiful,  and  a  crab,  which  is  very 
awkward  but  still  useful.  We  will  suppose  this  hat  to  be 
turned  up  at  the  back.  Then  the  ribbon  is  taken  and  put 
around  the  sides  of  the  hat,  and  at  the  front  a  bow  is  made  in 
such  a  way  that  there  will  be  two  loops  on  each  side,  and  in 
the  center  will  probably  be  a  buckle  made  of  brass.  Then  a 
bunch  of  the  flowers  are  taken  and  arranged  in  some  graceful 
manner,  perhaps  coming  up  from  the  back  part  of  the  hat.  A 
few  flowers  coming  down  from  the  hat  and  falling  on  the  hair 
would  add  to  its  beauty. 

REBECCA  HESS, 

1800  Sutter  Street. 
Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  first  Prize  awarded  by  The 
"  Wonder  "  Millinery  Company. 


a 


fiat! 


'HAT  a  hat  that  w^oman  in  the  car  did  wear  ! 
Why,  it  was  the  very  color  of  her  hair  ; 
Just  as  red  as  the  reddest  brick, 
With  a  feather  in  the  side  as  stiff  as  a  stick. 

But  I  suppose  the  owner  thought  it  very  fine, 

While  to  me  it  looked  as  if  but  a  dime 

Had  been  spent  upon  this  tasty  ( ?)  purchase 

And  as  if  the  trimming  might  have  once  been  a  kerchief. 

Perhaps  she  had  saved  that  very  stiff  feather 
(Probably  it  and  the  other  trimming  together) 
From  her  Great  Grandmother's  old  collection, 
But  think  her  taste  n'er  ran  in  that  direction. 

FLORENCE  NIGHTINGALE. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


102 


illiqery. 


COLORS  should  be 
\D  chosen,  not  be 
cause  they  are  fash 
ionable,  but  for  the 
reason  that  they  are 
becoming,  otherwise 
ill  effects  will  be  the 
result.  To  face  a 
hat  or  bonnet  you 
should  sew  the  wire 
all  around,  about 
one-fourth  of  an  inch 
from  the  edge  of  the 
brim  ;  then  fit  the 
velvet  or  satin  on  the 
brim,  by  pinning  it 
on  the  wire,  turn  in 
the  edge  of  the  ma 
terial  and  slip-stitch 
it  on  ;  if  you  want  to 
put  on  a  binding  in 
stead  of  a  facing  you 
must  sew  the  wire 
on  the  edge  of  the  hat  or  bonnet.  For  shirring  take  one-half 
yard  of  satin  or  silk,  cut  on  the  bias,  divide  it  in  two  equal 
parts,  join  the  parts  together,  turn  in  one  of  the  edges  and  put 
in  a  row  of  shirring,  allowing  just  enough  space  to  put  in  the 
wire  ;  then  add  as  many  rows  of  shirring  as  you  need.  To 
make  a  frame  smaller  remove  your  wire,  cut  off  what  you 
please  and  replace  the  wire  as  before. 

A  hat  may  be  trimmed  with  lace,  ribbon,  beads,  feathers, 
flowers,  satin,  velvet  or  veiling.  Beads  look  well  either  with 
flowers  or  feathers,  but  generally  feathers  are  used  on  a  hat 
with  beads.  Gros-grain  and  ottoman  ribbons  are  more  fash 
ionable  than  satin,  nevertheless  the  latter  are  still  worn,  and 
look  pretty,  and  are  cheaper  than  silk.  Beads  are  not  worn 
on  hats  as  in  former  years.  For  deep  mourning  crape  only  is 
used,  and  the  bonnet  must  be  made  perfectly  plain.  If  a 
bonnet  is  too  small  in  the  head,  sew  a  piece  of  buckram  on  the 
edge,  and  then  sew  the  wire  over  the  buckram.  To  make  a 
stylish  bow  of  ribbon,  take  one  and  one-half  yards  of  ribbon, 
draw  it  in  tight  folds,  then  twist  the  thread  around  tight, 


HELEN  FRENCH. 


io3 

make  as  many  loops  as  you  have  ribbon  without  cutting  it, 
put  a  knot  in  the  middle,  and  arrange  your  loops  so  as  to  lay 
flat  on  the  hat.  When  a  hat  is  large  after  facing  it,  you  can 
use  one  or  two  large  plumes.  For  shirring  use  either  silk, 
satin,  velvet  or  lace.  A  great  many  people  object  to  wearing 
crape,  but  a  plain  silk  bonnet  may  be  worn. 

A  stylish  bonnet  for  a  middle-aged  lad}-  is  made  by  trim 
ming  it  on  one  side  with  a  long  plume,  and  on  the  other  side 
by  a  handsome  bow  of  ribbon  or  a  knot  of  velvet  or  satin. 
Another  way  is  to  take  velvet  cut  on  the  bias,  catch  it  in  the 
middle  in  a  tight  knot,  sew  it  on  the  brim  of  the  bonnet  previ 
ously  bound,  then  draw  the  velvet  on  each  side  of  the  bonnet 
in  soft  folds,  so  as  to  make  it  puffy  ;  it  forms  a  large  bow  and 
is  very  neat. 

Many  people  have  an  idea  that  they  are  capable  of  imitating 
a  hat  or  a  bonnet  by  merely  asking  the  price,  and  observing 
the  manner  in  which  the  artist  has  designed  it ;  but  when  the 
imitation  appears  on  Kearny  street  the  difference  is  remarka 
ble,  Ladies  cannot  expect  to  make,  without  experience,  what 
it  has  taken  years  to  learn  in  business  life.  And  for  this 
reason  I  would  suggest  that  what  you  spend  for  ' '  ice  cream  " 
you  give  to  the  milliner,  so  that  you  do  not  look  like  a  home 
made  girl. 

HELEN  FRENCH, 

330  Duncan  Street. 
James  Lick  Grammar  School,  jf/i  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  Second  Prize  awarded  by  The 
"  Wonder  "  Millinerv  Co. 


SH,  Brook  !    Thou  flowest  on  and  on, 
Through  meadow,  wood  and  lane  ; 
Thou  babblest  still  from  morn  till  dawn, 
Thou  know'st  not  mortal  pain. 

Over  the  rocks  and  shrubs  you  go, 

Though  having  ne'er  a  thought  ; 
And  murmuring  in  tones  so  low 

Of  pleasures  you  have  brought. 

FRANCYS  ROSENSTIRN. 

Girls'  High  School,  IVritten  in  Class. 


Sports. 


- 


TROUT-FISHING. 

SPENT  my  last 
three  summer  va 
cations  in  Los  Gatos, 
Santa  Clara  County, 
California,  where  I 
had  a  good  chance 
for  trout-fishing, 
which  is  my  favorite 
out-door  sport. 

While  there  I  went 
fishing  most  every 
day,  and  the  creeks  I 
fished  in  were  the  L,os 
Gatos,  the  Guada- 
loupe  and  a  creek  that 
flows  through  Con 
gress  Springs  and 
Saratoga,  all  of 
which  are  good  trout 
streams. 

The  time  I  found 
best  for  fishing  was 
from  five  to  nine 
o'clock  in  the  morning,  and  in  the  evening  from  five  o'clock 
until  dark. 

A  split  bamboo  pole  is  best  for  trout-fishing,  but  possessing 
none,  I  used  a  common  limber  bamboo  pole,  a  sea-grass  line,  a 
cat-gut  leader,  and  fly-hooks  numbering  from  nine  to  twelve. 
I  also  used  ordinary  trout  hooks,  and  baited  them  with  gar 
den  worms  or  periwinkles. 

Some  people  do  not  know  anything  about  periwinkles,  but 
the  trout  like  them  very  much  and  will  eagerly  go  for  them. 

The  periwinkle  is  a  kind  of  a  worm  found  in  the  bed  of  the 
creek.  It  lives  in  a  cylinder-shaped  case  which  it  makes  of 
wood ,  gravel  and  other  hard  substances  ;  this  case  is  about  an 
inch  long,  a  quarter  of  an  inch  thick,  and  looks  like  a  small 
piece  of  wood. 

Trout  always  swim  up  stream  towards  the  head- waters  ; 
they  are  oreat  jumpers,  and  I  have  seen  them  jump  up  a  water 
fall  four  to  five  feet  high.  FRANK  METTMAN, 

915  Twentieth  Street. 
Horace  Mann  Grammar  School,  6th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  Clabrough, 
Golcher  &  Company. 


FRA.KK.  METTMAN. 


THE  REASON. 


dear,  the  pies  are  not  browned. 
And  I've  spoilt  the  apple  sauce ; 
havn't  put  the  roast  in  yet, 
And  everyone  is  cross. 


The  kitchen  is  just  filled  with  smoke 
And  the  fire  won't  burn  at  all. 

The  oven  isn't  the  least  bit  hot, 
And  I'm  sure  the  cake  will  fall. 


'Tis  all  on  account  of  this  terrible  coal, 
For  it  burns  like  a  piece  of  stone  ; 

And  I  promised  Sue  I'd  go  out  with  her, 
But  now  I  guess  she'll  go  alone. 


And  here  comes  Mrs.  Rogers  ; 

Such  a  neat  person  as  she 
When  she  sees  this  untidy  kitchen 

Will  have  her  opinion  of  me. 


But  when  Mrs.  Rogers  entered 
And  saw  the  sorry  plight, 

She  introduced  the  Wellington  Coal 
And  set  the  matter  right. 


The  girl  in  long  }-ears  after 

Thought  of  the  dear  old  soul 
And  the  days  of  peace  and  comfort 

Since  she  used  the  Wellington  Coal. 

EFFIE  DINNIENE, 

49  Hoff  Avenue. 

Mission  Grammar  School,  Jth  Grade. 
7 


io6 


'O  improve  our  personal  charms  jewelry  has  been  resorted 
to  as  far  back  as  memory  reaches,  arid,  no  doubt,  it  began 
with  the  very  first  of  the  human  race.  In  ancient  times 
people  had  to  be  contented  with  leaves,  flowers  and  branches 
of  trees. 

Those  living  on  the  seashore  were  fortunate  to  add  shells  of 
many  colors  and  hues,  arranging  them  in  the  shape  of  neck 
laces,  bracelets  and  so  forth.  Kven  birds  had  to  be  robbed 
and  killed,  so  that  people  could  ornament  themselves  with 
their  plumage. 

Gold  and  silver  are  the  rrfost  precious  of  metals  that  are 
used  in  jewelry.  Gold  can  be  beaten  twelve  hundred  times 
thinner  than  printing  paper.  Both  gold  and  silver  are  too 
soft  to  be  used  alone  in  jewelry,  so  they  are  alloyed  with  other 
metals. 

Silver  is  the  second  precious  metal.  It  is  of  a  whitish 
color;  it  is  soft,  but  not  as  soft  as  gold.  Silver  is  seldom 
found  in  its  pure  state  ;  it  is  generally  mixed  with  gold.  It  is 
ductile  and  also  malleable  like  gold.  Silver  is  found  in  Ari 
zona,  California  and  Germany.  Silver  is  obtained  like  gold, 
by  grinding  and  sieving  it  ;  then  quicksilver  is  put  with  it, 
and  then  heat  is  applied  ;  after  the  quicksilver  goes  off  as 
vapor,  the  silver  is  left  pure.  Silver  is  used  a  great  deal  by 
chemists  and  dentists. 

Gold  is  used  in  jewelry  in  many  different  \vays  ;  for  in 
stance,  in  rings,  bracelets,  pins,  penholders,  pens,  earrings, 
medals  and  many  others. 

The  following  stones  are  only  a  small  number  of  what  is 
used  by  the  jeweler  :  The  diamond,  the  ruby,  the  emerald, 
the  opal,  amethyst,  topaz,  agate,  bloodstone,  moonstone  and 
the  pearl. 

The  diamond  is  the  hardest  of  all  stones,  and  used  to  cut  all 
the  others.  In  very  few  places  they  are  found  near  the  sur 
face  of  the  earth.  Diamonds,  on  account  of  their  scarcity  and 
brightness,  are  the  most  valuable  of  all  stones  used  in  jewelry. 
Their  value  is  estimated  by  carats.  Diamond  fields  are  found 
in  Brazil,  Australia,  Siberia  and  India.  South  Africa  is  also 
celebrated  on  account  of  its  valuable  diamond  fields. 

GEORGIE  A.  HARRIS, 

615  Bush  Street. 
Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


io7 


SWIMMING  is  an  art ;  as  it  comes  natural  to  beasts,  should 
be  practiced  by  man.  Xo  race  of  mankind  can  be  men 
tioned  to  which  swimming  is  unknown,  and  in  many  bar 
barous  countries  it  is  more  common  than  among  the  civilized 
nations. 

Salt  water  is  best  to  learn  swimming  in,  as  it  is  more  buoy 
ant  than  fresh. 

Confidence  in  one's  self  is  one  of  the  essential  points  in 
swimming.  All  artificial  aids  such  as  corks,  air-belts,  etc., 
should  not  be  used,  for  they  lift  the  body  too  high  out  of  the 
water.  The  simplest  and  plainest  stroke  in  swimming  is  the 
breast  stroke.  The  stroke  is  executed  by  lying  with  the  back 
upwards,  and  placing  the  hands  on  the  breast  with  the  palms 
downward,  then  pushing  the  arms  forward  to  their  full  extent, 
after  which  the  palms  of  both  hands  are  turned  outward,  and 
making  a  stroke  with  both  hands  to  the  right  and  left  through 
an  angle  of  90°,  and  carrying  the  hands  back  to  the  starting 
position.  During  the  motion  of  the  arms  the  legs  make  a  sim 
ilar  motion.  The  movement  of  the  arms  keeps  you  floating, 
and  the  movement  of  the  legs  pushes  you  forward. 

Another  mode  of  swimming  is  by  the  over-hand  and  side 
stroke.  The  quickest  and  easiest  stroke  is  the  over-hand 
stroke  ;  one  good  stroke  carries  the  swimmer  six  feet  in  two 
seconds. 

A  good  swimmer  is  known  by  the  way  he  enters  the  water. 
A  dive  when  properly  performed  is  a  very  graceful  feat  to  the 
eye.  A  dive  is  executed  by  keeping  the  feet  and  legs  together, 
bending  slightly  toward  the  water,  and  then  swinging  the 
hands  above  the  head.  All  the  power  possible  must  be  used  by 
the  legs  in  jumping  off  the  board.  When  in  mid-air  the  body 
is  straightened  out.  The  descent  is  made  by  bending  the  arms 
downwards  and  entering  the  water  fingers  first. 

LEO  LEBENBAUM, 

1522  O'FarreU  Street. 
South  Cosmopolitan  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  second  Prize  awarded  by  the  Olym 
pic  Salt  Water  Co. 


io8 

Pure  'Paints. 


[AINTS  are  formed  by  mixing  colored  powders,  called  pig 
ments,  with  oil,  water  or  other  fluids. 

Knowing  what  paints  are,  we  now  have  the  task  before 
us  tq  find  from  what  sources  they  are  obtained.  Perhaps  this 
is  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  experiments,  and  annually 
there  is  found  some  new  material  from  which  colored  material 
or  pigment  is  made.  If  we  look  into  this  subject  we  will  find 
that  native-colored  earths  is  one  of  the  essential  compositions 
from  which  paint  or  colored  material  is  manufactured.  Sec 
ondly  in  importance  we  see  metallic  compounds,  and  last,  but 
not  least,  other  mineral  resources.  These  are  the  three  prin 
cipal  things  from  which  the  first  process  of  making  paint  is 
obtained. 

The  one  peculiarity  of  paint,  and  one  of  its  principal  char 
acteristics,  is  its  power  of  fully  covering  any  surface  on  which 
it  is  spread.  Of  course  this  is  dependent  upon  the  qualities, 
and  in  view  of  this  fact  it  should  be  applied  and  spread  uni 
formly,  and,  if  it  then  dries  quickly  by  natural  heat,  it  is  then 
said  to  be  oi  a  quality  commendable  to  use. 

When  dry  it  should  resist  change  of  weather  to  which  it  is 
exposed,  and  to  be  a  high  grade,  first-class  article,  it  must  pos 
sess  a  certain  degree  of  brightness  and  tinting  power,  and 
when  mixed  with  other  colors  should  not  be  injurious  either  to 
its  own  color  or  to  the  color  that  it  is  mixed  with. 

Paint  is  so  varied  that  it  is  necessarily  a  fact  that  its  uses  are 
also  varied.  It  can  be  a  chemical,  a  crome  material  or  ultra 
marine.  Paint  for  houses  is  made  by  a  process  of  grinding 
and  mixing,  that  is,  simply  the  raw  material  ground  to  a 
powder  and  then  soaked  in  oil  or  some  other  fluid. 

Artists'  material  is  much  different,  it  being  a  great  deal 
finer  and  possessing  mere  tint.  These  pigments  or  powders 
are  mixed  with  very  fine  liquids,  and  we  have  the  beautiful 
tint  from  which  our  great  artists  have  painted  the  pictures  by 
which  they  became  famous.  In  this  connection  it  may  be 
said  that  some  paints  are  made  from  substances  known  only  to 
their  makers. 

The  principal  pigments  may  be  classified  and  described  as 
follows  :  White  lead,  zinc  and  antimony  ;  blue  (not  extensive), 
ultramarine,  Persian  blue,  indigo,  yellow-ochres,  gombage  and 
tints. 

Red  has  an  inorganic  origin,  and  contains  oxide  of  copper. 
Green  contains  hydrate  oxide  of  copper,  magnate  of  baryte  and 
oxalt  of  cobalt. 


TY 


109 

We  have  now  given  an  account  of  paints,  their  use,  composi 
tion,  and  origin,  let  us  now  in  conclusion  say  that  they  are  the 
promote:  s  of  that  grand  a-id  Jvine  ci!  called  ' '  painting. "  Where 
would  ancient  Rome  and  Greece  be  were  it  not  for  these  bits  of 
colored  material  ? 

Paints  are  the  preservers  and  origir.  ators  of  great  art,  and  by 
their  use  we  are  enabled  to  gaze  upon  grand  paintings,  land 
scapes  and  pictures  which  otherwise  would  have  been  hidden 
from  "  Modern  Civilization." 

ROSIE  CAHEX, 
1044  Golden  Gate  Avenue. 

South  Cosmopolitan  Grammar  School,  7th  Grade. 


What  Are  the  South  Winds  Saying-  (< 


fHAT  are  the  south  winds  saying 

As  they  wander  lazily  by, 
And  what  do  they  tell  to  the  treetops 
Which  makes  .them  bow  to  the  sky  ? 

Why  are  they  not  in  a  hurry 

Like  the  bustling  winds  from  the  North, 
And  why  do  they  play  round  the  garden 

And  call  all  the  little  weeds  forth  ? 

MAMIE  BARRETT 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


The  Laud  Where  the  Lost  Things  Go. 


fAR  away  in  fairy-land  seas, 
With  shining  wings  spread  to  the  breeze, 
Fairies  bring  queer  things  to  and  fro 
To  a  little  isle  where  the  lost  things  go. 

Whenever  a  plaything,  large  or  small, 
Is  left  in  the  yard  or  left  in  the  hall, 
These  little  nymphs  with  laughter  gay 
Come  with  wings  swift  and  convey  it  away. 

GRACE  SELLOX 
Girls  'High  School,  \\~rittcn  in  Class. 


no 


Type. 


'YPK  consists  of  raised  letters  or  characters,  cast  in  metal  or 
raised  in  wood,  and  are  used  in  printing.  Although  the 
knowledge  of  how  it  is  made  can  be  easily  obtained,  there  are  many 
that  know  little  about  its  manufacture.  Some  printers  or  com 
positors  who  have  used  type  nearly  all  their  lives  know  little 
about  its  manufacture,  or  even  what  it  is  made  of.  In  the  fol 
lowing  I  shall  endeavor  to  tell  you  what  I  have  learned  of  its 
manufacture  :  Type  is  made  of  a  composition  of  metals  which 
generally  consists  of  lead,  tin,  antimony  and  copper.  The 
first  step  in  the  manufacture  of  type  is  the  cutting  of  the  letter 
desired  on  the  end  of  a  piece  of  hardened  steel.  This  piece  of 
steel  is  carefully  shaped  to  the  proper  size,  as  it  must  be  per 
fect. 

By  means  of  this  punch,  as  it  is  called,  an  indenture  is  made  in 
a  piece  of  copper,  which  is  afterwards  shaped  and  polished,  and 
is  called  the  "  matrix. ' '  In  this  indenture  in  the  matrix  the  face 
of  the  type  or  letter  is  formed.  The  rest  of  the  type  or  body 
is  formed  in  what  is  called  the  "mold,"  which  is  made  of 
hardened  steel.  The  "matrix"  antd  "mold"  are  combined 
and  constitute  the  moulding  part  of  the  type-casting  machine 
which  manufactures  type  at  the  rate  of  from  one  hundred  to 
one  hundred  and  seventy-five  per  minute.  The  modern  type 
casting  machines  finish  the  type  and  are  generally  used.  When 
the  old  style  machines  are  used  the  type  is  finished  by  hand  in 
the  following  manner :  First,  there  is  attached  to  each  a 
wedge-shaped  piece  of  metal,  which  has  to  be  broken  off.  This 
piece  of  metal,  however,  has  to  be  on  the  type  when  they  are 
cast  in  order  to  have  them  the  required  length.  In  breaking 
off  this  piece  of  metal  there  is  a  roughness  caused,  which,  after 
the  sides  are  finished,  is  removed  by  planing  a  groove  in  the 
body  of  the  type.  The  type  is  now  finished,  and,  after  the  de 
fective  types  are  picked  out,  it  is  packed  and  sent  to  the  pur 
chaser,  or  laid  away  to  await  orders.  The  importance  and 
necessity  of  good  type  is  very  great,  as  good  printing  cannot 
be  done  with  imperfect  type.  Although  some  type  is  used  in 
the  manufacture  of  rubber  stamps,  the  largest  portion  is  used 
in  printing.  A  great  deal  of  type  is  used  in  making  what  is 
called  a  stereotype,  which  facilitates  the  printing  of  large  news 
papers,  etc.  Type  is  not  sold  by  the  piece,  as  many  would 
suppose,  but  by  the  pound.  Movable  metal  type  were  first 
used  in  printing  in  the  latter  half  of  the  fifteenth  century. 

J.  GILBERT  RECHEL, 

1003  Valencia  Street. 

Mission  Grammar  School,  Sth  Grade. 


Ill 


ri$  ^Inhumanity   tc 


INCE  the  world  was  created,  and  since  Adam  tried  to 
throw  the  blame  of  his  disobedience  on  Eve 's  shoulders,  the 
wheel  of  "  Time  "  has  been  going  steadily  round,  watch 
ing  the  decay  of  nations  and  the  destruction  of  noble  cities 
and  towns. 

It  has  never  paused  in  its  course,  and  has  beheld  the  ad 
vancement  of  man,  as  his  narrow  ideas  have  changed  or 
broadened,  and  his  knowledge  of  the  unseen  wonders  of 
Nature  become  expanded. 

But  one  thing  has  not  changed  (the  feelings  that  predomin 
ated  in  man  in  those  early  days,  still  hold  sway  over  him. 

Cain  slew  Abel,  and  to-day  numberless  men  are  branded  as 
Cain  was.  Above  all  the  mean  petty  feelings  of  pride,  jealousy 
and  spite,  the  one  great  sin  of  cruelty  and  inhumanity  reigns. 

It  is  impossible  to  conceive  how  one  man  gifted  with  talent, 
wealth  and  strength,  can  look  mercilessly  down  on  his  less 
fortunate  brother,  and  bid  him  work  for  his  daily  bread. 

The  rich  man  turns  the  beggar  from  his  door,  hungry  and 
unsatisfied,  and  yet  he  goes  to  church  and  kneeling  reverent 
ly,  says  :  "  Give  us  this  da}^  our  daily  bread." 

Man,  the  all  gifted,  with  his  strength  of  mind  and  body 
and  his  right  to  rule  over  the  earth,  is  often  little  better  than 
the  brute. 

\Ve  all  know  the  story  of  the  "  Fox  Without  a  Tail. "  All 
through  life  we  meet  with  many  tailless  foxes,  who  not  con 
tent  with  their  own  degradation,  desire  to  drag  others  down 
with  them. 

These  undesirable  animals  constantly  appear  before  us,  with 
their  friend ly  advice.  \Ve  must  beware  of  them  or  we  will 
find  that  they  are  leading  us  down  their  own  dark  pathway, 
d.\\a.y  from  the  light  of  honesty  and  truth. 

Thus  the  inhumanity  of  one  man  to  his  brother  fills  the 
world  with  sorrow  and  misery,  for  we  are  all  brothers  and  sis 
ters,  and  the  earth  is  our  universal  mother. 

Our  earthly  fathers  as  well  as  our  Heavenly  One,  look  with 
sorrow  on  the  work  of  their  sons,  for : 

1'  Man's  inhumanity  to  man, 
Makes  countless  thousands  mourn." 

FRANKIE  SULLIVAN. 

Girl's  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


112 


Pliotoffrapliv. 


APPARATUS. 

J:N  photography  certain  apparatus  or  tools  are  needed  to  pro- 
3  duce  a  picture  ;  some  must  be  bought,  others  with  but  little 
ingenuity  and  labor  can  be  made. 

The  first  essentials  are  the  camera,  the  lens,  the  plate- 
holder,  the  tripod,  the  cloth  and  the  focusing-glass. 

The  tripod  is  the  stand  on  which  the  camera  is  placed  ;  it 
can  be  taken  apart  and  when  not  used  can  be  folded  and  car 
ried  in  the  hand.  The  extension  tripod  has  particular  advan 
tages,  as  it  can  be  made  to  stand  on  uneven  ground,  so  that 
the  camera  may  be  brought  to  a  proper  level  by  simply  adjust 
ing  the  legs. 

The  cloth  must  be  about  one  yard  square,  of  a  dark  quality 
and  impenetrable  to  light. 

EXPOSURE. 

Exposures  in  the  exterior  should  be  shortest,  n  A.  M.  to  2 
p.  M.  No  attempts  should  be  made  to  work  on  objects  when 
a  fog  obscures  the  distance  to  the  eye.  The  camera  and  lens 
must  be  free  from  dust ;  holders  must  be  tightly  closed  before 
leaving  dark  room. 

The  tripod  must  be  set  firmly  ;  the  focus,  with  a  large  stop 
in  lens,  on  an  object  say  one  hundred  feet  away  ;  fix  the  slid 
ing  front,  and  turn  the  camera  each  way  till  the  subject  is  on 
the  ground  glass. 

Remove  ground  glass,  take  plate-holder  from  box  and  put  it 
in  front  of  ground  glass  ;  draw  the  slide  with  steady  motion 
entirely  out  with  a  quick  motion.  You  are  now  read}'  to 
expose. 

Uncap,  give  time  and  recap. 

Return  slide  you  have  removed. 

DEVELOPING. 

Chemicals  needed  to  compound  developer  : 

Sulphite  of  soda,  crystal i  pound 

Carbonate  of  potash,  granulated i  pound 

Carbonate  of  soda,  granulated i  pound 

Pyrogallic  acid 4  ounces 

Sulphuric  acid i  ounce 

Bromide  of  potash i  ounce 

This  quantity  of  chemical  furnishes  enough  developer  for 


almost  three  hundred  plates  6j^xS}4,  and,  if  carefully  used, 
not  cost  more  than  one  cent  for  each. 

To  compound  the  developer,  do  as  follows  : 

Procure  two  twelve-ounce  bottles  of  clear,  white  glass,  with 
well-fitting  corks.  Mark  one  "  Xo.  i,  Pyro.  ;  "  the  next  "No. 
2,  Potash."  Take  eight  ounce  graduate,  put  five  ounces 
water  ;  add  two  ounces  sulphite  of  soda  crystals  and  stir 
with  glass  rod  till  it  dissolves  ;  then  slowly  add  half  a  dram, 
fluid  measure,  of  sulphuric  acid  ;  add  two  hundred  and  forty 
grains  pyrogallic  acid  ;  when  dissolved,  fill  up  to  eight  ounces. 
The  details  of  the  making  of  the  developer  cannot  be 
entered  into  too  closely.  We  will  sa\*  the  developer  is  done. 

Lay  the  plate  in  tray,  face  up,  and  pour  the  developer  over 
it. 

A  darkening  appearance  gradually  grows  distinct  in  a  few 
minutes.  These  are  the  sky,  high-lights,  or  light  objects  on 
which  has  fallen  most  powerful  light. 

To  examine  its  intensity,  hold  it  to  the  light,  and  if  not  in 
tense  enough  continue  these  operations  till  it  is.  The  nega 
tives  are  washed  in  chemicals  and  water,  and  dried  on  a 
negative  drying-rack. 

It  is  next  varnished  by  a  very  simple  process.  The  paper 
for  it  is  prepared,  and  after  going  through  several  other  pro 
cesses  the  photograph  is  finished. 

CHARLIE  THALL, 
1124^  Folsom  Street. 

Franklin  Grammar  School,  6th  Grade. 


The  Wind. 


§H  wind  !     Oh  wind  !  thy  mighty  blast 
Hath  o'er  the  sea  such  doom  o'ercast ; 
And  Oh  !  how  many  a  mighty  sail 
Hath  floundered  in  tempestuous  gale. 

And  oft  hath  left  fair  silven  strand 
From  some  far  distant  smiling  land  : 
And  many  a  maid  and  mother  weep 
For  a  loved  one,  lost  in  surging  deep. 

GRACE  M.  COLE 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


The  Sewing-  Machine, 


FHK  superior  merits  and  the  attractive  beauty  of  the  sewing 
machine  demonstrate  the  fact  that  it  is  one  of  the  greatest 
marvels  of  the  present  century. 

If  we  would  learn  of  the  intrinsic  value  of  the  machine,  or 
become  acquainted  with  the  grand  record  of  the  sewing  ma 
chine  in  general,  we  must  take  a  retrospect  of  a  period  in  which 
there  has  been  toils  and  triumphs.  If,  in  order  to  do  this,  we 
traverse  the  bridge  of  history,  which  spans  the  gulf  of  time, 
we  find  revealed  to  us  an  array  of  facts  which  prove  conclus 
ively  that  our  own  epoch,  when  compared  with  those  which 
have  preceded  it,  is  pre-eminently  an  age  in  which  difficulties 
have  been  met  and  overcome  by  noble  efforts  and  marvelous 
skill. 

In  the  domain  of  mechanical  art  the  steam  engine  occupies  a 
very  high  place,  and,  if  it  is  appropriate  to  regard  it  as  king  of 
machines,  then  the  proud  position  of  queen  of  mechanical  con 
trivances  is  possessed  by  the  sewing  machine.  Her  throne  is 
within  the  domestic  circle ;  her  reign  has  been  prosperous  and 
happy.  By  a  wave  of  her  sceptre  she  has  driven  tedious  labor 
from  the  mansions  of  the  wealthy,  and  banished  from  the 
homes  of  the  poor  that  drudgery,  weariness  and  sorrow  which 
is  so  graphically  described  by  Thomas  Hood  in  his  pathetic 
poem.  Since  he  wrote  the  ' '  Song  of  the  Shirt  "  the  merry 
voice  of  the  sewing  machine  has  been  heard  amidst  scenes  of 
gladness,  comfort  and  ease. 

Many  names  have  been  identified  with  the  sewing  machine, 
but  it  remained  for  American  genius  and  inventiveness  to  pro 
duce  a  machine  fit  for  practical  use.  This  was  affected  step  by 
step. 

It  has  always  been  the  aim  of  the  sewing  machine  manu 
facturer  to  produce  a  superior  article.  The  machines  are  made 
of  the  very  best  materials.  All  the  wearing  parts  are  accur 
ately  gauged  ;  skilled  inspectors  scrutinize  every  part  before 
being  put  together. 

It  is  made  up  in  mahogany,  maple,  walnut,  oak  and  olive. 
In  design  it  is  very  beautiful ;  its  relative  proportions  are  pleas 
ing  to  the  eye,  and,  to  all  who  possess  it,  it  will  be  a  "  thing 
of  beauty  and  a  joy  forever." 

JKANIE  LINDSAY, 

406  California  Avenue. 

Columbia  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


US 

SCHOOL  FURNITURE. 


CHOOIy  furniture  is  an  index  of  civilization.  The  absence 
of  fine  furnishing  in  a  modern  schoolroom  is  a  sure  ' '  tell 
tale  "  that  the  Trustees  of  that  district  are  lacking  in  refine 
ment.  They  unconscious!}'  advertise  themselves  as  having 
been  taught  in  some  country  school,  where  long  benches  with 
out  backs  served  as  seats,  and  a  painted  board  on  "legs" 
served  for  a  blackboard  ;  and  an  apple  and  knitting-needle, 
borrowed  from  one  of  the  girls,  served  to  illustrate  ' '  the  earth 
on  its  axis."  And  even  that  unpleasant  aspect  of  the  case  is 
not  its  worst.  As  the  lack  of  refining  influences  at  home 
make  rough  boys  and  rude  girls,  so  desks  and  seats  that  do 
not  inspire  the  scholars  with  neatness  and  tidiness  are  a  posi 
tive  injury.  Environment  is  considered  by  many  to  be  a 
great  factor  in  making  or  marring  character,  and  what  environ 
ment  can  work  more  mightier  than  school  life  ? 

Seats  made  in  artistic  finish  and  with  an  understanding  of 
the  form  of  the  human  bod}-  ought  to  be  compulsory  in  every 
schoolroom  ;  otherwise,  physical  injury  results  to  the  children. 
Seats  also  ought  to  be  selected  from  the  best  made,  as  the 
pupils'  eyesight  and  form  depends  largely  on  them .  A  poorly 
made  desk  is  often  accountable  for  the  drooping  shoulders  and 
hollow  chests  we  see  among  school  chiidren. 

Mr.  Ruskin  tells  us  that  he  was  made  an  artist  and  an  art 
critic  by  his  father  never  permitting  him  to  see  an3'thing  rude, 
rough  or  inartistic.  What  an  inducement  this,  for  our  fathers 
to  make  our  schools  as  near  a  refined  parlor  as  possible  !  It 
will  pay  them,  and  it  will  cause  us  in  after  years  to  rise  and 
call  them  blessed.  The  maps  and  globes  ought  to  be  of  the 
best  and  truest  that  genius  has  produced.  Just  here  some  one 
may  complain  of  the  cost  of  all  this.  Well,  even  the  cost  is 
not  so  much  as  one  would  think,  for  the  difference  in  price 
between  a  good  article  and  a  cheap  poor  one  is  nothing  when 
divided  up  among  a  lot  of  people  ;  and  when  we  consider  how 
much  longer  a  good  article  wears,  I  think  it  pays  to  buy  a 
good  one. 

There  is  really  no  excuse,  and  none  ought  to  be  taken,  for 
bad  furnishings  in  a  schoolroom  at  the  close  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century. 

JOHN  COLBERT, 

634  Elizabeth  Street. 
Lincoln  Grammar  School^  JtJi  Grade. 


MILLINERY. 


fjpHE  art  of  trimming  headgear  is  called  millinery.  The  mak- 
J  ing  of  hats  or  the  foundation  upon  which  milliners  work 
belongs  to  a  different  branch  of  business.  Millinery  gives  an 
agreeable  and  pleasant  occupation  to  thousands  of  ladies  of  our 
land.  However,  all  who  undertake  the  trade  do  not  make  a 
success  of  it,  because  they  have  not  the  knack  of  planning  so 
that  the  colors  will  blend,  and  arranging  their  work  to  suit  the 
complexion  and  style  of  the  wearer.  Thus,  we  see  the  art 
must  not  only  be  acquired,  but  one  must  have  a  natural  taste 
for  it  if  she  expects  to  make  a  success  of  it. 

After  the  work  has  been  arranged  by  pinning  the  material 
in  place,  no  particular  skill  is  required  to  do  the  necessary 
stitching,  but  it  is  in  arranging  the  material  that  the  natural 
talent  is  required.  Then,  too,  in  millinery  the  style  is  the 
principal  thing  to  be  considered.  Therefore,  those  who  make 
a  business  of  the  trade  must  keep  themselves  well  informed  on 
the  latest  colors,  styles,  etc. 

Not  long  ago  a  party  was  given  by  one  of  the  young  ladies 
of  a  small  town,  and  each  lady  invited  was  to  bring  with  her 
an  old  straw  hat  (that  was  past  using  for  anything  else),  a  lot 
of  ribbons  or  decorative  materials,  a  needle  and  thread.  These 
furnishings  were  to  be  given  to  the  young  men  present,  and 
they  had  the  task  of  trimming  the  different  hats,  without  any 
assistance,  as  best  they  could.  A  prize  was  to  be  given  to  the 
gentleman  who  trimmed  the  hat  or  bonnet  best,  and  a  booby 
prize  was  to  be  given  to  the  one  who  was  least  successful. 
You  can  imagine  how  artistically  and  gracefully  they  started 
to  work,  some  displaying  their  beautiful  diamonds  which  were 
seldom  noticed  by  the  ladies,  while  others  struggled  with  a 
piece  of  thread  that  had  in  some  way  become  entangled  in  the 
artificial  flower  they  were  attempting  to  put  on .  At  last,  after 
struggling  with  the  flowers,  hat  and  ribbon  for  a  whole  hour, 
the  young  ladies  took  pity  on  their  various  efforts,  and  they 
were  allowed  to  discontinue  their  work.  It  was  quite  laugh 
able  to  observe  the  colors  and  the  arrangement  on  some  of  the 
hats  ;  and  I  am  quite  sure  the  young  lady  who  had  to  wear  any 
of  this  beautiful  millinery  would  say  many  disagreeable  things 
about  the  trimmer. 

This  illustration  is  made  for  the  purpose  of  showing  the  ne 
cessity  of  undertaking  only  such  things  as  we  are  most  ca 
pable  of  performing. 

GRACE  BERRY, 

515  Jones  Street. 
Dennian  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


117 

NOTHING 


WHEN  asked  to  choose  a  subject 
For  an  essay  yesterday, 
Among  a  thousand  topics 
I  roamed  for  hours  away. 


I  could  not  write  upon  the  moon, 

Xor  on  a  daisy  fair, 
Nor  on  the  dear  mosquito 

Whose  music  fills  the  air. 


And  so  I  asked  my  teacher 
If  she  could  help  me  out 
She  said,  ' '  Why  write  on  nothing,  tJiafs 
know  most  about." 


And  so  I  write  on  nothing. 

What  is  it  anyway  ? 
It's  what  I  have  inside  my  head 

And  what  I  learn  all  day. 

BESSIE  BALDWIN  BE ARDSLE Y , 

Written  in  Class. 


Which  1 


F  in  the  course  of  our  short  life 

Some  task  unpleasant  be  our  lot, 
Shall  we  rebel — bemoan  our  fate — 

Then  turn  our  back  and  do  it  not  ? 
Or  shall  we  check  our  great  dislike, 

At  once  perform  it  with  a  will 
That  robs  the  labor  of  its  sting, 
And  turns  to  good  the  fancied  ill  ? 

AGNES  O'CONNELL. 
Girls'  High  School^  Written  in  Class. 


n8 

WELLINGTON  GOAL, 


coal  is  mined  on  Vancouver  Island  in  Brit- 
W*  tish  Columbia,  from  where  most  of  it  is  exported  to  San 
Francisco. 

The  many  excellent  properties  of  this  coal  are  well  known 
by  nearly  every  one.  There  are  few  who  believe  in  burning 
cheaper-priced  coal,  which  burns  fast  and  gives  little  or  no 
heat;  makes  a  great  quantity  of  ashes,  and  clogs  the  flues 
with  soot  ;  and  if  a  lid  of  the  stove  is  lifted,  a  great  quantity 
of  smoke  issues  forth  and  fills  the  room  and  very  often  the 
whole  house. 

Wellington  coal  has  none  of  these  faults.  It  is  a  clear  and 
steady  burner,  making  very  little  smoke  and  hardly  any  soot, 
and  never  fills  up  the  ash  pit  near  as  fast  as  any  of  the  cheaper 
and  inferior  brands  do.  It  is  also  a  coal  that  may  be  termed 
a  long  burner,  as  it  does  not  need  replenishing  as  often  as  the 
others  do,  but  keeps  a  long  steady  fire,  giving  plenty  of  heat 
and  requiring  none  of  the  attention  the  others  do. 

It  is  not  only  a  good  cooking  coal,  but  its  good  burning 
qualities  are  innumerable.  It  makes  an  excellent  grate  fire, 
and  it  can  be  utilized  for  almost  any  purpose  where  a  good 
burning  coal  is  required. 

Wellington  is  a  coal  that  has  few  equals,  if  any,  among 
bituminous  coal,  and  is  always  uniform  in  quality.  The  price 
is  nearly  always  the  same  reasonable  figure,  making  it  within 
the  reach  of  every  one.  The  many  good  qualities  of  this  coal 
point  to  it  as  a  coal  superior  to  all  ;  it  is  in  almost  every  usage 
to  which  coal  can  be  put,  and  maintaining  that  it  is  always 
best  and  the  cheapest  money  can  buy. 

MARION  HENNESSY, 

1505  Clay  Street. 
Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade, 


Inflamed  with  the  study  of  learning  and  the  admiration  of 
virtue  ;  stirred  up  with  high  hopes  of  living  to  be  brave  men 
and  worthy  patriots,  dear  to  God  and  famous  to  all  ages. 

— rM  i  I/TON. 

Education  is  the  only  interest  worthy  the  deep,  controlling 
anxiety  of  the  thoughtful  man. 

— WENDEU,  PHILLIPS. 


DRUGS, 


,  uncle,  please  do  listen, 
I  must  write  a  composition  on  drugs, 
dear  !     It's  a  difficult  subject. 
I  would  much  prefer  writing  on  bugs. 


"  But  still,  it  must  be  written, 

And  er —  Oh,  uncle  !     Can  you  not  see 
I  compose  so  very  poorly, 

You  must  write  this  composition  for  me. 


Ruth's  uncle  was  a  great  tease, 

So  he  said,  "  Very  well,  I  will  write 

So  simply  that  all  will  think,  dear, 

'Twas  done  by  yourself,  pretty  sprite." 


He  sat  at  the  table  and  scribbled 

For  a  half  a  minute  or  more, 
Then  Ruth  slyly  looked  o'er  his  shoulder 

And  this  is  what  the  child  saw  : 


Extractum  Colocyiitlidis  Alcholicum, 
Extractum  Camabis  Purification, 

Extractum  Colclici  Aceticum, 
Extractum  Serpentariae  Fluidum. 


She  was  thoroughly  disappointed 

When  these  Latin  words  met  her  eye, 

Tears  in  her  brown  eyes  glittered 
And  she  looked  quite  ready  to  cry. 


But  her  uncle  turned  and  said, 
' '  More  highly  I  value  truth 

Than  all  the  learned  essays 
That  were  ever  written,  Ruth. 


I2O 


' '  A  falsehood  you  would  be  acting 

If  you  handed  my  essay  in  ; 
Though  you  wouldn't  mean  to  be  untruthful, 

Falsehood  is  a  deadly  sin." 


So  Ruth  sat  down  and  thought, 

Into  the  evening  far, 
Till  the  night  drew  down  her  curtains  blue 

And  pinned  them  with  a  star. 


When  the  silver  huntress,  Diana, 

Through  the  window  ventured  to  peep, 

The  essay  now  was  all  written, 
The  composer  fast  asleep. 


On  a  chair  by  the  open  window 
A  small,  white  paper  lay  ; 

On  it  was  carefully  written 
That  memorable  essay. 


The  virgin  moon  dropped  lower 
And  bent  her  dainty  head, 

And  glancing  o'er  the  paper, 
This  is  -what  she  read  : 


In  the  golden  days  of  long  ago, 
When  through  the  heavens  wide, 

Apollo  and  the  huntress  queen 
Wandered  side  by  side, 


No  drugs  were  known  to  ancient  men 

And  so  the  people  died, 
And  never  knew  that  drugs  would  save 

Them  from  the  rushing  tide. 


'Twas  left  for  modern  men  to  know 
The  science  God  has  given 

To  relieve  pain  and  sickness  cure — 
'Tis  a  gift  direct  from  heaven. 


Opium,  morphine  and  cocaine, 

And  drugs  well  known  to-day, 
We've  heard  of  chloroform  effects  on  men , 

And  physicians  often  say, 

Perhaps  'twere  well  for  many  men 

That  these  drugs  ne  'er  had  been  known , 

For  though  they  are  truly  remarkable, 
They  have  ruined  many  a  home. 

When  Ruth  awoke  in  the  morning, 

Great  was  her  surprise, 
For  the  paper  was  wet  as  though  with  tears, 

Shed  bv  sorrowful  eves. 


Clement  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


MOLLIE  SULLIVAN, 

625  Xatoma  Street. 


'oern. 


H,  would  that  I  could  write  a  poem 

To  make  the  world  wonder  and  stare, 
To  make  souls  soar  to  heavenly  things, 
Away  from  this  strife  and  care. 

It  would  make  the  sorrowful  happy, 

The  children  laugh  in  their  play, 
The  old  and  the  feeble  feel  young, 

And  the  sick  and  oppressed  gay. 

But  what  is  the  use  of  telling 

What  I  could  never  do  ; 
Perhaps  'tis  best  to  do  God's  work 

And  be  upright,  honest  and  true. 

To  be  happy  each  day  as  I  can  be, 

And  make  others  happy,  too  ; 
Not  simply  to  talk  of  helping, 

But  be  willing  to  work  and  do. 

God  judges  the  gift  by  the  giver 

In  the  Book  of  Truth,  we  are  told  ; 
And  He  prized  the  widow's  mite  far  more 
Than  the  nobleman's  broad  piece  of  gold. 

MAY  NUTTING. 
Girls'  High  School^  Written  in  Class. 


122 


Sfafnary. 


JN  the  fourth  cen 
tury  A.  D.,  un 
der  the  rule  of 
Constantine's  suc 
cessors,  sculpturing 
was  in  vogue, 
though  the  produc 
tions  were  not  of  a 
high  order.  The  old 
Pagan  faith  of  the 
Romans  was  dead, 
and  they  had  not 
been  as  yet  suffi 
ciently  influenced  by 
Christianity  as  to 
embody  their  belief 
in  their  work.  Is  it 
not  natural  if  a 
sculptor  has  any 
noble  ideas  of  wor 
ship  that  he  will 
bring  them  out  in 
his  statues  ?  There 
fore,  when  these  are  lacking,  the  result  is  dull  and  lifeless. 
Gradually  great  improvements  were  made  by  Christian  work 
men,  proving  that  the  higher  the  ideal,  the  greater  the  work. 
Among  the  Grecian  sculptors  Phidias  stands  out  pre-emi 
nent.  He  was  born  about  500  B.C.  His  first  two  important 
works  were  executed  in  bronze.  The  first  was  a  large  group 
dedicated  to  Delphi  ;  the  second  a  colossal  statue  of  Pallas 
Athena.  Lut  the  two  works  with  which  his  fame  is  chiefly 
associated  were  in  gold  and  ivory — the  colossal  statue  of 
Athena,  which  is  at  the  temple  dedicated  to  her,  and  the  other 
of  Jupiter,  for  the  temple  at  Olympia.  The  god  was  repre 
sented  as  seated  on  a  throne,  his  right  hand  holding  a  figure  of 
Victory,  and  his  left  resting  on  a  sceptre,  on  which  the  eagle 
was  perched.  On  his  head  was  a  wreath  of  olives.  The 
drapery  was  of  gold,  richly  worked  with  flowers.  The  throne 
was  mostly  of  ebony  and  ivory.  Of  this,  the  greatest  work  of 
the  greatest  Grecian  sculptor,  nothing  but  the  description 
remains.  A  great  number  of  Phidias'  pupils  also  arrived  at 
great  distinction. 

Among  the  later  Italian  sculptors  we  find  Michael  Angelo, 


BLANCHE  LEWIS. 


I23 

the  greatest  and  most  famous  of  the  celebrated  artists  of  Flor 
ence,  born  in  1475. 

His  first  essay  in  sculpture  was  an  aged  fawn  with  a  front 
tooth  knocked  out. 

One  of  his  statues,  which  he  produced  in  1495,  called  "  St. 
John  in  the  Wilderness, "  is  at  present  in  the  Berlin  Museum. 
The  stripling  saint  stands  naked  but  for  a  skin  about  his  loins, 
holding  a  honeycomb  in  his  left  hand,  and  lifting  to  his  mouth 
with  his  right  a  goat's  horn  full  of  honey. 

One  of  the  most  prominent  at  the  World's  Fair  was  the  one 
of  Columbus  represented  on  the  deck  of  the  Santa  Maria.  On 
the  top  of  the  pedestal  at  his  feet  is  the  vessel's  anchor,  and  in 
his  hand  is  a  pair  of  dividers,  as  though  he  had  just  picked  out 
his  course  on  a  map.  The  face  of  the  great  "Admiral"  is 
more  satisfactory  than  in  most  of  his  portraits. 

Another  statue  that  attracted  my  attention  was  that  of  Cle 
opatra.  It  was  one  of  the  most  graceful  and  symmetrical 
pieces  of  art  seen  at  the  Great  Fair.  She  has  often  been  used 
by  poets  as  well  as  by  sculptors  to  represent  their  ideals  of 
loveliness. 

BLANCHE  LEWIS, 

1420  Sutter  Street. 
Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


IXDING  down  from  the  mountain  top 

Comes  the  crystal  stream, 
Bubbling,  gurgling,  refusing  to  stop, 
As  in  a  happy  dream. 


Finally  it  reaches  the  dark  blue  bay 

Where  it  must  ever  be, 
Until  on  some  eventful  day 

It  finally  reaches  the  sea. 

MARGARET  MAGUIRE. 

Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


124 


Jjjabian   Coffee. 


§OFFEE  is  the 
seed  of  an  ever 
green  shrub,  the 
Coffea  Arabica,  which 
is  said  to  have  been 
discovered  in  Abys 
sinia  by  the  Arabs. 
It  is  chiefly  cultivated 
in  Arabia,  the  South 
ern  States  of  North 
America,  the  East  and 
West  Indies,  Java  and 
Ceylon  ;  but  the  cli 
mate  of  Arabia,  where 
it  was  first  cultivated, 
appears  to  be  most 
suited  to  its  growth. 
Frequent  rains  and 
the  brilliant  unshaded 
light  of  the  almost 
cloudless  sky  stimu 
late  vegetation  and 
cause  the  secretion  of 
those  principles  on  which  depend  the  delicate  aroma.  Ele 
vated  situations  are  most  suitable  for  the  growth  of  coffee,  and 
the  plantations  have  much  the  appearance  of  pleasure  grounds. 
The  trees  are  raised  from  slips  which  are  allowed  four  or  five 
years  to  grow  before  they  are  cropped.  They  attain  the  height 
of  eight  or  ten  feet,  and  continue  in  bearing  from  thirty  to 
fifty  years.  The  shrub  or  tree  resembles  a  handsome  laurel, 
and  bears  a  profusion  of  clusters  of  fragrant  white  flowers, 
which  are  succeeded  by  brilliant  red  berries,  sweet  and  pulpy, 
which  ripen  to  a  purple  color — each  containing  two  coffee 
seeds  or  stones.  The  process  of  preparing  coffee  for  market  is 
as  follows  :  The  ripe  berries  when  picked  are  at  first  put 
through  a  machine  called  the  despulpador,  which  removes  the 
pulp  ;  the  coffee  grains  are  still  covered  with  a  sort  of  glutinous 
substance  which  adheres  to  the  bean  ;  they  are  now  spread 
out  on  large  "patios,"  made  specially  for  this  purpose,  and 
left  there,  being  occasionally  tossed  about  and  turned  over 
with  wooden  shovels  until  they  are  perfectly  dry.  They  are 


ESSIE  BAUM. 


125 

then  gathered  up  and  put  into  the  ' '  retrilla, "  a  circular 
trough  in  which  a  heavy  wooden  wheel,  shod  with  steel,  is 
made  to  revolve  so  as  to  thoroughly  break  the  husk  without 
crushing  the  bean.  The  chaff  is  separated  from  the  grain  by 
means  of  a  fanning  mill  and  the  coffee  is  now  thoroughly  dry 
and  clean.  After  this,  it  is  the  custom  of  some  planters  to 
have  it  spread  out  on  long  tables  and  carefully  picked  over  by 
the  women  or  children,  all  the  bad  beans  being  thrown  out. 
It  only  remains  then  to  have  it  put  into  bags,  weighed  and 
marked  before  it  is  ready  for  shipment  to  the  port.  On  some 
of  the  larger  plantations  this  process  is  greatly  simplified  with 
considerable  saving  in  time  and  labor  by  the  use  of  improved 
machinery  for  drying  and  cleaning  coffee. 

ESSIE  BAUM, 

2918  Jackson  Street. 
Pacific  Heights  Grammar  School,  Jth  Grade. 

The    above  writer  won  the  First  Prize  awarded   by   Hills 
Brothers. 


H  !  you  pretty  daisy, 

Wrjat  a  lovely  flower  ; 
Wafting  perfume  o'er  the  earth, 
And  gladdening  every  hour. 

Peeping  through  the  moistened  soil, 
When  trees  and  fields  are  bare  ; 

And,  though  tread  on  by  many  feet, 
The  daisy  is  still  there." 

HILDA   LEVY. 
Girls'  High  School,  IVritten  in  Class. 


126 


Arabian    Q  of  fee 


B?  HE  Coffee  tree  is 
a  native  of  East 
ern  Africa,  but  it 
was  in  Arabia  that 
it  first  became 
known  to  the  people 
of  Europe,  and  until 
about  the  year  1700 
A.  D.  that  country 
afforded  the  entire 
supply. 

The  coffee  seeds 
then  found  their  way 
to  Java  by  some 
traders,  and  one  of 
the  first  plants  grown 
on  that  island  was 
sent  to  the  Gov 
ernor  of  the  Dutch 
East  India  Company , 
who  lived  in  Hol 
land,  as  a  present. 

It  was  planted  in 
the  Botanical  Gardens  at  Amsterdam,  and  in  a  few  years  seeds 
were  taken  from  it  and  sent  to  South  America,  where  the  cul 
tivation  of  coffee  has  steadily  increased,  extending  to  the  West 
Indies,  until  now  the  offspring  of  this  one  plant  produce  more 
coffee  than  is  obtained  from  all  the  other  plants  in  the  world. 

The  plant  is  an  evergreen,  and  is  from  six  to  twelve  feet 
high,  and  the  stem  is  from  ten  to  fifteen  inches  in  diameter. 

When  the  blossom  falls  off,  there  grows  in  its  place  a  small 
green  fruit,  which  becomes  dark  red  as  it  ripens. 

This  fruit  is  not  unlike  the  cherry,  and  is  very  good  to  eat. 
Under  the  pulp  of  the  cherry  is  found  the  bean  or  berry  that 
we  call  coffee,  wrapped  in  a  fine  thin  skin.  The  berry  is  at 
first  very  soft,  and  has  a  bad  taste  ;  but  as  the  cherry  ripens 
the  berry  grows  harder,  and  the  dried- up  fruit  becomes  a  shell 
or  pod  of  a  deep  brown  color.  When  the  berry  is  ripe  it  is  of 
a  translucent  green  color. 

The  coffee  tree  begins  to  bear  fruit  the  third  year,  and  by  the 
sixth  or  seventh  year  they  are  at  full  bearing,  and  continue  to 
bear  for  twenty  years  or  more. 


Lui.u  A.  WEGENER. 


127 

Before  the  berry  can  be  used  it  undergoes  a  process  of  roast 
ing.  The  amount  of  aromatic  oil  brought  out  in  roasting  has 
much  to  do  with  the  value  of  coffee  when  it  is  sold,  and  the 
longer  the  raw  coffee  is  kept  the  richer  it  becomes  in  this  pecu 
liar  oil,  and  so  the  more  valuable. 

Arabia  produces  the  celebrated  Mocha  coffee,  which  is  the 
finest  in  the  world.  Java  coffee  is  next  prized. 

LULU  A.  \VEGENER, 
1421  McAllister  Street. 

Hamilton  Grammar  School,  ~th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  Second  Prize  awarded  by  Hills 
Brothers. 


gznguate   cf 


STOOD  in  a  beautiful  garden, 

Where  the  flowers  reared  their  heads, 
To  tell  me  their  significance, 
And  this  is  what  thev  said  : 


The  white  rose,  ' '  I  am  worthy  of  you, " 
The  red  one,  ' '  Love  me  ever, " 

Next  the  yellow  oped  her  lips  and  said, 
"  Do  not  let  us  sever." 


The  violet  blue,   "  I  am  ever  faithful," 
The  snow-drop,  "  I  have  hope," 

The  little  daisy  next  did  say, 
"  No  one  can  with  you  cope. " 


And  each  to  me  did  breathe  some  tale 

Of  what  they  do  express  ; 
Some  told  of  love,  of  joy,  of  faith, 

And  others  of  distress. 

MARTHA  TRIEST. 

Girls*  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


128 


Benefits  cf  the  ^installment  ftian. 


HE    installment 
plan     means   to 
pay  down  a  giv 
en    or   named    sum, 
and    thereafter    pay 
small  payments  un 
til    the  debt  is  cov 
ered 

A  young  man  is 
just  started  out  in 
life  (for  instance) 
and  he  works  hard 
for  his  salary,  which 
is  not  very  large. 
With  this  money  he 
has  to  pay  his  room, 
his  board  and  buy 
wearing  apparel. 
After  his  working 
hours  are  over  he 
does  not  wish  to  ap 
pear  in  his  working 
clothes,  but  wants  a 
good,  stylish  wearing 
suit,  and,  as  he  has  not  enough  money  to  pay  for  a  suit  at 
once,  he  is  in  a  fix  how  to  obtain  one  without  paying  all 
down.  At  this  moment  he  falls  to  the  Installment  Plan  and 
sees  the  clear  future  before  him  of  owning  a  fine  suit  by  pay 
ing  a  certain  sum  down  and  paying  a  payment  every  week. 
He  makes  arrangements  for  the  suit  which  he  receives,  and 
before  long  the  money  is  all  paid  up. 

Another  person,  a  lady,  has  a  drunkard  for  a  husband  who 
brings  home  very  little  money  for  her  to  support  her  children 
and  herself  with.  As  she  is  a  neat  and  honest  woman,  she 
wishes  to  put  herself  and  children  in  better  attire.  Maybe 
she  came  from  a  better  family  and  has  quite  a  number  of 
friends  who  often  come  to  see  her.  Of  course  she  does  not 
want  to  be  embarrassed  by  her  friends  because  her  parlor  is 
not  carpeted  or  she  has  not  nice  chairs  in  it.  She  saves  as 
much  money  as  possible  and  goes  to  an  installment  company 
and  paying  this  money  down  receives  the  carpet  and  chairs 
and  pays  the  balance  in  weekly  payments.  When  her  friends 
come  to  see  her  again  they  are  greatly  surprised,  and  she  feels 


\\ALLACE  \V.  WlDEMAN. 


129 

in   her  heart  a  feeling  which   only  a  discoverer  or  conqueror 
feels  when  he  conquers  or  discovers  a  new  piece  of  land. 

Another  benefit :  A  married  man  has  a  wife  and  children, 
and,  as  he  sometimes  stays  out  later  at  night  than  he  should 
without  his  really  meaning  to,  he  catches  it  from  his  wife 
when  he  comes  home  that  night.  So  he  says  to  himself,  ' '  I 
must  buy  a  watch  some  way  as  my  staying  out  at  night 
arouses  ill  feeling  in  the  family,  and  I  want  a  good  watch, 
but  that  costs  too  much  money  for  me  to  pay  down  at  once. 
Well,  yesterday  I  heard  that  the  installment  company  has 
some  fine  gold  watches  and  very  cheap,"  and  so  saying  goes  to 
the  installment  house,  examines  the  watches  and  finds  them  to 
be  of  the  finest  workmanship  and  fine  time-keepers.  He  picks 
out  a  watch,  pays  the  first  payment  down,  which  exceeds  the 
rest,  and  finishes  up  by  weekly  or  monthly  installments,  as 
the  case  might  be  agreed  upon. 

WALLACE  W.  WIDEMAX, 

25i5I2  Bryant  Avenue. 
Boys'  High  School. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  The  United 
States  Watch  and  Suit  Co. 


©nlu  a  Iginvte. 


'OW  many  when  at  work  or  play 
And  called  by  parents  dear  away, 
Turn  back  and  say  with  nothing  in  it, 
"  All  right  ;  I'll  be  there  in  a  minute." 

How  much  can  happen  in  that  time  ! 
Something  great  in  history's  line, 
Something  by  which  to  be  made  known, 
Something  on  which  we  stand  alone. 

Then  list  to  parents,  children  all, 
Be  sure  you  heed,  then,  every  call  ; 
And  do  not  say  with  nothing  in  it, 
"All  right ;  I'll  be  there  in  a  minute." 

NELLIE  MITCHKUS. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


'3° 


V 


I 


FHK  subject  of 
ha rd ware  is 
such  a  vast  one 
if  you  choose  to  en 
ter  upon  it  as  it  de 
serves.  There 
would  first  have  to 
be  considered  the 
production  of  raw 
material,  then  the 
manufacturing  o  f 
the  same  into  mer 
chantable  goods. 

When  we  look 
into  the  tastefully 
arranged  windows 
in  which  the  goods 
of  the  different 
hardware  stores  are 
on  exhibition  we 
realize  the  fact  that 
these  same  articles 
must  have  been  subjected  to  the  skill  and  ingenuity  of  many 
different  kinds  of  workmen. 

We  all  know  that  iron  is  the  main  factor  in  the  manufactur 
ing  of  hardware.  It  is  obtained  through  mining.  Iron  mines- 
are  to  be  found  in  this  country,  on  the  Atlantic  Coast  and  also 
to  some  extent  in  the  upper  Mississippi  Valley.  Iron  mines 
are  worked  by  shafts,  which  are  sunk  into  the  ground,  and 
from  which  tunnels  are  dug,  called  levels.  As  fast  as  the  ore 
is  hauled  to  the  shaft  it  is  hoisted  by  means  of  machinery  to 
the  surface,  where  it  is  loaded  into  cars  and  hauled  to  the 
crushers.  These  crushers  are  very  large,  ponderous  machines, 
which  break  the  ore  into  suitable  size,  being  then  separated 
from  its  drosser  elements,  and  delivered  at  the  furnace  where 
it  is  moulded  into  bars. 

It  is  from  these  bars  that  hardware  is  manufactured.  They 
are  taken  to  the  factories  and  by  means  of  machinery  are 
made  into  such  articles  as  hammers,  files,  planes,  locks,  keys, 
wrenches  and  innumerable  other  things. 

Hardware  enters  into  the  use  of  everyday  life  to  such  an  ex 
tent  now  that  we  cannot  imagine  how  people  could  have  gotten 


LII-LIE  FRITSCHI. 


along  without  it.  What  was  a  luxury  a  hundred  years  ago  is 
now  a  necessity.  For  instance,  how  could  the  primitive  way 
of  erecting  houses,  without  the  use  of  hammer  and  nails,  sat 
isfy  the  enterprising  builder  of  to-day? 

As  we  superintend  the  construction  of  a  modern  house  hard 
ware  is  required  in  man>'  ways.  We  must  have  locks  and 
hinges  for  doors,  springs  for  windows,  casters  for  beds, 
bureaus,  tables  and  other  articles  of  furniture,  which  without 
those  useful  contrivances  would  be  too  heavy  to  move. 

Could  we  manufacture  furniture  without  the  use  of  tools? 
Must  we  not  have  planes  to  smooth  the  boards  of  our  tables 
from  which  we  eat  our  food  ?  Could  a  tree  be  felled  without 
the  use  of  saw  and  axe?  In  fact,  there  is  not  a  single  article 
of  furniture  used  which  could  be  made  without  one  instru 
ment  or  the  other. 

As  we  enter  the  kitchen  one  of  the  most  important  articles 
used  in  house-keeping  is  the  stove.  Must  we  not  have  pots, 
kettles,  frying  pans  and  other  kitchen  utensils  to  prepare  our 
food  ?  The  thrifty  housewife  would  be  perplexed  indeed 
should  she  have  to  get  along  without  the  flat-iron. 

As  already  stated,  hardware  enters  not  alone  into  the  manu 
facturing  of  articles  absolutely  necessary,  but  also  into  those 
of  games  and  all  kinds  of  athletic  sports. 

LILLIE  FRITSCHI, 

613  Bush  Street. 
South  Cosmopolitan  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  First  Prize  awarded  by  the  Osborn 
Hardware  and  Tool  Company. 


moon  !  that  art  so  high  and  bright, 
What  meanest  thou  by  thy  good  light, 
And  why  appearest  thou  so  sad 
When  all  the  people  seem  so  glad  ? 

Why  smilest  thou  not  like  thy  friends 
Who  try  kind  looks  to  thee  to  send? 

And  if  thou  doest  as  I  say 

Thy  face  will  beam  like  light  of  day. 

EMMA    KOCH 

Girls'  High  School \  Written  in  Class. 


132 


'ardware. 


JF  we  look  into  a 
hardware  store 
we  shall  see  flat- 
irons,  knives,  razors, 
nails,  screws,  scis 
sors,  carpenters' 
tools,  hatchets  and 
other  things  too  nu 
merous  to  mention, 
all  made  of  iron  and 
steel.  Even  the 
steel  is  made  of  iron, 
so  that  about  every 
thing  in  a  hardware 
store  is  turned  out  of 
the  iron  mines. 
Thus  you  see  the 
value  of  iron.  It  is 
much  more  useful 
than  gold  or  silver, 
and,  in  fact,  almost 
every  other  kind  of 
metal. 

Hardware  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  productions  of  iron. 
What  would  \ve  do  without  knives,  razors  and,  most  of  all, 
our  nails,  screws  and  tools?  for  by  those  things  we  build  our 
houses  and  stores.  How  would  the  carpenter  get  along  with 
out  his  hammer  to  drive  the  nails  with  ?  The  head  of  the  ham 
mer  must  be  made  of  iron,  for  lead  or  wood  would  not  do,  for 
they  would  easily  break,  and  the  lead  would  easily  bend  and 
get  full  of  nicks. 

Iron  is  hard  and  will  stand  a  great  deal.  What  would  we  do 
without  any  axe  to  split  our  kindling  with?  We  could  make 
an  axe  out  of  nothing  but  iron.  If  we  examine  the  edge  of  an 
axe  we  will  see  that  it  is  highly  tempered  to  make  it  hard  and 
•durable.  The  blade  of  our  pocket  knife  is  made  of  iron  and 
goes  through  a  process  until  it  becomes  hardened  ;  then  through 
another  process  which  gives  it  a  high  polish  ;  it  is  then  called 
steel. 

The  cheaper  a  knife  is,  the  more  like  iron  the  blade  is.  A 
razor  is  much  better  tempered  than  a  knife.  The  ladies'  and 
tailors'  tool  is  the  scissors.  It  is  very  useful  to  them.  We 


ARTHUR  COUSINS. 


133 

couldn't  very  well  do  without  them,  for  all  our  clothing  and  a 
great  many  other  things  are  cut  out  with  them. 

All  these  things  come  under  hardware,  so  one  can  see  its 
value.  Hardware  is  a  general  name  for  all  wares  made  of  iron 
or  other  metals,  as  pots,  kettles,  saws,  knives,  etc.  A  hard 
ware-man  is  a  man  who  sells  all  these  things.  Hardware  is  in 
every  household,  and  is  the  product  of  the  iron  mines.  Hard 
ware  ranks  from  the  smallest  tack  to  the  largest  cooking  uten 
sil.  A  vast  amount  of  iron  is  used  in  hardware,  so  that  there 
must  be  many  mines  in  the  world  to  supply  all  the  hardware 
stores. 

ARTHUR  COUSINS, 

200*2  Ninth  Street. 

Franklin  Grammar  School^  6th  Grade. 

The  above   writer  won  the  second  prize  awarded  by  the 
Osborn  Hardware  and  Tool  Company. 


'6 fie   prettiest  ~j[oom   X  &ver 


n 


F  all  the  pretty  little  rooms, 
The  prettiest  of  them  all 

Is  the  quaint  old-fashioned  library, 
That  is  just  across  the  hall. 


Its  hangings  are  deep  crimson, 

Its  chairs  are  just  the  same, 
But  they  are  all  of  leather 

Excepting  the  wooden  frame. 

The  books  upon  the  wooden  shelf 

Are  the  finest  of  their  kind, 
For  they  contain  some  knowledge 

That  has  rare  excelled  its  time. 

The  quaint  old-fashioned  fireplace, 

The  lighthouse  of  the  room, 
Makes  all  things  look  so  happy 

And  takes  away  the  gloom. 

MAUD  ITSELL. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


134 


tUBBER  is  used 
extensively 
^  r  both  in  the  arts 
and  sciences,  being 
light  and  a  non-con 
ductor,  and  in  its 
free  state  very  flex 
ible  and  a  non-ab 
sorbent. 

It  is  put  to  various 
uses.  Some  of  the 
most  familiar  are  wa 
ter-proof  clothing 
and  covers,  tires  for 
bicycles,  packings 
for  machinery,  hose 
for  fire  departments, 
innumerable  and 
beautiful  toys  for 
children,  and  thin 
sheets  called  rubber 
dam,  which  is  used 
principally  by  den 
tists. 

It  was  discovered  by  Charles  Goodyear  of  New  Haven,  Con 
necticut,  that  by  mixing  sulphur  with  rubber  and  submitting 
it  to  a  high  temperature  it  became  very  hard  and  admitted  of  a 
fine  finish  ;  in  this  condition  it  is  called  vulcanite.  It  took  a 
great  deal  of  experimenting  to  attain  this  result. 

In  this  form  some  of  the  most  important  uses  are  a  base  for 
artificial  teeth,  ear-trumpets,  eye-glasses  and  combs,  etc. 

Rubber  in  its  primitive  state  is  collected  very  like  maple 
sugar,  being  the  sap  of  a  tree  and  gathered  with  great  patience 
and  labor. 

After  the  tree  has  been   discovered  an  incision  is  made,  and 
the  sap  is  allowed  to  run  into  vessels  of  various  shapes  and  sizes. 
In  former  times  rubber  was  known  as  elastic  gum,  but  re 
ceived  the  name  of  India  rubber  from  the  discovery  of  its  use 
in  rubbing  out  black  lead  marks,  for  which  purpose  it  was  first 
imported,  being  much  valued  by  artists  and  sold  at  a  high  price. 
It  is  obtained  in  considerable  quantities  from  South  America, 
British  India,  the  poorest  kind  coming  from  the  western  coast 
of  Africa  ;  this  rubber  is  clammy  and  offensive  in  odor  and  only 
slightly  elastic.  FREDDA  COOL. 

Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade.  22  Kearny  Street. 


FREDDA  COOL. 


135 

the  goittlj 


HE  sultry,  balmy  day  was  done. 

Soft  breezes  gently  stirred  the  air, 
The  new-born  stars  looked  down  on  one 
Who  stood  writhin  a  garden  fair. 

White  blossoms  of  the  orange  tree, 

Their  soothing  fragance  'round  her  shed, 

And  as  she  looked  out  o'er  the  sea, 
All  gladness  from  her  heart  had  fled. 

Still  as  she  gazed,  from  out  the  west 

A  gentl}T  gliding  boat  appeared. 
As  yet  she  could  but  see  the  crest, 

Her  heart  beat  faster  as  it  neared. 

Within  the  gondola  she  spied 

The  form  of  one  for  whom  she  yearned, 

He  pushing  onward  with  the  tide. 
His  vessel  to  her  quickly  turned. 

From  off  the  orange  tree  above 

She  plucked  one  tender  blossom  fair, 

While  in  her  eyes  there  shown  a  love 
Beautiful  in  its  sad  despair. 

Upon  the  dainty  little  flower 

She  pressed  a  long  and  fervent  kiss, 

She  knew  that  he  must  go  this  hour — 
The  lover  that  had  brought  such  bliss. 

She  threw  the  bud  into  his  boat, 

He  took  it  with  a  hopeless  sigh, 
For  on  the  fragrant  flow'r  she  wrote 

Her  farewell.     And  he  glided  by. 

Still  from  the  south  the  faint  breeze  blows 
Amid  the  orange  blossoms  white. 

It  is  the  wind  alone  that  knows 
Of  the  parting  one  sad  night. 

KATHRYX   GAIXES. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


136 


gtmmtg  iptachtne— 


AM  a  machine 
of  the  first  class, 
that  is,  I  am  obed 
ient,  useful  and  ob 
liging.  I  never  get 
cross  when  my  mis 
tress  is  in  a  hurry 
to  finish  a  dress  for 
a  ball  or  party,  nor 
do  I  let  any  of  my 
most  important 
parts  get  out  of  or 
der,  but  I  try  to  do 
my  duty  and  keep 
up  my  good  name. 
I  am  handsome, 
as  well  as  useful, 
and  help  to  make 
the  sewing  room 
look  bright  and 
cheerful.  My  sides 
are  smooth  and 
bright,  and  the 

fancy  trimmings  about  me  glitter  as  the  sun  looks  in  through 

the  open  windows. 

I  was  made  from  a  lofty ,  tree  which  grew  in  a  large  forest. 

I  spent  many  happy  days  of  my  childhood  with  my  compan 
ions,  and  many  a  friendly  chat  did  we  have.     But  when  we 

grew  older  our  troubles  began. 

One  day  some  men  came  and  cut  us  down.     We  were  then 

sent  to  the  mill  where  we  were  cut  and  planed,  and  made  into 

different  shapes. 

Next  we  were  sent  to  the  factory  where  our  different  parts 

were  put  together,  and  fancy  fixings  of  iron  were  put  on  us. 

Soon   we  were  completed  and  were  surprised  to  see  such  a 

lovely  lot  of  things. 

After  our  stay  in  the  factory  we  were  sent  to  a  storeroom  ; 

while  we  were  there  we  heard  that  we  were  to  be  sent  to  the 

World's   Fair.      We  had  heard   the  workmen  in  the  factory 

talking  about  this  place  and  were  very  glad  to  get  a  chance  to 

go  there. 

We  had  to  travel  about  a  day  before  reaching  the  Fair,  and 

when  we  arrived  there  we   were  placed  in  a  large  building. 

It  looked  very  pretty  to  see  so  many  machines  and  such  pretty 


IRENE  MACDONALD. 


137 

ones,  and  many  a  lady  stopped  and  looked  at  us  and  said : 
"  Don't  I  wish  I  had  one  of  those.  " 

We  remained  in  the  World's  Fair  until  it  closed.  Then  we 
were  boxed  up  and  we  knew  that  we  must  be  going  on  an 
other  journey.  We  had  brought  a  great  deal  of  honor  to  our 
owner  in  the  World's  Fair,  and  for  this  reason  we  were  to  be 
sent  to  the  California  Mid-Winter  International  Exposition. 

When  we  reached  the  Mid- Winter  Fair  building  we  were 
put  in  a  large  room.  Here  we  staid  until  the  Fair  closed. 
Many  ladies  stopped  and  looked  at  us,  but  one  lady  I  noticed 
in  particular  stood  and  gazed  at  me  for  a  long  time. 

When  the  Fair  closed  we  were  offered  for  sale  and  that  very 
lady  bought  me  and  took  me  home  and  placed  me  in  the  sew 
ing  room.  When  any  of  her  friends  called  on  her  she  would 
take  them  into  the  room  where  I  ^vas  and  say  :  ' '  See  my  new 
machine.  Isn't  it  a  beauty?" 


Mission  Grammar  School^  8th  Grade. 


IRENE  MAcDONALD, 
435  Fifteenth  Street. 


JN  the  heart  of  the  snowT-capped   mountains,  far  from    all 
haunts  of  men, 

Where  the  fierce  and  hungry  panther  howls  in  his  lonely  den, 
A  spring  with  waters  clear  and  cold,  with  low  and  tinkling 

sound, 
Had  bubbled  up  so  joyously  from  the  sterile,  rocky  ground. 

O  spring,  thou  little  knowest  the  sorrow  thou  shalt  see 
When  a  broad  and  mighty  river  thy  waters  have  grown  to  be. 
Past  fields  and  towns  and  hovels  and  groves  of  willow  and 

leech, 

Till  the  great  and  noisy  city  th}~  waters  at  length  shall  reach. 
And  oh  !  the  want  and  suffering  thou  then  shalt  look  upon, 
And  many  a  soul  sick  and  distressed 
Find  freedom  from  care  on  thy  breast. 

FLORENCE  BOSTON. 

Girls1  High  School^  Written  in  Class. 


138 


SO  far  as  we  know, 
there  were  very 
few  ancient 
games  in  which  artifi 
cial  implements  were 
essential.  In  some 
sports  the  quoit  or 
discus,  a  heavy  circu 
lar  piece  of  metal  or 
stone,  was  thrown  as  a 
trial  of  strength. 

In  boxing  the  hands 
and  arms  were  covered 
with  thongs  of  leath 
er,  called  cestus,  de 
signed  for  protection 
to  the  wearer,  as  well 
as  means  of  annoy- 
^  ance  to  his  opponent. 

I  The  cestus  were  some- 

«yiL4  times  loaded  with  met 
al,  and  serious  injuries 
were  often  inflicted. 
Note  the  difference  between  this  present  age  and  the  era  just 
spoken  of.  In  this  century  and  country  more  attention  is  paid 
to  the  gun  and  fishing  tackle  than  any  other  form  of  sporting 
goods,  although  the  football,  baseball,  etc.,  and  gymnasium  are 
very  popular. 

All  guns  not  designed  for  military  purposes  are  classed  as 
"sporting  arms."  Great  improvements  have  been  made  in 
these,  one  of  which  is  the  rifled  over  the  smooth  bore.  Rifles 
are  measured  by  a  small  instrument  resembling  a  carpenter's 
compass,  called  a  "caliber,"  which  shows  the  exact  size  of  the 
bore,  and  from  it  we  get  our  term  forty- two  ' '  caliber.  "  Rifles 
carry  from  one  hundred  to  fifteen  hundred  yards,  and  are  used 
principally  for  heavy  game  and  target  shooting.  The  standard 
American  rifles  are  the  Winchester  and  the  Marlin.  One  of 
the  latest  Winchesters  is  a  repeating  take-down  rifle.  It  is 
made  in  various  calibers.  The  magazine  is  so  constructed  that 
it  unscrews  and  the  gun  can  be  taken  apart  and  packed  in  a  gun- 
case  like  a  shotgun. 

Shotguns  are  made  in  eight,  ten,  twelve,  sixteen  and  twenty 
gauge.  Haramerless  shotguns  are  much  preferred  to  the  old 


R.  H.  KELLEY, 


139 

style,  the  hammers  are  invisible,  and  the  gun  is  cocked  by  a 
small  catch  or  button  placed  either  on  the  top  or  on  the  side  of 
the  stock,  just  in  the  rear  of  the  triggers.  In  a  few  fine  guns 
the  discharged  cartridge  is  thrown  from  the  chamber  by  an 
automatic  ejector  when  the  gun  is  opened.  The  repeating 
shotgun  carries  six  shells  in  a  magazine  like  a  rifle,  and  is  ma 
nipulated  like  one  as  well. 

As  angMng  becomes  more  popular,  more  fishing  tackle  is 
used.  The  finest  trout  poles  are  made  of  split  bamboo,  weigh 
ing  from  four  to  ten  ounces  ;  they  are  very  flexible  and  strong. 
The  best  lines  are  made  of  silk ,  oiled  or  prepared  by  a  process 
to  make  them  water-proof.  Trout  and  salmon  flies  are  made 
so  skillfully  as  to  deceive  the  most  wary  fish  ;  multiple  reels 
and  reels  that  wind  up  the  line  automatically. 

Football,  baseball  and  lawn-tennis  goods  are  used  a  great 
deal,  and  who  knows  but  all  the  healthy  out-door  recreations  in 
which  the  sporting  goods  of  this  country  are  used  may  develope 
a  much  healthier,  stronger  race  of  people  than  are  inhabiting 
the  United  States  at  present  ? 

R.  H.  KELLEY, 

1505  Jones  Street. 
Spring  Valley  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  First  Prize  awarded  by  E.  T.  Allen 
Company. 


on,  old  ocean,  roll,  thy  billows  high  I  see ; 
Now,  as  in  days  of  old,  for  mine  I  look  to  thee, 


Yes,  many  years  have  passed  since  on  that  summer  morn 
Her  fair  form  went  to  thee  and  left  me  here  forlorn. 


But  some  day  from  thy  depths  in  joy  her  soul  shall  rise, 
And  meet  mine  far  above,  beyond  the  deep  blue  skies. 

HELEN  BOYLE. 

Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


140 


Sporting    (j^oods. 


UTDOOR  sports 
are  rapidly  be 
coming  popular, 
or,  in  fact,  they  are 
very  popular  al 
ready.  Ladies  give 
a  great  deal  of  atten 
tion  to  them  now-a- 
days,  whereas  in 
former  years  they 
sat  at  home  in  their 
parlors  and  were 
afraid  to  be  strong 
and  healthy,  but 
wanted  to  appear 
weak  and  delicate ; 
while  now  they  are 
all  in  the  tennis- 
court  or  on  the 
beach,  etc.  Men  too 
give  a  great  deal  of 
attention  to  outdoor 
sports.  Baseball, 
football,  tennis,  cricket,  etc. ,  are  all  very  popular  sports. 

In  all  our  colleges  and  universities  all  the  sports  are  kept  in 
practice,  and  the  young  men  and  women  show  how  much  good 
it  does  them  by  their  strong  muscles,  rosy  cheeks,  good  broad 
chests  and  stout,  healthy  limbs. 

Fishing,  yachting  and  hunting  are  all  enjoyable  pastimes  or 
sports.  In  every  sport  is  to  be  found  some  benefits  as  well  as 
pleasure.  If  the  people  keep  up  this  fashion  which  has  be 
come  so  beneficial  to  their  health,  the  future  generation  will  be 
a  large,  strong,  healthy  race,  and  an  honor  to  their  country, 
for  with  healthy  bodies  come  good  thoughts  and  healthy 
minds.  When  a  person  is  well  we  know  that  he  can  think 
and  work  far  better  than  if  he  were  weak  and  sickly.  So  I 
think  that  all  these  great  things  will  come  from  good,  healthy 
outdoor  sports. 

Fishing  is  an  old  sport,  but  it  is  one  that  becomes  more  pop 
ular  from  year  to  year,  especially  among  the  wealthy  class.  A 
great  deal  of  pleasure  is  to  be  derived  from  fishing,  and  ladies 
are  taking  a  great  deal  of  interest  in  it,  as  well  as  many  other 
sports. 


REBECCA  ELLINGSWORTH. 


141 

Yachting  is  a  very  enjoyable  sport,  and  it  is  yen*  health}', 
because  the  fresh  breeze  from  the  bay  or  ocean  invigorates  the 
body. 

Lawn-tennis  is  the  English  national  sport,  but  the  people  of 
America  are  rapidly  adopting  it  as  their  favorite.  Baseball 
seems  to  be  the  most  popular  among  the  men  and  boys. 
Cricket  is  also  a  sport  which  is  played  more  in  England  than 
in  America.  Golf  is  a  game  which  is  but  little  known  in 
America,  but  in  England  and  Scotland  it  is  played  quite  fre 
quently.  It  is  hoped  that  it  will  be  introduced  into  American 
society  and  sporting  clubs  before  long,  as  it  is  a  game  which 
has  many  pleasures  for  both  old  and  young.  Croquet  is  also  a 
very  popular  sport,  but  is  enjoyed  more  by  young  people. 

REBECCA  ELLINGSWORTH, 

509  Leavenworth  Street. 

Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  Second  Prize  awarded  by  E.  T. 
Allen  Company. 


n      a   Dfilinnte. 


'HEX  husband  and  wife  are  off  for  the  ball 

And  he  for  his  wife  is  compelled  oft  to  call. 
All  of  a  sudden  he  hears  from  the  hall 
' '  Only  a  Minute  ! ' ' 

But  he,  you  must  know,  is  not  often  severe, 
So  he  tries  hard  to  be  of  good  cheer  ; 
He  waited  for  her  what  did  not  appear 
"Only  a  Minute  !" 

MAY  LIPPITT. 


l)ere  £  an   J[rtist. 


jT-pERE  I  an  artist  I  surelv  would  paint, 
W     Taking  my  brush  in  my  hand, 
A  beautiful  girl  with  a  face  like  a  saint, 
In  form  and  in  feature  so  bland. 

She  should  be  fair  as  the  bright  morning  sun, 
Her  hair  as  gold  as  its  rays  ; 
She  should  be  equaled  scarcely  by  one 
Who  lived  in  those  good  old  days. 

MAY  LIPPITT. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


142 

and  Silver 


when  taken 
from  the  mines 
always  has  some 
silver   with   it,    and 
often   other   metals. 
Silver   does    not  al 
ways  contain  gold. 

Refining  is  done 
in  several  ways.  I 
shall  speak  of  but 
two.  In  some  re 
fining  works  silver 
is  separated  from 
gold  by  sulphuric 
acid,  but  in  the  mint 
usually  by  nitric 
acid. 

There  is  no  acid  that 
alone     can    dissolve 
gold,  but  this  is  not 
the  case  with  silver. 
The     process      of 

HELEN  GLARE  LiLLB.  separating  gold  from 

silver  by  sulphuric  acid  is  as  follows  :  they  are  united  in  the 
proportion  of  not  less  than  3  parts  silver  to  i  of  gold  and 
melted  together.  Sometimes  more  silver  has  to  be  added  than 
at  others,  for  the  amount  contained  in  gold  when  it  comes 
from  mines  varies  from  3  to  30  or  40  per  cent.  After  they  are 
melted  they  are  put  into  iron  pots  containing  sulphuric  acid, 
and  heated.  The  sulphuric  acid  separates  the  silver  from  the 
gold,  and  the  gold  falls  to  the  bottom  as  a  brown  powder. 
The  contents  of  the  iron  pots  are  then  subjected  to  hydraulic 
pressure  and  the  water  is  squeezed  out.  The  gold  is  gathered 
and  melted  into  bars  which  usually  contain  from  992  to  999 
thousandths  of  gold,  the  rest  being  silver. 

The  solution  containing  the  silver  is  drawn  off  into  large 
tanks  or  vats,  in  which  are  hung  copper  plates.  Chemical 
action  takes  place  which  separates  the  silver  from  the  sul 
phuric  acid  and  the  silver  falls  to  the  bottom  in  metallic  form. 
All  of  the  solution  except  the  silver  is  forced  out  by  hydraulic 
pressure.  The  silver  is  then  melted  into  solid  bars.  The  bars 
generally  contain  from  997^  to  999^  thousandths  of  silver  ; 
the  balance  is  copper. 


143 

In  the  process  of  refining  with  nitric  acid  the  gold  and  sil 
ver  are  mixed,  and  melted  as  in  the  preceding  method,  but 
are  refined  in  porcelain  jars  instead  of  iron  pots.  Nitric  acid 
instead  of  sulphuric  acid  is  used.  The  nitric  acid  separates 
the  silver  from  the  gold  and  the  gold  falls  to  the  bottom.  The 
gold  is  separated  from  the  solution  by  hydraulic  pressure, 
gathered  and  melted  into  bars  as  when  sulphuric  acid  is  used. 

Common  salt  is  then  added  to  the  solution  containing  the 
silver,  and  chemical  action  takes  place. 

The  silver  is  thrown  to  the  bottom  as  chloride.  This 
chloride  is  treated  with  metallic  zinc,  and  the  result  of  the  com 
bination  is  metallic  silver  which  is  dried  by  being  squeezed  in 
the  hydraulic  press.  After  being  melted  it  is  made  into  bars 
having  about  the  same  degree  of  fineness  as  when  treated  with 
sulphuric  acid  ;  that  is,  997^2  to  999^2  thousandths  of  pure 
silver,  the  rest  being  copper. 

Gold  refined  in  these  ways  is  worth  about  $21 .6718  per  ounce, 
and  silver  is  worth  about  65  cents — the  present  market  price  per 
ounce,  but  at  par  formerly  was  $1.2929  per  ounce. 

HELEN  CLARE  LILLIS, 

3036  California  Street. 
Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  First  Prize  awarded  by  The  Selby 
Smelting  and  Lead  Company. 


a 


Told. 


Jj%EAUTlFUL,  starry  blossom,  emblem  of  innocence, 
Ij   White  as  the  fallen  snowflake,  pure  as  an  angel's  kiss, 
*    Unrivaled  you  bloom  in   the   meadow,   happy,    gay   and 

content, 
Loved  and  caressed  by  the  sunbeam,  till  he  sinks  to  sleep  in  the 

west. 

Sought  by  the  fair-haired  city  belle,  sparkling,  lovely  and  sweet ; 
Oh,  after  leaving  her  lover,  how  she  longs  your  face  to  greet, 
To  search  the  dreamy  future,  to  repeat  the  old  rhyme  o'er — 
Does  he  love  me,  little  flower?  unfold  j-our  secret,  I  implore. 

And  there  in  the  golden  sunlight,  in  the  meadow's  broad  ex 
panse, 

She  removes  your  snowy  petals,  the  last  one  falls — she  laughs, 
And  turning,  smiling  brightly,  skips  lightly  o'er  the  ground, 
Locked  in  her  girlish  bosom,  the  secret  she  has  found. 

ETHEL  I.  KENNEDY. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


144 


GOLD  AND  SILVER  REFINING. 


adding  three 
parts  of  silver 
and  one  of  gold 
you  make  an  alloy 
that  can  be  separated 
by  the  sulphuric  acid 
process.  The  silver 
will  go  into  solution, 
leaving  the  gold  at 
the  bottom  of  the 
boiling  pot  ;  the  sil 
ver  is  then  syphoned 
into  a  large  tank, 
leaving  the  gold  in 
readiness  for  melt 
ing.  This  process 
is  usually  adopted 
for  separating,  etc., 
the  gold  from  the 
silver  on  a  large 
scale.  It  appears  to 
have  been  proposed 
in  France  by  Dize  at 
the  beginning  of  the 
present  century.  It  was  actually  in  use  in  France  in  1820,  and 
was  introduced  into  the  Mint  refinery  at  London  by  Mr.  Mathi- 
son  in  1829.  It  is  based  upon  the  facts  that  hot  sulphuric  acid 
converts  silver  and  copper  into  soluble  sulphates  without  attack 
ing  the  gold,  the  sulphate  of  silver  being  subsequently  reduced 
to  the  metallic  state  by  copper  plates  with  the  formation  of  sul 
phate  of  copper. 

When  the  acid  has  ceased  to  act  on  the  metals,  a  small  quan 
tity  of  sulphuric  acid  of  a  specific  gravity  is  added,  and  after  a 
second  boiling  the  contents  of  the  vessel  are  allowed  to  settle. 
Silver  extraction  is  very  easily  effected  by  means  of  the  pro 
cess  of  cupellation,  one  of  the  oldest  metallurgical  operations 
which  dates  back  to  a  time  beyond  that  of  Pliny.  The  metal 
is  placed  on  a  shallow  kind  of  a  dish  made  of  compressed  bone- 
ash  powder,  and  the  whole  forming  a  reverberatory  furnace, 
and  therein  kept  at  a  red  heat  in  the  presence  of  an  abundant 
supply  of  air. 

The  lead  is  oxidized  in  litharge,  which  at  the  temperature 
prevailing  melts  into  a  thin    liquid,   and   is   made   to  go  off 


MABEL  SANDERSON. 


through  a  slit  or  hole  made  in  the  side  of  the  ' '  cupel "  or  "  test  ; ' ' 
the  silver  remains  unchanged,  so  that  the  regulus  becomes 
richer  and  richer  as  the  process  proceeds.  The  foreign  base 
metals,  as  will  readily  be  understood,  go  off  as  oxides  along 
with  the  first  portion  of  the  litharge,  and  accordingly  can  be 
removed  without  contaminating  the  bulk  of  the  latter  product. 
When  the  percentage  of  the  silver  increases  to  about  eight  per 
cent. ,  the  regulus  as  a  rule  is  transferred  to  a  fresh  cupel,  and 
thereon  treated  in  the  same  way  as  before,  until  the  last  trace 
of  litharge  is  seen  to  go  off  as  a  thin  film  on  the  regulus,  pre 
senting,  on  account  of  its  thinness,  in  the  glow  of  the  fire  the 
magnificent  appearance  of  a  soap  bubble  in  sunlight. 

The  silver  then  is  ' '  fine,  "  that  is,  almost  pure  ;  it  is  then  re 
fined  with  acid.  As  a  rule  this  silver  contains  more  or  less 
gold,  and  the  gold  must  be  taken  from  the  silver  before  it  is 
ready  for  the  market. 

MABEL  SANDERSON, 

821  Jessie  Street. 

Clement  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  Second  Prize  awarded  by  the  Selby 
Smelting  &  Lead  Company. 


THE  LAST  GAT, 


f  |pIS  the  last  cat  of  the  cellar, 

JJ      Left  meowing  all  alone, 
All  his  furry  companions 

Are  drowned,  dead  and  gone. 
No  puss  of  his  kindred, 

No  Thomas 's  in  view 
To  join  in  serenading 

And  give  mew  for  mew. 

I'll  not  leave  thee,  lone  feline, 

To  pine  on  the  fence, 
Alone  to  encounter 

Mighty  missiles  intense. 
So  kindly  I  offer 

This  old  sack  instead. 
Come,  go  where  thy  brethren 

Lie  senseless  and  dead. 

ELSIE   KRAFFT. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


146 


Statuary, 


*@> 


Jte/*, 


STATUES  are 
made  of  marble, 
plaster  of  paris  and 
bronze.  In  fact, 
nearly  all  metals 
are  used  for  statu- 

The  most  beauti 
ful  and  most  ex 
pensive  statues  are 
made  of  Carrara 
marble,  which  is 
,..^_ found  in  the  moun- 

;IL  _.„._ 

around  the  city  of 
Carrara  in  Italy. 

Two  of  the  most 
noted    and    most 
beautiful  statues 
are  those  of  Venus 
and      Nydia     the 
blind  girl.     Venus 
was     the     Roman 
goddess  of  love,  and 
was  so   beautiful  that  many  sculptors  have  taken  her  as  a 
model.     Nydia  was  also  a  beautiful  girl  who  lived  in  Pompeii. 
The  museums  of  Italy  are  filled  with   beautiful  relics   of 
Greek  statuary. 

At  Paris  are  the  noted  statues  of  Venus,  Diana,  the  Gladia 
tor  and  Archilles. 

At  vSutro  Heights  are  many  beautiful  statues.  It  is  very 
kind  of  Mr.  Sutro  to  make  such  a  beautiful  place  for  the  pub 
lic  and  to  try  to  interest  the  people  of  San  Francisco  in  statuary. 
In  Golden  Gate  Park  are  many  beautiful  statues,  but  not  as 
many  as  at  Sutro  Heights,  and  I  hope  in  years  to  come  that 
many  more  statues  will  be  placed  in  the  park. 

At  the  Midwinter  Fair  there  were  a  few  beautiful  statues 
of  Carrara  marble  in  the  Liberal  Arts  building,  and  also  some 
in  the  Fine  Arts  building.  The  statue  of  Queen  Isabella, 
made  of  plaster  of  paris  or  gypsum,  was  also  very  beautiful. 
It  represented  her  offering  to  pawn  her  jewels  if  there  was  not 
enough  money  in  the  treasury  for  the  outfit  for  Columbus. 

The  sculptor  has  to  have  a  model  of  clay,  plaster  of  paris  or 
some  other  substance  before  he  can  commence  his  statue  of 
marble. 


JOSEPHINE  LIPPINCOTT  HOFMANN. 


147 

Bishop  Doan  has  shown  us  in  these  lines  how  like  sculptors 
we  are  and  how  wre  can  make  our  souls  into  beautiful  statues  : 
"  Chisel  in  hand  stood  a  sculptor  boy, 

With  his  marble  block  before  him, 
And  his  face  lit  up  with  a  smile  of  joy 

As  an  angel  dream  passed  o'er  him. 
He  carved  that  dream  on  the  shapeless  stone,. 

With  many  a  sharp  incision, 
With  heaven's  own  light  the  sculpture  shown,. 

He  had  caught  that  angel  vision. 

Sculptors  of  life  are  we  as  we  stand 

With  our  souls  uncarved  before  us, 
Waiting  the  hour  when  at  God's  command 

Our  life  dream  shall  pass  o'er  us. 
If  we  carve  it  then  on  the  yielding  stone 

With  many  a  sharp  incision, 
Its  heavenly  beauty  shall  be  our  own, 
Our  lives  that  angel  vision.  " 

JOSEPHINE  LIPPINCOTT  HOFMAXX, 

1219  Bush  Street. 
Dennian  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


The  Song  the  Winds  are  Singing, 

3'JJHAT  is  the  song  the  winds  are  singing, 

V»     Those  mournful  sounds — what  do  they  tell; 

Do  they  sing  of  sorrow  and  sadness, 

The  hearts  of  men  to  swell  ? 
Do  the}-  sing  of  the  vices  of  mankind 

In  that  song  so  dull  and  drear — or 
Are  they  messages  from  foreign  lands, 

Those  mournful  notes  they  bear  ? 

FRANCES  J.UDSOX. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


The  Oce&n, 

«THOU  wild  and  stormy  ocean, 
Who  but  bends  the  knee  to  thee  ? 
Man  must  e'er  show  his  devotion 
While  his  ships  sail  on  the  sea. 
Thou  carest  little  for  iron  or  wood, 

And  in  thy  wild  tempest  wrath 
Devoureth  ships  as  man  his  food 

Leaving  no  trace  of  their  downward  path. 

MAE  MELROSE. 
Written  in  Class. 


148 


@>aint. 


FHE  word  paint  is 
a  name  which  is 
generally  ap 
plied  to  mixtures  of 
soluble  colors  or  pig 
ment,  or  colors  with 
certain  materials, 
to  prepare  them  for 
application  to  sur 
faces  such  as  wood, 
iron,  stone,  plaster, 
etc.,  with  the  aid  of 
a  brush. 

Paints  are  used 
not  only  for  the  pur 
pose  of  decoration, 
but  to  protect  sur 
faces  from  moisture 
and  decay.  All 
paints  consist  of  two 
— '  parts,  namely  :  the 
pigment  and  vehicle. 
The  pigments  are 
varied  in  character  ;  the  whites  are  generally  white  lead,  more 
or  less  adulterated,  barytes,  oxide  of  zinc  and  prepared  chalk. 
The  yellow  color  is  made  up  of  chromonate  of  lead,  etc. 

The  reds  are  made  up  of  vermilion,  lead,  etc.,  which  nearly 
all  other  paints  are  made  from.  The  most  common  vehicles  of 
oil  paints  is  linseed  oil,  which  is  very  valuable  because  of  the 
property  that  it  possesses  ;  that  is,  it  holds  the  paint  in  a  firm, 
waterproof  sort  of  varnish . 

For  many  purposes  paints  are  prepared  with  the  aid  of 
water  as  a  vehicle,  glue  and  gum  being  added  to  make  the 
pigment  adhere  after  the  evaporation  of  the  water. 

Such  paints  can  only  be  used  for  interior  work,  such  as 
walls  and  ceiling,  for  coloring  maps,  etc.  The  most  common 
paint  of  this  kind  is  called  Kalsomine,  and  is  a  mixture  of 
prepared  chalk,  and  a  solution  of  glue  in  the  vehicle,  ultra- 
mine  blue  to  neutralize,  a  faint  yellow  tint  for  white  and  other 
colors. 

Naphthas  and  tars,  both  coal  and  wood,  are  used  for  cheap 
paints  for  protecting  iron  ships'  bottoms. 


JAS.  MCDEBMOTT. 


149 

Artists'  colors  are  prepared  very  carefully,  and  are  com 
posed  of  pigments  ground  in  a  small  quantity  of  very  fine  oil 
and  put  up  in  metallic  tubes. 

It  is  estimated  that  material  for  making  pure  paints  imported 
to  the  United  States  exceeds  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  mil 
lion  dollars,  and  when  mixed  and  sold  to  consumers  is  double 
this  amount. 

JAS.  McDERMOTT,    "1 
531  Seventh  Street 

Lincoln  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  bv  \V  P  Fuller  & 
Co. 


22  PASTEL 


JX  an  easy  chair  before  the  fire  a  young  girl  sits  reading. 
After  a  while  she  wearies  of  her  book,  and,  leaning  her  head 
against  the  cushioned  top  of  the  chair,  watches  the  play  of  the 
firelight  upon  the  ceiling.  Ere  long  her  eyelids  droop.  The 
flickering  glow  is  changed  into  the  glorious  sunset,  the  ceiling 
into  the  sky,  made  gorgeous  by  it.  The  walls  fade  awa>T  into 
a  beautiful  garden,  a  veritable  Paradise. 

In  this  garden,  amid  a  profusion  of  blossoming  flowers,  she 
wanders,  her  eyes  greeted  at  every  turn  with  some  new 
splendor.  The  pavements  are  of  gold,  not  dazzling,  but  tipped 
with  refulgent  rays  of  the  sun.  In  her  walk  she  stops  every 
now  and  then  to  pluck  the  rarest  children  of  the  earth,  with 
leaves  unfolding  like  a  book  to  reveal  the  power  of  God.  At 
one  turn  she  spies  a  bower  of  fragrant  roses,  such  as  a  young 
girl  would  love  to  dream  in,  and  here  and  there  betwixt  the 
venerable  trees  silken  hammocks  are  swung  invitingly,  shaded 
by  the  gracefully  drooping  branches. 

Intoxicated  with  the  beauty,  she  gazes  spell-bound,  while 
sunset  gives  place  to  more  quiet  dusk,  and  slowly,  gradually 
the  sable  curtain  of  night  is  unfolded. 

With  a  sigh  she  rubs  her  eyes,  and,  as  if  loath  to  leave,  the 
quivering  lids  are  slowly  raised. 

The  spell  is  broken. 

ALICE  GREENBAUM. 

Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


s 

l|  theartofkeep- 
ing  the  body 
afloat  and  propel 
ling  it  by  means  of 
the  body  and 
hands. 

The  swimming 
of  man  is  unnatu 
ral,  but  as  the  spec 
ific  gravity  of  the 
human  body  is  very 
little  greater  than 
that  of  water,  it  can 
be  floated  with  very 
little  difficulty. 

The  art  of  swim 
ming  is  so  exceed 
ingly  useful,  not 
only  as  an  exercise 
but  as  a  means  of 
preserving  the  life, 
that  it  should  be 
acquired  by  every 
person. 

There  are  various  modes  of  swimming,  such  as  floating  on 
the  back,  swimming  on  the  back  head  first,  swimming  on  the 
chest  and  the  side  stroke. 

The  better  place  for  a  person  to  swim  in,  is  that  of  salt 
water  on  account  of  the  salt ;  it  being  so  much  heavier  than 
the  fresh  water  that  I  think  it  lends  support  to  the  body, 
which  enables  him  to  swim  easier,  and  another  advantage  of 
that  of  being  salt  is  on  account  of  the  saltness  and  bitterness, 
which  to  the  swimmer  is  very  unpleasant,  and  he  takes  good 
care  to  keep  his  lips  tightly  shut,  and  so  does  not  commit  the 
usual  blunder  of  opening  the  mouth  which  is  fatal  to  all  swim 
mers,  and  is  sure  to  discourage  the  beginner  by  letting  water 
go  down  his  throat,  thus  choking  him. 

The  greater  part  of  the  above  subject  I  have  gained  by  my 
own  experience,  and  found  also  that  "perseverance"  is  the 
principal  point  in  learning,  as  there  are  different  things  to  a 
new  beginner  to  overcome,  such  as  one's  first  venture  in  the 
water.  One  naturally  feels  the  cold,  and  then  the  fear  of  go 
ing  to  the  bottom  when  he  attempts  to  swim  makes  him 
watchful  in  regard  to  the  second  attempt,  and  the  loss  of  pres- 


STELLA  HERMANN. 


ence  of  mind  which  comes  to  a  person  who  is  just  learning, 
and  which  is  the  most  dangerous  of  all  to  a  swimmer. 

After  a  bather  has  conquered  the  stroke  he  feels  the  benefits 
of  his  baths,  such  as  the  muscular  development  of  the  body 
and  the  cooling  and  refreshing  after  effects,  and  also  confidence 
in  oneself,  which  shows  how  easily  a  person  may  gain  success 
with  the  same,  not  only  in  the  act  of  swimming  but  in  all 
branches  of  life. 
Havard  says  : 

"  Perseverance  is  a  Roman  virtue, 
That  wins  each  God-like  act,  and  plucks  success 
E'en  from  the  spear-proof  crest  of  rugged  danger." 

STELLA  HERMANN, 

1813  Pine  Street. 
Denman  Grammar  School^.  8th  Grade. 


tHO  is  it  rushes  through  the  house 
Hunting  wildly  for  his  jacket, 
Who  is  it  almost  drives  one  mad 
With  his  continuous  racket  ? 
That  boy  ! 

Who  is  it  wakes  the  neighborhood 
With  Indian  whoops  and  dances  ? 
Who  is  it  marshals  all  his  troops 
And  'gainst  the  foe  advances  ? 
That  boy  ! 

Who  is  it  slides  the  balustrades,. 
The  seats  of  trousers  tearing, 
Who  is  it  pulls  poor  pussy's  tail, 
Nor  for  her  cries  much  caring  ? 
That  boy  ! 

But  though  that  boy  has  many  faults, 
He  is  good  and  noble  hearted. 
He  is  the  sunshine  of  our  lives 
When  by  mischief  he 's  not  started . 

MINNIE.  NEWFIELD, 

Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


152 


Carriage  j$[ateriats. 


learn  that 
there  has  been 
a  great  evolution  in 
the  manufacture  of 
vehicles  during  the 
past  twenty  years 
in  the  United 
States.  This  has 
been  brought  about 
by  improved  ma 
chinery  and  the 
principle  of  division 
of  labor  applied,  and 
by  making  all  parts 
in  duplicate.  L,arge 
factories  have 
sprung  up  in  the 
Middle  Western 
States,  some  of 
them  employing  as 
high  as  fifteen  hun- 
d  r  e  d  mechanics . 
Ohio,  Indiana, 
Michigan,  West 
Virginia,  Tennessee  and  North  Carolina  furnish  at  least  sev 
enty-five  per  cent,  of  the  hickory,  ash  and  poplar  that  go  into 
the  construction  of  vehicles.  This  system  has  greatly  reduced 
the  price  of  vehicles,  and  has  placed  them  within  the  reach  of 
almost  any  one,  so  that  now  there  are  vast  numbers  used  as 
compared  with  the  limited  number  in  former  years. 

The  spokes  and  rims  of  the  finest  and  lightest  vehicles  are 
made  from  second-growth  hickory  trees,  which  grow  in  open 
spaces  comparatively  isolated,  making  the  fiber  of  the  wood 
extremely  tenacious.  Forest  hickory,  or  large  trees,  are  only 
used  in  the  cheapest  grades  of  vehicles. 

The  finest  refined  iron  and  steel  are  used  in  the  construction 
of  fine  vehicles.  All  are  highly  polished  by  emery  wheels  and 
emery  belts.  The  axles  are  made  of  the  finest  steel,  case 
hardened,  and  the  axle  ground  into  the  box  in  emery  dust, 
making  a  fit  as  perfect  as  the  glass  cork  in  a  bottle. 

In  the  trimming,  broadcloth,  goatskins  and  fine  hand-buffed 
leather  are  the  principal  materials  used.  The  cushions  and 
backs  are  stuffed  with  curled  hair,  usually  obtained  in  South 
America.  In  the  cheaper  grades  of  vehicles,  curled  moss,  a 


ClIAS.   G.   KUEHN. 


fiber  which  grows  on  the  trees  in  Florida  and  other  South 
ern  States,  is  used. 

No  branch  of  carriage-making  contributes  more  to  the  gen 
eral  appearance  of  the  carriage  than  that  of  the  painter.  His 
paints  must  be  of  the  finest  quality,  in  order  to  stand  the  ex 
posure  in  all  kinds  of  weather.  The  varnish  used  is  copal,  of 
which  two  kinds  are  required,  the  finest  for  finishing  the  body, 
and  the  second  for  finishing  the  gear.  A  well-finished  car 
riage  receives  in  the  neighborhood  of  twenty-five  coats  of 
paint  and  varnish.  Many  of  these  coats  have  to  be  rubbed 
down  with  pumice  stone  so  as  to  bring  out  a  uniform  surface 
when  the  final  coat  or  flowing  varnish  is  applied  in  a  room 
heated  at  a  temperature  of  about  one  hundred,  and  the  work 
men  return  to  the  factory  late  in  the  evening  to  turn  the  work 
over,  that  the  varnish  may  not  "run."  There  is  nothing 
more  beautiful  than  a  highly  finished  carriage,  and  no  cut  or 
drawing  can  be  made  to  do  it  justice. 

CHAS.  G.  KUEHN, 

612  Post  Street. 

Lincoln  Grammar  School^  Jth  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  The  Columbus 
Buggy  Company. 


j[posfropfie  to   ihe 


'OUNTAIN  brook,  with  silver  song 
Dashing  down  the  hillside  steep, 
What  sing  you  as  you  plunge  along, 
And  o'er  the  rocky  ledges  leap  ? 

To  the  brooklet  in  the  valley, 
Gliding  through  the  meadows  fair, 
Do  3rou  echo  forth  a  sally, 
As  you.  rush  to  meet  her  there  ? 

Or  is  your  music  for  the  flowers 
On  your  mossy  banks  so  green, 
Bending  'neath  your  spraying  showers, 
Dashed  in  crystal  drops  so  sheen  ? 

Well,  what  e'er  it  is  you're  singing, 
'Tis  a  bright,  refreshing  song  ; 
In  my  heart  it's  ever  ringing, 
As  you  swiftly  race  along. 

NELLIE  HENSEL. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class 

10 


154 


Carriage   Dfflanufactnre. 


f  CARRIAGE  is  a  vehicle  used  for  the  transfer  of  human 
beings  and  merchandise.  They  are  generally  mounted  on 
wheels,  but  the  sledge  and  the  litter  are  types  of  exception 
to  this  rule.  They  include  a  variety  of  forms,  ranging  from, 
the  humble  wheel-barrow  and  rude  farm  cart  up  to  the  luxu 
riously  appointed  sleeping  cars  of  railways,  and  the  state  car 
riages  of  royalty. 

The  use  of  certain  kinds  of  carriages  dates  from  a  very  re 
mote  antiquity. 

The  Romans  were  the  first  to  use  carriages  as  private  con 
veyances,  as  the  chariots  of  Egypt  were  reserved  for  rulers  and 
warriors.  Covered  carriages  were  known  in  the  begining  of 
the  1 6th  century,  but  their  use  was  confined  to  ladies  of  the 
first  rank. 

Occasional  allusion  is  made  to  the  use  of  some  kinds  of  ve 
hicles  in  England  during  the  Middle  Ages.  In  "The  Squyr 
of  Low  Degree,"  a  poem  of  a  period  anterior  to  Chaucer,  a  de 
scription  of  a  sumptuous  carriage  occurs.  The  oldest  carriages 
in  England  were  known  as  chares,  cars,  chariots,  caroaches 
and  whirlicotes  ;  but  these  became  less  fashionable  when  Ann, 
the  wife  of  Richard  II,  showed  the  English  ladies  how  grace 
fully  she  could  ride  in  the  side  saddle.  Coaches  became  so 
common  in  the  early  part  of  the  iyth  century,  they  were  esti 
mated  to  number  more  than  6,000  in  London  and  its  surround 
ing  country.  The  prototype  of  the  modern  omnibus  first  com 
menced  in  the  streets  of  Paris  on  the  i6th  of  March,  1662,  go 
ing  at  a  fixed  hour  at  a  stated  fare  of  five  sous.  In  1637  there 
were  in  London  and  Westminister  fifty  hackney  coaches,  and 
in  1715  they  had  increased  to  eight  hundred.  In  about  1820 
it  was  supplanted  by  the  cabriole  de  place,  now  shortened  to 
"  cab,"  which  had  previously  held  a  most  important  place  in 
Paris.  In  1813  there  were  1,150  flying  in  the  Parisian  streets. 

Mr.  Harrison,  the  inventor,  whose  name  attaches  to  the 
London  two-wheeled  vehicle  to  the  present  day,  patented  his 
cab  in  1834.  On  this  vast  improvements  were  made,  and  in 
1836  a  company  was  formed  for  establishing  hansom  cabs,  the 
same  as  now  in  use.  Of  coaches  possessing  a  history,  the  two 
best  known  in  the  United  Kingdom  are  Her  Majesty's  state 
coach  and  that  of  the  Lord  Mayor  of  London.  The  latter  be 
ing  the  oldest,  having  been  first  used  in  1757. 

The  forms  of  carriages  now  built  are  so  numerous  as  almost 
to  defy  classification.  The  climate  conditions  of  life  and  other 


155 

circumstance  of  different  countries  have  originated  forms  of 
carriages  in  each  of  them,  some  of  which  have  come  into 
general  use,  while  others  are  seldom  seen  out  of  the  countries 
of  their  origin.  Among  the  carriages  the  ones  most  in  use 
are  the  phaeton,  buggy,  coupe,  cab,  landau,  victoria,  dog-cart, 
brougham  and  others  too  numerous  to  mention. 

MOLLIE  SILVEY, 

235  Eighth  Street. 
Franklin  Grammar  School,  6th  Grade. 

Written  for  the  Columbus  Buggy  Company. 


JN  olden  times,  long  years  ago, 
The  stars  and  flowers  were  friends,  you  know, 
The  people  were  corrupt  and  bad, 
And  that  is  why  my  story's  so  sad. 


The  flowers  to  the  stars  did  say, 

"  We  will  remain  awake  all  day 
If  you  with  your  own  bright  light 

Will  watch  o'er  these  folks  through  the  night." 


So  on  this  plan  they  both  agreed, 

The  flowers  and  stars  o'er  meadow  and  mead 
Kept  watch  by  day,  and  watch  by  night, 

But  still  the  world  didn  't  go  aright. 


Those  innocent  flowers  thought  they  were  to  blame, 
And  turned  all  colors  from  very  shame  ; 

The  poor  little  stars  couldn  't  stand  such  a  sight, 
And  so  kept  blinking  their  eyes  all  night. 

SUSIE  VINCENT. 
Girls1  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


156 

THE  ADVANTAGES  OF  A  BUSINESS  EDUCATION, 


f  BUSINESS  ed 
ucation   is   one 
that  ever}'  per 
son  should  have,  so 
as  to  be  prepared  to 
go     forth     into    the 
world    to    fight   the 
many    battles    with 
which  they  will  come 
H^B^  in  contact. 

.##*—  A  good  education 

assists  a  person  in 
making  money,  but 
often  times  people 
who  have  the  knowl 
edge  are  those  that 
are  the  poorest. 

Every  parent 
should  endeavor  to 
give  their  offspring 
a  thorough  business 

education,    so  as    to 
SARA  WILSON.  haye  them  capable  of 

taking  care  and  supporting  themselves,  and  if  they  should  hap 
pen  to  gain  riches  they  would  be  able  to  transact  business  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  keep  their  property. 

It  is  often  said  that  a  business  education  should  be  for  the 
men  and  the  women  should  do  the  entertaining  in  the 
parlor,  but  I  think  both  should  be  on  a  level  in  such  a  case,  as 
it  is  one  of  the  most  important  points  in  our  lives. 

There  are  few  parents  who  believe  in  making  their  daughters 
capable  of  supporting  themselves.  They  live  in  hopes  of  their 
daughters  marrying  rich  or  well-to-do  men,  but  that  is  not  the 
point.  If  they  do  not  know  how  to  save,  the  riches  will  soon 
be  gone,  and  then  they  are  left  in  a  condition  very  unpleasant 
after  they  have  had  all  the  luxuries  of  wealth. 

Business  comes  before  pleasure  and  to  succeed  in  it  there  has 
to  be  something  at  the  bottom  of  it  ;  everything  has  to  have  a 
foundation  or  it  is  a  complete  failure. 

I  have  often  heard  of  people  being  called  shrewd  business 
men  ;  it  is  because  they  have  gained  a  good  education  and 
have  put  it  to  test  ;  they  are  careful  in  their  transactions  and 
do  them  in  a  systematic  way. 


157 

What  becomes  of  the  widow  left  with  property,  who  has  only 
an  accomplished  education  ?  Well,  the  lawyers  get  the  most  of 
it,  and  by  the  time  courts  are  through  with  it,  she  has  noth 
ing,  poor  woman,  and  all  because  she  has  no  business  knowl 
edge  and  has  to  depend  on  others  who  take  the  advantage  of 
her  ignorance.  If  you  notice  carefully  you  will  find  in  ninety- 
nine  cases  out  of  a  hundred,  it  teaches,  or  ought  to  teach,  good 
lessons  to  the  parents  of  large  families  the  necessity  of  a  busi 
ness  education. 

What  a  blessing  it  would  be  to  this  country,  "  The  home  of 
the  true  Americans,"  if  business  schools  were  established  free 
of  tuition.  It  would  be  long  remembered  and  recorded  among 
the  great  list  of  charitable  deeds. 

SARA  WILSON, 

413  Post  Street. 

Denman  Grammar  School^  8th  Grade. 


TSE  CHILDREN  OF  OUR  BLOCK. 


LL  the  children  of  our  block, 
A  sorrowful  thing  to  say, 
Consist  of  a  most  terrible  stock 
That  ever  did  see  day. 

Their  numbers  I  could  never  state, 
For  they  increase  from  day  to  day, 

And  oh  !  the  trouble  they  create 
Is  enough  to  turn  one  grey. 

With  horns  and  drums  they  daily  play, 
And  make  every  sort  of  noise, 

Which  makes  the  neighbors  often  say 
What  a  blessiug  are  those  boys. 

Their  awful  racket  partly  to  cease, 

And  us  no  more  to  assail, 
Have  made  us  threaten  the  police, 
But  all  to  no  avail. 

M.  M. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


158 


r 


OAL  is  a  solid, 
inflammable, 
mineral  substance 
found  in  the  earth. 
It  is  supposed  that 
it  is  formed  of  de 
cayed  vegetable 
matter,  because  by 
looking  through  a 
microscope  there 
has  been  found 
leaves  of  trees,  etc. 
It  varies  in  color 
from  brown  t  o 
black,  according  to 
its  hardness. 

Coal  is  divided 
into  several  classes, 
the  most  important 
of  which  is  bitumi 
nous,  and  is  used 
for  fuel  and  making 
gases. 

Another  class  is  called  anthracite,  being  very  hard  and 
shiny,  and  burns  with  a  very  small  amount  of  flame  or  smoke, 
but  gives  intense  heat.  It  is  generally  used  for  drying  hops 
and  malt,  and  in  furnaces  where  a  high  temperature  is  re 
quired.  That  which  comes  from  Peru  contains  more  than  ten 
per  cent,  sulphur. 

Another  variety  is  Cannel  coal  and  is  used  principally  for 
gas ;  when  this  is  cut  and  polished  it  is  then  commonly  called 
jet,  and  is  used  principally  for  articles  of  jewelry.  It  is  found 
in  the  lower  part  of  Yorkshire,  England,  and  in  Spain. 

After  all  the  gases  are  expelled  from  the  coal  in  the  process 
of  making  gas  the  substance  that  is  left  is  called  coke,  which 
can  then  be  used  for  fuel. 

The  principal  coal  fields  of  the  United  States  are  found  in  the 
Appalachian  region,  extending  through  Pennsylvania,  Ohio, 
Virginia,  Eastern  Kentucky,  Tennessee  and  Alabama. 

There  are  about  twenty  important  collieries  of  Great  Britain, 
the  largest  and  most  important  being  in  South  Wales,  which 
is  fully  fifty  miles  long. 

TOTTIE  BURNESS, 
J as.  Lick  Grammar  School.  520  Hill  Street. 


TOTTIE  BURNESS. 


159 

©uxr 


«UR  heroes  !  silent  now  ye  rest 
Beneath  the  turf  that  covers  thee, 
All  thy  battles  o'er  thee  are  blest 
By  countless  children  from  sea  to  sea. 


Before  thee  monarchs  oft  did  tremble, 
Around  thee  now  the}-  all  assemble, 
And  bless  a  nation's  mighty  heroes 
Who  for  our  country  died  to  save  us. 


Sleep  on  !  brave  heroes,  sleep, 
Sleep  that  sleep  that  knows  no  waking. 
No  more  for  thee  the  drums  will  beat 
To  call  thee  when  the  dawn  is  breaking. 


From  strangest  foes  and  bitterest  enemies 

Before  a  mightier,  thou  didst  not  shrink,  but  stood  to 

conquer ; 

But  ah  !  my  heroes,  at  last  you  fell 
Before  a  Mightier  Hero  who  rang  your  funeral  knell. 


And  now  adieu,  my  soldier's  brave, 
Thy  county  you  have  died  to  save. 
And  though  unmarked  may  be  thy  grave 
Thy  name  fore'er  will  cherished  be 
In  this  land  of  liberty. 

L.  LAYERY. 
Girls'  High  School^  Written  in  Class. 


i6o 


SWIMMING, 


SWIMMING,  espe 
cially  in  salt  wa 
ter,  is  the  health 
iest,  simplest,  prettiest 
and  most  useful  exer 
cise  that  one  could 
practice.  No  other 
expands  the  chest, 
strengthens  the  mus 
cles  of  the  arms,  legs, 
and  in  fact  of  all  the 
body.  It  is  said  to 
be  a  remedy  for  dis 
eases.  Physicians  in 
many  cases  recom 
mend  it  to  build  up 
health  and  strength. 
It  is  also  an  accom 
plishment  of  special 
value  in  saving  life  in 
case  of  accident  on 
the  water.  A  person 
knowing  it  cannot 
only  save  his  own  life,  but  those  of  others. 

The  savages  teach  their  children  this  art  almost  before  they 
can  walk.  A  rope  is  tied  around  the  youngsters  and  let  them 
into  the  water.  Why  should  they  be  so  early  in  teaching 
them  swimming  if  it  would  not  be  of  some  great  use  to 
them  ? 

Some  people  find  it  difficult  to  learn  even  though  it  is  simple. 
If  they  don't  succeed  in  the  first,  second  or  third  time,  they 
think  they'll  never  learn.  The  reason  is  they  have  no  confidence 
in  themselves.  In  some  cases  people  learn  themselves,  that  is, 
they  may  fall  into  the  water  and  must  swim  to  a  safe  place.  I 
can  see  no  reason  why  the  people  of  San  Francisco  should  not 
be  excellent  swimmers,  living  as  we  do  on  a  peninsula  almost 
surrounded  by  water. 

CHAS.  G.  MORAGHAN, 


CHAS.  G.  MORAGHAN. 


Lincoln  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


131  Ridley  Street. 


TO  THE  OCEAN. 


SLEEP  in  thy  solitude.     Oh  God  ! 
Into  this  might}'  wave, 
With  naught  upon  the  earth  he  trod 
But  found  him  here,  a  grave  ! 

To  thee,  thou  restless,  moaning  deep. 

The  earth  must  him  resign  ; 
Alone,  unknown,  so  still  in  sleep,. 

Beneath  the  foamy  brine. 

But  not  for  aye,  for  this  we  trust,. 

So  roll  t 'Eternity, 
The  body — not  the  soul — is  dust, 

Bathed  in  immortality. 

Then  all  thy  unknown  treasures  keep. 

And  ever  be  thou  dumb  ; 
Roll  on  until,  oh  restless  deep. 

The  Day  of  Reckoning  come. 

Perchance  thy  wave  it  would  full-fain 

Its  pent-up  feelings  free, 
If  mortal  tongue,  oh  mighty  main,. 

Thy  Maker  gave  to  thee. 

Perchance  'tis  but  a  song  to  sing 

Of  Him,  the  Crucified, 
And  'gainst  the  rocks  His  praise  to  ring 

For  man  who  lived  and  died. 

Perchance  'tis  all  reproach  for  man 

Thou  moan  by  day  and  night, 
His  Maker's  love  and  works  so  grand 

That  he  should  thus  requite. 

The  day  that  He  His  words  fulfill, 

Oh  grandest  ocean,  mine  ! 
Thou  shalt  thy  treasures  give  by  will, 

Not  human,  but  Divine  ! 

ESTELLE  G.  FEUSIER. 

Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


162 


^ 

"'*¥  'IIC     t 


ROM  the  time 
' '  Eve  sewed  fig 
leaves  "  and 
Shakespeare  and 
Walter  Scott  decked 
their  heroines'  bow 
ers  with  beautiful 
things  till  now 
needle-work  tapes 
try,  wood  and  ivory 
carvings,  paintings 
on  China  and  fancy 
statuettes  have  held 
a  prominent  place  in 
all  beauty-lovers' 
homes. 

The  d  i  ffe  r  e  n  t 
countries  have  each 
their  peculiar  style 
of  art.  As  a  rule 
the  Oriental  coun 
tries  keep  to  their 
original  characteris 
tics,  while  the  European  styles  are  constantly  changing  and 
improving. 

In  former  times  the  people — our  great  grandparents,  per 
haps—were  content  with  the  rude  attempts  at  art — an  old- 
fashioned  picture,  or  a  little  colored  vase,  or  perhaps  a  collec 
tion  of  old  sea  curiosities  dear  to  some  sailor's  mother's  heart. 
But  now,  since  France,  Italy  and  Japan  have  revealed  to  us 
the  wonderful  realities  of  true  art,  we  are  eager  to  have  some 
of  the  foreign  art  as  well  as  that  produced  in  our  own  country 
in  our  homes. 

Japan  and  China  lead  the  world  in  the  manufacture  of  tor 
toise  shell  and  beaten  brass  articles,  carvings  in  wood  and 
ivory  and  embroidered  draperies.  France  is  noted  for  its 
bisque  ornaments  and  fancy  tissue  paper  devices,  their  bronzes 
have  also  won  admirers  all  over  the  land. 

In  the  manufacture  of  glassware  the  Chinese  are  not  so  ad 
vanced  as  the  Europeans  or  Americans.  A  century  ago  their 
porcelain  was  unequaled,  but  now  is  inferior  to  that  produced 
in  Paris.  Among  the  beautiful  things  that  the  Chinese  make 
by  hand  are  solid  embroidered  gowns  made  for  the  rich  Chin 
ese  women,,  but  being  such  handsome  articles  they  are  used 


CAROLINE  L.  STEVENSON. 


for  draperies  by  some  people  of  other  countries.  In  some  of 
them  the  ground  of  the  pattern  is  completely  hidden  by  the 
embroidered  figures  and  flowers.  The  unexcelled  cloisonne 
and  satenma  wares  of  Japan  are  considered  to  be  some  of  the 
finest  works  of  art  of  the  past  and  present  period. 

At  a  very  early  age,  the  Egyptians  had  attained  great  profi 
ciency  in  arts  and  fine  arts,  including  sculptures,  paintings, 
weavings  and  wrorks  in  metal.  But  the  people  at  the  present 
time  in  Egypt  do  not  seem  so  ingenious  and  progressive  as 
their  ancestors. 

London  is  not  specially  noted  for  its  fine  arts,  as  the  people 
seem  more  interested  in  the  common  manufactures. 

There  are  several  new  departures  in  art,  viz :  pyrography  or 
burnt  wood  etchings  and  nail  decorations. 

CAROLINE  L.  STEVENSON, 

2530  Sutter  Street. 

Hamilton  Grammar  School,  ?t/i  Grade. 

The  above  writer  is  the  winner  of  the  prize  on  "  Art.  " 


DID  you  ever  see  that  boy  ? 

He  was  his  mother's  pride  and  j 03-. 

He'd  fling  his  hat  upon  the  hook, 
Then  go  to  the  kitchen  and  tease  the  cook 
For  cake  or  pie,  or  p'r'aps  some  jam, 
Then  upstairs  to  mother,  quite  unlike  a  lamb. 
Next  down  the  street  you  see  him  run, 
Eating  an  apple  and  having  some  fun. 

He's  late  to  dinner,  as  most  boys  are, 
Gets  a  reprimand  from  his  stern  papa  ; 
But  a  pleading  word  from  the  mother  dear 
Saves  further  confusion,  and  his  face  is  clear. 
Then  after  dinner  his  books  come  forth  ; 
A  groan  as  ink  falls  on  the  cloth, 
A  rustle  of  leaves  till  at  length  he's  through, 
Then  out  comes  a  story  and  a  big  apple,  too. 

When  the  clocks  strikes  ten  he  goes  up  to  bed, 
Pulls  off  his  shoes  and  flings  his  head 
Right  in  the  midst  of  the  pillows  white, 
And  waits  for  his  mother  to  kiss  him  goodnight. 
O,  who  is  so  dear  to  the  heart  of  a  mother 
As  the  naughty  boy  who  teases  his  brother, 
Breaks  all  the  rules  that  belong  to  the  school, 
But  really  tries  to  practice  "  the  rule." 

CHRISTABEL  SOBEY 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


1 64 

Cfiocofafe  and  Cocoa. 


CHOCOLATE  is- 
made  from  »the 
seeds  of  Theo- 
broma  Cacao  reduced 
to  a  fine  paste  in  a 
heated  iron  mortar,  or 
'  by  a  machine,  and 
mixed  with  pounded 
sugar  and  spices,  as 
cinnamon,  cloves,  car 
damom,  vanilla,  etc. 
The  paste  is  then 
poured  into  moulds  of 
white  iron,  in  which 
it  is  allowed  to  cool 
and  harden. 

Chocolate  is  some 
times  made  without 
spices,  but  it  is  then 
more  generally  called 
cocoa.  The  paste  is 
sometimes  mixed  with 

HENRIETTA  C.  LANGREHR.  ,,  ,       .,.    ~ 

Hour,  and  with  Carra 
geen  or  with  Iceland  Moss  ;  and  for  medicinal  purposes  with 
cinchona,  etc.  Chocolate  is  used  as  a  beverage,  and  for  this 
purpose  is  dissolved  in  hot  water  or  milk.  In  a  pure  state  it 
soon  satisfies  the  appetite,  and  is  very  nourishing.  When  it 
contains  spices  it  is  also  stimulating. 

The  different  kinds  of  cocoa  either  consist  of  or  are  prepared 
from  the  seeds  of  trees  of  the  genus  Theobroma.  Cocoa  is 
very  nutritious  ;  for  dietetic  use,  cocoa  is  prepared  in  several 
ways.  It  is  made  into  chocolate  ;  it  is  crushed  into  cocoa  nibs, 
the  purest  state  in  which  cocoa  can  be  purchased  in  shops  ;  or 
the  unshelled  bean  is  powdered  in  a  hot  mortar,  or  between 
hot  rollers,  which  yields  a  paste  capable  of  being  mixed  with 
sugar,  honey,  starch,  etc.  Sold  in  shops  under  the  name  of 
soluble  cocoa,  rock  cocoa  and  common  cocoa. 

It  is  extensively  cultivated  in  tropical  America  and  the  West. 
Indies  ;  also  in  some  parts  of  Asia  and  Africa. 

The  fruit  is  somewhat  like  a  cucumber  in  shape,  and  is  six 
or  eight  inches  long,  yellow,  and  red  on  the  side  next  the  sun. 
HENRIETTA  C.  LANGREHR, 

1421  McAllister  Street.. 

Golden  Gate  School,  4th  Grade. 


165 


Spring. 


HE  snow  on  the  mountains  hath  melted  away, 

And  softly  blow  zephyrs  o'er  field  and  glen, 
Jack  Frost  turns  his  back  till  the  next  winter  day, 
For  Spring  hath  returned  to  earth  once  again. 


Now  old  Mother  Nature  displays  her  best  phase, 
Her  bosom  doth  swell  with  motherly  pride, 

The  stern,  cold,  bleak  North  Wind  goes  forth  on  his  way, 
For  this  is  the  season  of  earth's  fairest  pride. 

The  cricket  is  chirping  his  queer  roundelay, 

Sir  Grasshopper  hoppeth  from  grass  sheath  to  flower 

Queen  Bee  does  her  duty,  to  gather  all  day 
The  sweet  crystal  honey  from  bower  to  bower. 

The  lark  in  her  flight  stops  to  survey  the  scene, 
As  does  also  his  majesty  Lord  Humming  Bird  ; 

The  ground  round  is  brightened  like  gold-glistening  sheen, 
While  'pon  pasture  o'er  yonder  are  feeding  the  herds. 

Yes,  this  is  the  picture  which  Spring  represents, 
His  reign  upon  earth  is  most  beauteous  of  all, 

He  brightens  all  sorrows  until  he  flies  hence, 

To  make  way  for  Summer,  then  reigneth  the  Fall. 


HARRIETTE  SIMON. 


Girl's  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


i66 


CoaL 


MANY  t  h  o  u- 
sands  of  years 
ago  there  were  vast 
forests  which  grew 
in  swamps  covering 
great  tracts  of  land. 
These  plants  grew, 
bloomed  and  died, 
just  as  our  trees  do 
to-day. 

During  these 
early  ages,  when 
the  center  of  the 
earth  was  still  ex 
ceedingly  hot  and 
the  crust  that  had 
been  formed  was 
very  thin,  the  fiery 
gases  inside  would 
j  frequently  break 
out  and  upset 
everything  on  the 
CLEONE  CUMMINGS.  OUtside. 

Once,  when  such 

an  upheaval  took  place,  these  forests  were  turned  over  with 
everything  in  them  and  were  buried  below  the  waters  of  the 
swamps. 

On  account  of  the  heat,  the  pressure  and  certain  chemical 
changes  these  trees  and  plants  which  formed  the  forests  were 
gradually  changed  into  coal. 

Where  the  swamps  were  the  water  was  deep,  but  during 
changes  of  the  crust  of  the  earth  the  bottoms  of  these  seas  were 
brought  to  the  surface  again  and  new  forests  grew  which  were 
in  time  buried  like  the  first. 

These  changes  took  place  many  times  in  different  places. 
Bach  forest  that  was  buried  formed  a  layer  of  coal.     In  Ken 
tucky  the  land  was  raised  and  lowered  about  fifteen  times,  and 
in  the  Joggin  mines  in  Nova  Scotia  about  sixty-eight  times. 

The  outline  of  trees  found  in  the  coal  showed  that  they  were 
very  large. 

Coal  is  divided  into  three  kinds.  The  anthracite  or  hard 
coal,  which  is  found  in  Pennsylvania,  is  supposed  to  be  the 
first  formed,  and  burns  with  an  equal  heat  and  hardly  any 
smoke.  It  was  discovered  in  1791,  but  as  it  needed  a  strong 
draft  it  could  not  be  burned  in  the  small  open  stoves  which  the 


i67 

people  used  at  that  time  and  it  was  thought  worthless,  but  was 
put  to  good  service  when  found  that  it  could  be  used  in  fur 
naces  and  steam  engines. 

Bituminous  coal  is  supposed  to  have  been  formed  after  the 
anthracite  and  is  not  so  hard.  It  burns  with  a  smoky  flame 
and  is  found  in  the  United  States,  but  principally  in  England. 

After  the  bituminous  coal  comes  the  lignite  or  brown  coal, 
and  was  formed  still  later  than  either  of  the  other  two.  It 
burns  with  a  larger  flame  than  other  coals. 

In  the  United  States  the  coal  fields  cover  125,000  square 
miles.  Anthracite  coal  from  United  States  is  exported  to 
Southern  Europe. 

It  seems  strange  that  when  millions  of  tons  are  produced 
yearly  that  every  one  should  not  be  able  to  have  it 

CLEONE  CUMMIXGS, 

1402  Bush  Street. 

Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


Ocean. 

H,  what  a  charm  thou  hast  for  me, 

Thou  boundless  ocean,  grand  and  free  ! 
Thy  tossing  waves,  that  roll  and  roar 
And  dash  in  foam  upon  the  shore, 
Are  sweetest  music  to  my  ear  ; 

Thy  mighty  voice  I  love  to  hear. 
And  when  the  moonlight's  silvery  gleam 
Lights  up  thy  waves  thou  art  supreme. 

ELIZABETH  VINCENT. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


fave  JOo   *(5ai(s. 


JWAS  told  to  write  in  verse, 
At  school  this  morning  fair, 
"  Why  the  bullfrog  has  no  tail  ;  " 
Imagine  my  despair  ! 

I'm  not  a  scientist, 

And  therefore  know  no  reason, 
Unless  when  frogs  were-  made 

The  tail  wras  not  in  season. 

FLORENCE  MAYNES. 

Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


i68 


Outdoor  Sports, 


UT-OF-DOOR 
sports  are  prac 
ticed  with  great 

JJHB^ule  persistency    of    late 

JHP  years.     That  is,  out- 

:"  "  of-door  sports  relat- 

*~  ing  to  the  art  of  ath- 

:    '/Sfe  letics,    comprising 

*p  boxing,    swimming, 

wrestling  and  per 
forming  on  the  tra 
peze,  hunting,  fish 
ing  and  sailing  a 
boat. 

These  sports  bring 
into  play  the  mind, 
for  it  requires  skill 
to  sail  a  boat,  fish, 
hunt  or  practice  ath 
letic  games  with  any 
show  of  competency, 
as  well  as  the  mus 
cles,  strength  being 
a  requirement  which  cannot  be  dispensed  with. 

It  will  be  noticed  with  no  little  wonderment  that  boys  who 
have  been  raised  in  the  country  make  the  most  honest,  shrewd 
est  and  best  business  men,  the  only  reason  of  which  is  that 
they  have  been  brought  up  in  a  practical  business  way,  devel 
oping  their  minds  as  well  as  their  bodies  in  the  toil  which  every 
country  lad  is  subject  to. 

Leaving  off  their  work,  their  pleasures  consist  in  being  al 
lowed  to  hunt,  fish  and  sail.  During  the  hunt  they  are  able, 
and  cannot  help  studying  the  beauties  of  nature,  wondering  at 
the  marvelous  formations,  and  longing  for  books  from  which 
to  learn  more  of  the  things  by  which  they  are  surrounded.  In 
this  way  a  desire  for  good  literature  is  cultivated,  and  the  seeds  of 
many  a  noble  life  are  thus  sown  in  the  simple  out-of-door  pastime. 
Fishing  also  allows  wide  scope  for  observation,  and  the  dif 
ferent  kinds  of  fish  form  an  interesting  as  well  as  instructive 
subject  for  most  people  to  talk  about.  Besides  making  deep 
study  and  thought  necessary,  this  sport  offers  a  great  deal  of 
-excitement,  the  least  nibble  sending  a  thrill  of  expectancy 
through  the  whole  body. 

Sailing,  delightful  even  in  the  roughest  weather,  requires 


CHARLES  N.  FISHER. 


i69 

great  presence  of  mind,  good  management  and  strength,  this 
last  being  most  important,  for  possessing  the  strength,  the  ex 
perience  can  be  acquired  afterward.  This  delightful  outdoor 
vSport  and  pastime  allows  one  an  opportunity  of  studying  the 
geography  and  physical  features  of  the  places  past  which  they 
go,  thereby  giving  the  mind  something  to  occupy  it,  and  ex 
tending  the  limited  knowledge  which  they  are  capable  of  pos 
sessing. 

Taken  as  a  whole,  the  superiority  of  out-of-door  sports  over 
indoor  sports  is  exhibited  in  so  many  ways  that  it  is  useless  to 
speak  of  it  further. 

CHARLES  X.  FISHER, 

923  McAllister  Street. 

South  Cosmopolitan  Grammar  School. 


•A  Thought, 


§'ER  my  clouded  fancy  an  artist's  day  dream  clawns  ; 
A  beauteous  old-time  maiden  for  her  lover  mourns — 
Where  the  violets  nestle  by  the  babbling  brook, 
Where  an  ancient  oak  stands  in  some  shady  nook. 

The  pearly  teardrops  glisten  on  her  rounded  cheek, 
And  behind  her  towers  a  lofty  mountain  peak, 
Above  whose  rugged  summit  the  golden  sun  doth  beam. 
As  a  Heavenly  Father  to  the  rippling  stream. 

EMMA  PROSEK. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


Foreign  Winds, 


HAT  do  the  winds  from  the  distant  shores  say, 
As  they  pass  us  by  on  their  unwearied  way 
To  the  lands  where  the  myrrh  and  the  myrtle  grow. 
Far  from  the  regions  of  ice  and  of  snow  ? 

They  sing  to  us  of  the  heroes  of  old, 
And  the  hopes  long  banished  from  hearts  now7  cold. 
They  whisper  to  us  of  their  home  far  away, 
Where  Aeolus  rules  them  for  ever  and  aye. 

ALICE  BREESE. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 
11 


Groceries. 


JT  was  a  bleak, 
rainy  day  in  San 
Francisco.  If 

i|||k  one   looked    at    the 

passers-by,  each  car 
ried  a  number  of 
mysterious  bundles, 
some  large,  some 
small,  all  of  which 
betoken  that  the  day 
was  none  other  than 
Christmas. 

An  old  gentleman 
stood  looking  into  a 
well-filled  window  of 
a  grocery  store,  and 
as  he  stood  two  little 
children,  a  boy  and 
a  girl,  came  up  and 
looked  in  also. 

At  length  they  be- 

gan     conversation: 
FLORENCE  RYDER.  ?.  0          ,.T 

bay,  Nan,  we  nev 
er  have  any  nice  new  clothes  now,  do  we?  "  "  No,  not  since 
father  has  been  sick.  "  ' '  Why  don't  he  get  well?  "  "  Now, 
Jamey,  you  know  as  well  as  I  do  that  we  haven't  a  cent  of 
money,  and  to-day  we  can't  have  any  dinner." 

Here  the  old  gentleman  became  very  much  interested,  and 
listened  to  the  children  closely. 

"  We  won't  have  any  presents  like  we  did  last  Christmas, 
will  we  ? "  continued  the  boy. 

"  No,"  replied  the  girl. 

"  I  wish  we  could  go  home,  but  if  we  do  there  is  nothing  to 
eat.  Oh  dear,  I'm  so  hungry  !"  This  was  too  much  for  the 
old  gentleman,  and  quickly  stepping  to  their  side  he  told  them 
to  "  follow  him."  They  obeyed,  and  when  he  led  them  into  a 
restaurant  where  there  was  everything  they  could  desire,  they 
were  told  to  order  their  dinner. 

There  was  turkey,  cranberry  sauce,  vegetables,  plum  pudding, 
etc. ,  and  when  they  had  finished  they  were  two  happy  children. 

But  the  old  gentleman  was  not  through  yet,  and  when  thej^ 
came  out  he  led  them  back  to  the  large  grocery  store,  which 
looked  to  the  eager  children  even  more  beautiful  than  ever  before. 

Up  to  the  counter  he  went,  spoke  to  the  clerk  in  a  low  tone, 


then  turned  to  the  children  and  asked  them  what  they  would 
like  in  the  way  of  groceries  ;  as  the}'  did  not  seem  to  know,  he 
wisely  chose  them  himself. 

Such  an  abundance  as  he  bought  !  There  was  sugar,  tea, 
coffee,  flour,  cranberries,  etc.  ;  then  across  the  street  to  the  fruit 
store,  where  he  bought  rosy-cheeked  apples,  potatoes  and  other 
vegetables,  and  then  to  the  market,  where  he  bought  a  big  turkey. 

What  happy  children  said  good-bye  to  him  as  they  thanked 
him  again  and  again,  and  the  old  gentleman,  yes,  truly,  he 
felt  repaid,  and  would  have  felt  doubly  so  could  he  have  seen 
the  father  and  mother  as  they  opened  bundle  after  bundle,  and 
when  on  reaching  the  bottom  of  the  hamper  they  found  clothes, 
their  cup  of  joy  was  full. 

In  a  short  time  the  father  recovered  and  received  work,  but 
the  old  gentleman  never  forgot  his  two  little  friends. 

FLORENCE  RYDER, 

1710^  Sacramento  Street. 
Denman  Grammar  School,  Sth  Grade. 


1 


WAS  sitting  on  the  porch 

One  pleasant  summer  night, 
When  an  insect  lighted  on  my  nose 
And  gave  it  an  awful  bite. 
I  scratched  my  nose  and  rubbed  it 

Till  I  made  it  very  red, 
And  when  I  next  saw  a  mosquito 
I  caught  and  killed  it  dead. 

MAMIE  MULVIX 
•Girls1  High  School,  Writ  fen  in  Class. 


The 

CTTLE  brook  that  glides  along, 
Sparkling  in  the  sun's  bright  ray. 
Ever  singing  thy  merry  song, 
Never  ceasing  in  thy  play. 

We  love  to  hear  thy  pleasant  sound, 
To  linger  in  this  enchanted  nook, 
On  thy  banks  we  play  around, 
Yes,  we  love,  thee,  little  brook. 

MAMIE  MULVIN. 
-Girls'1  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


172 


*&mm 


GERTIE  LAPIDAIRF. 


The  New  Some  Oil  Heater, 


'AVE  you  ever  heard  of  that  wonderful  oil  heater  New  Home, 

That  wherever  'twas  sold  created  a  boom  ? 
Town  lots  that  for  years  you  could  scarce  give  away 
Rose  in  price  at  the  rate  of  a  thousand  a  day  ; 
And  sour-faced  women  who  growled  all  the  while 
Grew  rosy  and  fat  with  sweet-tempered  smile ; 
And  husbands  who  often  remained  out  quite  late 
Seemed  at  last  to  enjoy  the  marital  state  ; 
Old  topers,  who  hadn't  been  sober  for  years, 
Joined  the  church  and  repented  in  sackcloth  and  tears ; 
The  doors  of  the  jail  were  thrown  open  wide 
And  the  guards  were  dismissed  for  no  one  was  inside  ; 
Old  people  who  suffered  from  rheumatic  pains 
Jumped  and  danced  all  about  without  crutches  or  canes  ; 
Farmers  tock  up  the  mortgage  that  lay  on  each  farm, 
Merchants  all  had  a  sack  of  money  as  long  as  your  arm  ; 
And  what  do  you  think  caused  this  state  of  affairs, 
And  made  humble  people  strut  about  with  fine  airs  ? 
Why  !   'twas  simply  an  oil  heater  with  its  handle  of  brass 
As  bright  as  gold  and  as  polished  as  glass, 
Not  a  whit  was  it  large  nor  a  wyhit  was  it  small, 
But  just  the  right  height  for  the  short  or  the  tall. 


173 

In  fact,  't  was  so  nice  and  exactly  the  size, 

That  throughout  the  whole  country  't  was  given  the  prize, 

And  Meyers  &  Company  by  its  makiug  got  fame, 

Till  there's  scarcely  a  man  who  knows  not  the  name, 

And  the  women  agree  with  unanimous  grace 

That  this  man  of  all  men  is  a  friend  to  their  race. 

So  if  you'll  be  happy  and  have  nice  clean  rooms, 

Don't  delay,  but  get  one  of  Meyers'  Oil  Heaters  Xew  Home, 

And  next  to  the  stars  and  the  stripes  floating  free. 

Universally  loved  will  this  article  be. 

In  song  and  in  story,  in  legend  and  rhyme, 

May  this  name  be  preserved  through  the  annals  of  time, 

And  as  long  as  stars  shine  in  the  azaline  blue 

The  name  will  be  young  and  the  Heater  always  new. 

GERTIE  LAPIDAIRE, 

503  Grove  Street. 
John  Su'etf  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  John  F.  Meyers 
&  Company. 

Soliloquy  to  the  Moon. 

CUNA  rose  brightly  ;  she  seemed  to  say,  ' '  Great  sights  I  see  as 
nightly  through  the  heavens  I  take  my  course,  followed  by 
my  train  of  twinkling  stars.     Great   secrets  are  hidden  in  my 
bosom . 

"  Notwithstanding  the  music  of  the  spheres,  I  still  can  hear 
the  cries  of  woe  and  shouts  of  joy  which  reach  my  ears  ;  they 
come  from  the  far-off  harth.  But  still  I  can  sympathize  with 
the  mortals. 

"  Upon  the  deep  blue  sea,  when  all  is  peaceful  and  calm,  the 
sailors  quite  forget  the  mercies  which  fall  from  our  Maker's 
hand,  but  when  by  storms  they  are  tossed  they  call  upon  Him 
for  help  and  strength.  Oh  !  how  I  wish  that  I  might  use  some 
sweet  influence  which  would  melt  their  stubborn  hearts  and 
turn  them  unto  God. 

' '  Sometimes  I  linger  long,  watching  the  young  people  at  their 
sports  and  games.  I  often  wish  that  I  could  stay  to  enjoy  the 
sight,  but  I  must  hasten  on  to  cheerfully  fulfill  my  part  in  the 
workings  of  the  universe. 

' '  I  wonder  why  we  are  shut  in  the  heavens,  but  still  I  know — 
it  is  simply  to  remind  man  of  his  Creator,  for  God  guides  the 
stars  in  their  way.  I  must  hurry  on  for  the  king  of  day  is  fast 
pursuing  me." 

MAUDE  STEVENSON. 

Girls'  High  School,    \\~ritten  in  Class. 


174 


Arabian  Coffee, 


IIJERE  it  not  for 

W  the  bright  sun 
shine,  the  refreshing 
rain,  the  goodly  care 
of  man ,  where  would 
all  the  beautiful  cof 
fee  trees  and  the  in 
vigorating  coffee  be  ? 
They  would  be  all 
gone.  But  since 
there  are  such  things 
they  never  will  be 
gone. 

There  are  many 
kinds  of  coffee,  but 
of  all  varieties  the 
Arabian  coffee  is  the 
best.  The  Arabian 
coffee  is  picked  from 
the  coffee  plant  of 
Arabia,  the  finest 
coffee  producing 
country  in  the  world . 
The  culture  of  cof 
fee  in  Arabia  is  as  follows  :  When  the  beans  or  coffee  berries 
are  ripe  they  are  gathered  from  the  tree,  and  placed  on  native 
mats  to  dry  in  the  sun.  Until  the  tree  is  or  reaches  the  age  of 
three  years,  it  does  not  yield  any  coffee.  When  it  arrives  at 
that  age  it  gives  a  crop  of  about  a  pound  of  coffee  beans.  As 
the  tree  grows  older  it  wTill  give  much  larger  crops.  The  cul 
ture  of  coffee  is  extending  every  year.  Arabian  coffee  is  supe 
rior  in  every  respect  to  the  Brazilian  or  Java  coffee. 

The  coffee,  as  prepared  for  commerce,  is  roasted  until  a  dark 
brownish  color.  After  it  cools  it  is  assorted,  then  packed  in 
sacks,  loaded  into  ships  and  from  thence  to  all  parts  of  the 
world. 

The  coffee  prepared  for  the  table  must  first  be  ground  into 
particles,  then  mixed  with  boiling  \vater,  milk  and  sugar, 
when  it  becomes  a  delicious  beverage.  The  armies  of  the 
world  use  coffee  to  invigorate  and  refresh  the  soldiers  after  a 
long  tiresome  march. 

KEIGE  TAKEYAMA, 

(A  Japanese  boy), 

403  Geary  Street. 
Clement  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


KEIGE  TAKEYAMA. 


The  Place  Where  the  Lost  Things  Go, 


5  HAD  mislaid  a  book,  and  after  searching  a  long  time  for  it 
JJ  I  sat  down  to  rest  and  think  where  it  could  be.  Suddenly, 
without  warning,  I  found  myself  at  the  entrance  to  a  large 
building,  resting,  it  seemed,  on  clouds,  and  with  nothing  near 
it  but  clouds — clouds  as  far  as  the  eye  could  see.  A  little,  old 
lady  came  and  admitted  me  to  the  building,  and  then  offered 
to  take  me  through  it.  This  offer  I  gladly  accepted,  so,  after 
telling  me  that  it  was  the  place  where  the  lost  things  go  to  (I 
thought  of  my  book),  she  led  me  to  a  large  room  at  one  side  of 
the  entrance.  This  was  where  all  lost  things  were  carried 
first,  and  as  sorted  out  and  sent  to  their  various  departments. 
From  this  room  I  went  to  what  was  called  the  "  Children's 
Department  ;  "  here  all  the  lost  playthings  were  stored.  Oh  ! 
that  some  poor,  little,  ragged  children  might  be  brought  here. 
What  a  palace  it  would  seem  to  them  !  There  were  dolls, 
dishes,  tops,  marbles,  hoops,  blocks,  etc.  (I  noticed  that  boys' 
playthings  were  the  most  numerous).  From  here  I  passed 
into  a  number  of  rooms,  one  after  another,  all  containing  dif 
ferent  things.  The  pin-room  was  particularly  large  and  full. 

The  last  room  I  visited  was  the  largest  and  fullest.  It  was 
the  room  of  "Lost  Opportunities."  The  opportunities  were 
put  under  glass  cases,  for  they  were  precious,  and  each  case 
was  labled  with  the  name  of  the  loser.  I  passed  down  the 
room,  glancing  at  the  names  ;  one  particularly  attracted  my 
attention.  I  crossed  to  read  the  name.  It  was  my  own.  The 
number  of  opportunities  I  had  lost  scared  me  and  I — awoke  in 
a  shiver.  I  had  been  asleep. 

There  was  at  least  one  pleasing  feature  of  the  dream,  I  had 
not  seen  my  book.  It  could  not  have  been  lost.  But  where 
did  I  put  it  ?  There  was  nothing  to  do  but  continue  my 
search.  Finally,  I  found  it  on  the  shelf  where  it  ought  to  be, 
the  last  place  I  would  have  thought  of  looking  for  it. 

ADELAIDE  M.   HOBE. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


Education  commences  at  the  mother's  knee,  and  every  word 
spoken  within  the  hearsay  of  little  children  tends  towards  the 
formation  of  character.  — BALLOU. 

Educated  men  are  as  much  superior  to  the  uneducated  as  are 
the  living  to  the  dead.  — ARISTOTLE. 


:% 


[76 

Outdoor  Sports. 

fUTDOOR  sports 
from  a  hygienic 
point  of  view 
are  essential  and  in 
dispensable  to  the 
health,  to  say  noth 
ing  of  their  miracu 
lous  effects  upon  the 
physical  develop- 
ment  of  the  body  and 
mental  development. 
This  knowledge  is 
noticeably  being  rec 
ognized  by  the  peo 
ple  of  the  civilized 
world,  and  gaining 
a  fast  hold  upon  the 
minds  of  men,  in 
creasing  with  every 
decade  and  making 
its  influence  felt  by 
all  believers  of  good 

THEODORA  DUTREUX.  ,        ,   . 

Although  the  Americans  were  the  last  to  recognize  this  fact, 
they  are  at  the  present  age  the  most  enthusiastic,  or  nearly  .so, 
of  the  enlightened  world,  the  Britishers  being  foremost  in  all 
sporting  games.  We  give  England,  therefore,  the  credit  of 
having  introduced  into  this  country  such  games  as  hunting, 
fishing,  polo,  tennis,  etc.,  which  are  successfully  indulged  in 
by  the  health- hunting  and  pleasure-loving  element  of  our  pro 
gressive  people. 

The  Americans,  however,  boast  of  and  claim  as  their  own 
the  well-known,  original  baseball  game. 

For  beauty  and  grace,  and  for  the  general  enjoyment  of  par 
ticipants,  tennis  may  be  said  to  excel  all  other  games  in  which 
the  fair  sex  may  join.  When  played  by  experts  it  is  thoroughly 
scientific,  and  calls  to  action  all  the  muscles  of  the  body.  For 
physical  and  mental  development,  barring  certain  well-known 
games,  tennis  is  acknowledged  as  the  most  popular. 

Another  exceeding^  pleasurable  and  excitable,  as  well  as 
interesting,  outdoor  sport  is  hunting.  This  is  declared  as  be 
ing  both  healthful,  and  is  gaining  ground  in  America  rapidly. 

THEODORA  DUTREUX, 

1 1 02  Taylor  Street. 
Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


177 

fKe  Stars  % 


>HEN  first  our  Lord  the  un' verse  made, 

Our  earth  and  heav'n  so  bright, 
Before  He  made  the  dark  and  shade 
He  made  the  orbs  of  light. 


And  first  He  made  a  tiny  thing, 
Which  e'er  did  brightly  glisten, 

And  so  sweet  with  itself  did  sing 
That  angels  stopped  to  listen. 


For  it  was  proud  of  its  light  so  bright, 
Of  its  lovely  flashing  gleam, 

And  sang  to  itself  with  all  its  might, 
"  Oh  shew  another  such  beam  !  " 


But  grief  must  come,  that  comes  to  all 
Who  fill  their  hearts  with  pride, 

E'er  yet  God's  work  was  fully  done, 
Our  star  himself  did  hide 


Behind  an  angel's  shelt'ring  wing, 
Which  him  protection  lent  ; 

Against  so  bright,  ho  grand  a  thing, 
His  joy  was  almost  spent. 


For  when  he  returned  once,  to  spy 
From  out  his  hiding  place, 

It  dazzled  so  his  tiny  eye 

He  scarce  its  beams  could  face. 


For  such  a  lurid,  glaring  light 

Did  cause  such  constant  blinking, 
That  if  you  see  him  non>  at  night, 

He's  ever,  ever  winking. 

MABEL  X.  WISE. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


1 78 


Swimming, 


i 


L.  A.  WOMBLE. 


most  useful  of  all 
athletic  accomplish 
ments,  as  by  it  hu 
man  life  is  frequently 
saved,  which  might 
have  been  sacrificed. 
It  is  also  useful  in 
the  development  of 
muscular  strength, 
as  well  as  highly 
beneficial  to  the  ner 
vous  system,  and  re 
pairs  the  vital  func 
tions  when  falling 
into  decline.  In 
places  near  the  sea 
or  rivers  to  know 
how  to  swim  is  an 
indispensableaccom- 
plishment.  The  an 
cients,  particularly 
the  Greeks,  held  the 
art  in  such  high  estimation  as  to  bestow  rewards  upon  the  most 
perfect  swimmers. 

From  the  little  familiarity  with  immersion  in  water  which 
the  inhabitants  of  our  towns  and  cities  possess,  a  very  great 
proportion  of  the  American  population  are  but  little  acquainted 
with  the  art  of  swimming,  and  with  the  mode  in  which  they 
should  conduct  themselves  where  risk  of  drowning  presents 
itself. 

Most  animals  have  a  natural  aptitude  for  swimming  not 
found  in  man,  for  they  will  at  once  swim  when  even  first 
thrown  into  the  water  ;  but  it  must  be  noticed  that  the  motions 
they  then  employ  much  more  resemble  their  ordinary  move 
ments  of  progression  than  those  made  use  of  by  men  under 
similar  circumstances. 

The  children  of  many  uncivilized  nations,  especially  in  warm 
climates,  frequent  the  water  from  an  early  age,  and  seem  al 
most  to  swim  by  instinct.  The  remarkable  powers  of  endur 
ance,  agility  and  strength  manifested  while  in  the  water  by 
many  individuals  of  savage  tribes  are  well  known. 

L.  A.  WOMBI.E, 
2233  Washington  Street. 
Pacific  Heights  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


Enchanted  Garden 


HAD  wandered  one  evening  into  the  redwood  forests  of 
Mariposa  Valley,  at  some  distance  from  the  river  bearing 
that  name,  when  a  few  moments  walk  hid  me  from  the 
open  daylight  and  I  enjoyed  in  all  its  loveliness  the  beauteous 
prospect  of  a  contemplation  of  the  wonders  of  nature. 

I  strolled  on  for  a  while,  all  the  time  penetrating  deeper  and 
deeper  into  the  recesses  of  gloom,  until  having  become  tired  I 
sat  dowm.  All  was  silent  as  the  tomb  ;  not  a  sound  could  I 
hear,  not  even  a  twitter  or  chirp.  Above  me  rose  the  regal 
redwoods,  towering  aloft  like  fabled  giants  with  their  bushy 
heads.  Here,  buried  within  the  depths  of  this  silent  vastness,  I 
became  overpowered  with  a  feeling  of  awe,  which  developed 
into  a  sort  of  terror. 

As  the  evening  advanced  the  gloom  deepened  and  a  breeze 
sprung  up  which  crept  among  the  treetops  with  a  low  rustling 
like  the  sullen  roar  of  distant  thunder.  Again  all  was  silent 
and  repose  save  the  fall  of  some  leaf,  the  transient  sighing  of 
some  passing  wind  or  the  hooting  of  the  sleepless  owl.  The 
grandeur,  the  astonishing  solemnity  of  this  scene,  cannot  be 
expressed  in  language,  nor  can  the  most  extravagant  fancy  of 
the  imagination  equal  it. 

Retracing  my  steps  I  soon  approached  the  edge  of  the  forest 
through  which  the  struggling  beams  of  the  rising  moon  lit  up 
the  surroundings.  I  could  now  hear  the  rushing  of  the  moun 
tain  river  as  with  booming  sound  it  rose  and  fell  in  the  dis 
tance,  filling  the  ear  of  night  with  its  wild  and  continuous 
melody. 

The  scent-laden  breeze  that  had  risen  with  the  queen  of 
night  seemed  to  precede  her  triumphal  course  with  her  per 
fumed  breath.  The  golden  luminary  slowly  ascended  the 
firmament,  now  peacefully-  pursuing  her  course  through  the 
azure  sky,  now  hidden  beneath  the  banks  of  snowy  clouds  that 
drifted  lazily  toward  the  east. 

The  roar  of  the  midnight  express  with  the  fiery  glare  of  its 
headlight  but  momentarily  broke  the  stillness  of  the  night. 
Neither  eye  or  the  imagination  need  have  gone  further  than, 
that  redwood  forest  to  have  felt  the  presence  and  existence  of 
a  supreme  God,  to  have  perceived  within  those  gloomy  arches 
something  more  than  the  death-like  silence  and  grandeur. 

Perfectly  content  with  what  I  had  witnessed  I  retired,  feel 
ing  confident  that  I  really  had  seen  "  An  Enchanted  Garden." 

ALICE  PLEASANT. 
Girls'*  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


i8o 


Outdoor  Sports. 


IDA  PRECHT. 


•P|F  all  outdoor 
IP  sports  I  admire 
hunting  and 
fishing  the  most. 
No  other  pursuits 
put  one  so  in  touch 
with  nature,  and 
once  you  offer  Dame 
Nature  a  willing 
hand  she  will  lead 
you  to  her  choicest 
retreats,  and  reveal 
to  your  vision  treas 
ures  the  uninitiated 
mortal  could  neither 
perceive  nor  dream 
of. 

What  artificially 
rendered  music  can 
compare  to  the  mur 
muring  of  the  brook 
at  your  feet  as  it 
flows  merrily  here, 
some  narrow  rocky  places 


silently  there  or  turbulently  over 
until  lost  in  the  dreamy  distance  ? 

Rod  in  hand,  you  wander  along  the  bank  of  the  brook,  cast 
ing  your  lure  here  and  there,  stepping  carefully  over  stones 
and  bunches  of  grass,  and  adding  an  occasional  speckled  beauty 
to  the  dozen  already  in  your  basket. 

Now,  for  a  moment  you  almost  forget  fishing,  as  scare  ten 
feet  away  a  beautiful  silver  gray  tree-squirrel  runs  up  the 
trunk  of  a  sweeping  alder,  and  at  half  that  distance  to  your 
left,  on  a  heap  of  dry  branches,  a  little  chip-munk  stares  impu 
dently  in  your  face.  Involuntarily  you  move  a  foot  and  both 
disappear,  and  in  the  next  moment  you  are  almost  startled  by 
the  whirr  of  a  quail  getting  up  from  under  your  feet. 

You  keep  on  lazily  moving  down  stream  when  a  large  trout 
jumps  most  two  feet  in  the  air.  For  the  moment  you  forget 
everything  else  but  that  fish,  and  you  want  him  badly.  You 
clear  away  your  line  from  the  rod,  and  at  second  cast  your  flies 
drop  softly  as  thistle-down  right  in  the  middle  of  the  rings  left 
on  the  surface  of  the  water  by  the  monarch  of  the  pool.  You 
scarcely  begin  to  move  your  rod  when  there  is  a  sudden  com- 


motion  in  the  direction  of  your  flies,  involuntarily  you  give  a 
slight  turn  of  the  wrist  and  an  electric  shock  runs  through 
your  whole  being  as  you  instantly  realize  that  you  have  fas 
tened  to  at  least  a  "  two-pounder.  " 

How  your  reel  sings  out  sweet  music  ;  how  evenly  your  pet 
rod  bends  from  tip  to  butt  ! 

Next  to  fishing  I  consider  hunting  the  most  attractive  of  out 
door  sports.  True,  it  is  a  more  laborious  pastime  than  the 
former,  and  less  adapted  for  ladies. 

I  can  shoot  rabbits  and  larks,  but  I  wish  I  were  a  boy,  and 
could  climb  the  hills  like  papa,  and  learn  to  shoot  quail,  for 
that  seems  the  most  interesting  of  all  shooting.  Yes,  I  wish  I 
were  a  boy,  and  I  guess  papa  does,  too  ! 

IDA  PRECHT, 

1215  Bush  Street. 
Denman  Grammar  School. 


Oar  School  Treaties. 


OF  all  the  terrors  that  schoolgirls  enthrall, 
I  think  geometry's  worst  of  'em  all, 
All  of  us  dread  it,  though  some  more  or  less, 
Our  teacher  can't  understand  it,  I'm  willing  to  confess. 

Then  comes  the  chemistry  next  on  the  list, 
Interesting  as  well,  though  oft  I  have  missed, 
My  equations  won't  balance,  my  experiments  fail, 
And,  on  entering,  the  girls  pleasant  odors  inhale. 

Our  history,  although  we  like  it,  is  hard, 
I  anxiously  sit,  till  from  off  the  card 
I  hear  my  name  called,  then  I  quickly  arise, 
And  as  usual  fail,  as  you  may  surmise. 

And  last,  but  not  least,  comes  our  "Burke"  and  our  myths, 

Which  I  dearly  do  love,  but  which  takes  not  two-fifths 

Of  the  time  that  it  takes  me  the  others  to  do. 

And  now  I  am  finished,  and  am  glad  I  am  through. 

ALICE  E.   BACHMAN. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


182 


MOLLIE  SULLIVAN. 


?  fJpWAS  one  of  those  glorious  eves  in  June, 

Ji      When  the  heart  of  nature  sings 
With  joy,  to  see  the  beauty  chaste 
That  a  summer  twilight  brings. 

The  angels  had  lighted  the  twinkling  stars, 
They  danced  in  the  dark  blue  sky, 

And  the  only  sound  that  the  stillness  broke 
Was  the  whip-poor-will's  sad  cry. 

I  listened  to  nature's  tempting  voice 

And  my  school  books  dropped  to  the  floor  ; 

I  knew  it  was  useless  to  study  then, 
So  I  softly  stole  to  the  door. 

I  wandered  about  for  an  hour  or  more, 

Then  lay  on  the  ground  to  rest, 
And  watched  the  stars  as  they  dimpled  o'er 

The  heaven 's  broad,  blue  breast. 

Suddenly,  swiftly,  I  started  up 

Half  speechless  with  dismay, 
For  the  stars  were  falling  in  silver  showers, 

Making  it  light  as  day. 


I  found  I  was  standing  in  a  garden  fair, 

With  the  sweet  scent  of  flowers  filled, 
And  the  boughs  of  the  stately  ancient  trees 

Bent  as  the  zephyr  willed. 

But  fairest  of  all  in  that  garden  fair, 

I  caught  through  the  foliage  green 
Gleams  of  statues  purely  white, 

As  fair  as  ever  were  seen. 

A  statue  of  the  Venus  of  Milo  rare 

Rose  from  the  billowy  foam 
Of  a  sparkling  miniature  laughing  lake 

That  flowed  to  the  blue  sea-home. 

Apollo  stood  against  the  trees 

With  sinewy,  manly  grace, 
A  figure  majestic  and  proudly  stern 

And  a  beautiful  triumphant  face. 

Some  here,  some  there,  artistically  placed, 

Were  statues  remarkably  fair, 
Copied  from  works  of  Praxiteles,  the  Greek, 

Those  famous  mortals  so  rare. 

And  dim  and  strange  as  all  appeared, 

Still  I  vaguely  understood 
That  the  statuary  heightened  the  beauty  of  the  scene, 

As  surely  naught  else  could. 

But  ere  long  the  fair  scene  faded  away 

And  I  awoke  with  a  start  of  surprise, 
For  the  stars  were  twinkling  brightly  still 

Up  in  the  evening  skies. 

I  was  lying  on  the  grass,  quite  rested  now, 

But  in  vain  I  looked  around 
For  signs  of  the  beautiful  statues 

That  had  stre\vn  the  carpeted  ground. 

'Twas  only  a  dream,  but  a  useful  one, 

For  then  I  learned  the  power 
That  beaut}'  exerts  on  beauty 

That  lasts  not  but  for  an  hour. 

For  surely  'tis  a  dainty  work 

Of  making  o'er  again, 
A  world  of  marble  beings 

That  feel  no  grief  nor  pain. 


184 

Yet  represents  the  living  world, 

And  lives  while  death  toils  on, 
Helping  the  remnants  of  a  nation  dead, 

When  another  one  is  born. 

MOLLIE  SULLIVAN, 

625  Natoma  Street. 
Clement  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade, 

The    above    writer    won    the    prize    awarded    by   Nathan, 
Dohrmann  &  Company. 


The  Storm. 


FHE  storm  is  raging  fiercely, 
And  the  wind  is  blowing  wild, 
The  waves  leap  up  in  anger 
Upon  the  rocks  so  high  ; 
Oh,  see  !  how  the  lightning  flashes, 
And  hear  the  thunder  roll  ! 
May  Heaven  pity  those  at  sea 
And  guide  them  safe  to  land. 

BLANCH  ELLIOT. 
Hamilton  Grammar  School,  Written  in  Class. 


The  Mosquito, 


«   INSECT  blithe,  with  dainty,  gauzy  wing, 
Floating  abroad  before  our  anxious  eye, 
You  haply  might  deceive  mankind,  but  ah  ! 
He,  to  his  sorrow,  knows  you  have  a  sting. 

He  knows  it  on  the  peaceful  summer  eve 
When  on  piazza  broad  he  sits  at  rest  ; 
He  feels  your  bite  ( 'tis  thus  mankind  you  grieve) 
And  shouts,  "  Oh,  thunder  !     Catch  that  little  pest 

JESSIE  R.  WOOD. 
Girls1  High  School,   Written  in  Class. 


put  the  definition  of  flour  in  as  few  words  as  possible,  it 
is  merely  the  edible  part  of  corn  or  meal,  and  in  olden 
times  was  called  flower. 

Wheat- raising  (flonr  in  its  crude  state )  is  one  of  the  princi 
pal  industries  of  the  farmers  in  our  Golden  State. 

The  quality  of  the  flour  depends  upon  the  excellence  of  the 
wheat,  and  upon  the  superiority  of  the  milling  process  to  which 
it  is  subjected.  In  this  work  the  millers  exercise  much  skill  in 
mixing  the  different  varieties  so  as  to  have  the  flour  of  a  uni 
form  quality.  The  more  the  mixture  reaches  pure  starch,  the 
finer  it  is  considered.  After  milling  it  passes  into  a  long  cyl 
inder,  arranged  so  as  to  revolve,  and  covered  with  a  fine  piece 
of  silken  cloth  of  a  sieve-like  nature.  The  finer  meal  passes 
through  at  the  upper  end  of  the  cloth,  and,  as  this  varies  in  coarse 
ness,  the  coarser  meal  does  not  pass  until  it  reaches  a  like  part 
of  the  cloth,  and  this  last  to  pass  through  is  classed  as  mid 
dlings,  bran,  etc. 

The  finest  flour,  however,  is  not  the  most  nutritious.  Graham 
flour,  quite  a  coarse  quality,  is  considered  one  of  the  most 
healthy  cereals  to  be  eaten. 

Of  late  there  have  been  several  processes  invented,  which 
tend  to  remove  the  bran  particle  of  the  wheat,  as  well  as  to 
grind  the  husked  grain  :  flour  so  prepared  is  considered  more 
nutritive  and  is  equally  fine. 

Before  civilization  planted  its  foot  in  America,  the  Indians 
ground  their  corn  by  rubbing  it  between  large  stones,  and  thus 
reducing  it  to  a  mealy  state,  no  separation  of  the  particles  tak 
ing  place  as  now. 

There  is  wheat  flour,  rye  flour  and  many  other  kinds,  also 
many  brands,  but  I  shall  not  forget  my  longing  to  experiment 
with  Sperry's  Flour,  after  I  had  tasted  the  appetizing  bis 
cuit  and  cakes  at  the  Mechanics'  Fair  a  few  years  ago.  What 
girl  or  boy  does  not  remember  the  picture  of  the  huge  negro  as 
she  or  he  first  entered  the  Pavilion  door?  The  cocoanut  cake 
in  his  hand  looked  almost  good  enough  to  eat.  My  first  trial 
of  this  famous  brand  was  in  making  muffins,  and  it  was  a  de 
cided  success.  The}-  were  as  light  as  could  be.  When  I  am  a 
woman  and  have  a  home  of  my  own,  I  shall  always  use  the  best. 

Those  who  have  used  other  brands  and  have  had  heavy  bis 
cuits  and  heavy  hearts,  will  find  in  using  the  best  flour  just  the 
opposite.  Both  their  hearts  and  their  biscuits  shall  be  made 
light,  and  sunshine  will  gleam  in  their  homes. 

ALICE  POWER, 
715  Lombard  Street. 

North  Cosmopolitan  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

12 


186 


(jffne. 


LUE  is  made  of 
hides,  parings 
and  other  materials 
called  Glue  Stock. 
They  are  steeped  for 
several  weeks  in  lime 
water  to  remove  the 
hair  and  blood ;  they 
are  then  drained  and 
partly  dried  in  a  cur 
rent  of  air  for  several 
days,  that  the  lime 
may  absorb  atmos 
pheric  gases  and  pre 
vent  the  injurious 
effects  of  the  alkali 
upon  the  gelatine. 

They  are  boiled  in 
water  until  the  solu 
tion  is  found  to  gel 
atinize  firmly  on 
cooling. 

The  impurities  are 
allowed  to  settle,  after  which  it  is  allowed  to  gelatinize  in 
shallow  wooden  boxes,  cut  into  slices  and  dried  upon  nets. 

Glue  is  also  made  from  bones  by  first  boiling  them  to  re 
move  the  fatty  matter  they  contain,  and  then  treating  them 
with  strong  acid  until  they  become  quite  soft ;  they  are  then 
washed  and  the  acid  is  neutralized  ;  they  are  enclosed  in  a 
covered  vessel  and  submitted  to  the  action  of  steam. 

At  a  subsequent  stage  the  whole  mass  is  boiled  by  direct 
heat,  and  a  further  quantity  of  glue  is  produced. 

The  glue  yielded  by  bones  has  a  milky  hue,  owing  to  the 
phosphate  of  lime  it  carries  with  it. 

Isinglass  or  fish  glue  in  its  raw  state  is  the  bladder  of  vari 
ous  species  of  fish. 

A  good  quality  of  glue  should  have  a  light  brownish  yellow 
transparent  appearance,  and  should  break  with  a  glassy  frac 
ture.  It  takes  years  of  experience  and  practice  to  make  good 
glue.  Glue  made  in  California  is  practically  better  than  that 
made  in  the  East. 

When  it  is  wanted  for  use  it  is  broken  in  pieces  and  steeped 
in  cold  water  until  it  softens  and  swells. 


ANNA  RYAN. 


i87 

It  is  then  melted  over  a  gentle  fire  to  a  boiling  point,  and 
applied  hot  in  a  liquid  state  with  a  brush. 

Glue  may  be  kept  liquid  at  ordinary  temperature  by  the  ad 
dition  of  weak  nitric  acid. 

Under  the  influence  of  heat  glue  will  entirely  dissolve  in 
water,  forming  a  thin  syrupy  fluid. 

Glue  is  used  very  extensively  in  nearly  all  the  manufactories 
in  San  Francisco,  and  it  is  well  to  know  where  to  get  the  best. 

The  California  Glue  Works  of  San  Francisco  has  the  best 
recommendation  and  stands  peerless  in  its .  industry.  It  is 
highly  recommended  in  the  Eastern  market,  where  large  ship 
ments  are  made  monthly.  I  need  not  tell  you  where  it  is,  as 
its  name  has  become  a  "household  \vord  "  in  almost  every 
home. 

AXXA  RYAX, 
1134  Howard  Street. 

Franklin  Grammar  School,  6th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awarded  by  California  Glue 
Works— M.  Holje. 


WHAT  a  little  insignificant,  yet  all-important  word  this  is, 
and  how  many  times  we  make  use  of  it  during  the  day. 
We  are  constantly  using  it  in  a  complaining  manner.     How 
often  we  are  heard  to  say,  "  Oh,   if  it  were  not  so  cold  !  "  or 
4 '  If  the  wind  would  only  stop  blowing !  ' ' 

Many  of  us  High  School  girls  oftimes  think,  even  though 
we  do  not  give  expression  to  our  thoughts,  if  education  could 
only  be  bought  instead  of  having  to  drill  it  into  our  brains 
day  in  and  day  out,  howT  happy  and  contented  we  would  be. 

Many  persons'  washes  are  directed  to  other  channels,  some 
being  in  quest  of  money,  while  others  are  searching  for  fame, 
but  even  they  are  heard  to  complain  "If  it  only  could  be  ob 
tained  easier. " 

Many  ifs  go  contrary  to  our  wishes,  and  cause  us  to  wear 
long,  in  fact  very  long,  faces  during  the  bright  and  sunny  days 
when  we  should  be  all  aglow  with  happiness. 

But  there  is  also  a  bright  side  to  this  monosyllabic  word,  and 
we  can  realize  it  as  we  look  about  and  think  of  our  man}-  bless 
ings.  One  of  our  greatest,  in  my  estimation,  depends  upon 
that  little  if.  If  our  forefathers  had  not  fought  for  liberty  and 
independence  we  would  probably  still  be  an  English  possession. 

BERTHA  JOHNSON. 

Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


1 88 


cur. 


§F  all  human  pro 
ducts  there  is 
none  of  such  impor- 
tance  as  flour. 
Ground  from  not 
only  all  of  the  many 
species  of  grain,  but 
from  many  varieties 
of  vegetables,  it  has 
become  the  most  im 
portant  staple  of  civ 
ilized  humanity. 

While  its  uses  are 
manifold,  its  most 
ordinary  use  is  for 
bread,  a  main  article 
of  diet,  which  can 
be  found  in  every 
household  of  every 
civilized  communi 
ty,  and  in  some  form 
almost  everywhere 
in  the  world.  While 
bread  may  be  considered  its  main  product,  its  use  for  pastry 
and  cooking  must  in  no  wise  be  underestimated,  as  it  is  only 
limited  by  the  ingenuity  of  the  most  expert  cooks. 

As  to  the  various  kinds  of  flour  in  use,  it  may  be  said  with 
some  degree  of  certainty  that  the  prosperity  of  a  people  has 
something  to  do  with  it  as  well  as  the  climate.  In  the  poor 
northern  countries  of  Europe  rye  flour  is  used  to  a  greater  ex 
tent  than  wheat,  while  among  the  poorer  classes  of  Italy  a  flour 
made  out  of  corn  or  maize  is  largely  consumed.  In  Scotland  oat 
meal  forms  a  most  important  article  of  food,  it  being  mainly  used 
for  the  cooking  of  porridge,  which  has  been  universally  famous. 
As  to  the  nutritive  qualities  of  the  various  kinds  of  flour,  it 
is  generally  conceded  that  wheat  yields  the  highest  percentage. 
Chemically  considered,  fine  wheat  flour  consists  of  about : 

Water,  13.0  parts  ;  Fibrin,  etc.,  10.5  parts  ;  Starch,  74.3  parts  ; 
Fat,  0.8  parts  ;  Cellulose,  0.7  parts  ;  Mineral  Matter,  0.7  parts. 
Thus  it  is  seen  that  all  the  materials  requisite  for  animal 
nutrition  are  present  in  flour. 

The  process  of  milling  has  also  much  to  do  with  the  quality 
of  flour,  as  through  imperfect  milling  not  only  the  segrega 
tion  of  foreign  substances  such  as  sand  and  dust  are  neglected, 
but  important  and  highly  nutritive  parts  of  the  grain  are  en- 


BERTHA  GUTSTADT. 


189 

tirely  lost  to  the  flour.  Wonderful,  indeed,  is  the  progress 
made  in  the  development  of  milling.  From  the  hollowed  and 
flattened  sandstones  of  the  primitive  corn-crushers  to  the  com 
plete  steam  roller  mills  of  the  present  a  long  distance  has  been 
traversed.  From  the  hand-feeding  of  a  few  grains  at  a  time 
in  the  hollow  of  the  stone,  to  the  unceasing,  tireless  self-feed 
ing  of  immense  quantities  of  grain  by  the  steam  elevators,  the 
change  is  almost  inconceivable.  It  would  certainly  amply  re 
pay  the  trouble  to  go  through  some  of  our  great  mills  and  watch 
the  man}*  processes  which  transform  wheat  into  flour  of  com 
merce.  There  are  many  such  mills  throughout  the  State, 
though  in  this,  as  in  other  things,  there  are  some  good  but 
others  better. 

It  is  the  pride  of  the  San  Joaquin  Country  to  claim  the  best 
mill  \vest  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  it  is  generally  conceded 
as  a  just  pride,  and  deserves  the  fame  it  so  justly  earned. 

BERTHA  GUTSTADT, 

815*4  Filbert  Street. 

Xorth  Cosmopolitan  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 

The  above  writer  won  the  prize  awrarded  by  the  Sperry  Flour 
Company. 

a  „„    jz^/e* 

c*    an  ^~~^~- 

WOULD  paint  the  ocean's  shimmer 

Under  a  summer  sun, 
I  would  paint  the  moonlight's  glimmer 

After  the  day  is  done  ; 
I  would  paint  the  flocks  returning 

Unto  their  folds  at  night, 
I  would  paint  the  first  faint  gleaming 
Of  morn's  returning  light. 

EDITH  BROWNING. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


r-jf\H  moon,  thou  queen  in  glory, 

Surrounded  by  stars  so  bright, 
Telling  the  ever-knew  story 
Of  earth's  doings  ev'ry  night. 
Oh  !  that  we  were  like  thee, 

Giving  such  Heavenly  light, 
Illum'ning  the  w*orld  in  its  beauty, 
And  making  all  mystery  light. 

'ALICE  LOUISE  MARSH. 

Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


190 


-E  enter  the  Am 
azon  valley  in 
South  America 
through  the  mouth 
of  the  river  which 
has  given  it  its  name . 
In  our  sail  up  the 
stream  we  shall  see 
numerous  rubber 
trees  amongst  the 
luxuriant  shrubbery 
whose  shining  green 
leaves  glisten  in  the 
glowing  tropical  sun. 
But  the  product  from 
which  rubber  goods 
are  made  is  also 
found  in  other  parts 
of  the  world. 

The  raw  material 
is  sometimes  called 
caoutchouc.  It  ex 
ists  in  the  milky 
juice  of  plants,  growing  in  temperate  climates,  but  only  in 
tropical  countries  is  it  found  in  sufficient  abundance  to  be  of 
importance.  In  the  milky  juice  it  is  diffused  in  the  form  of 
minute  globules.  When  the  juice  is  allowed  to  stand  for  a 
short  time  these  globules  separate  from  the  watery  part  and 
form  like  cream  on  the  top.  It  is  sometimes  obtained  by  cut 
ting  the  trees  down,  but  more  commonly  by  making  simple 
cuts  in  the  trunk.  In  a  few  hours  it  flows  out  and  is  poured 
into  vessels  of  various  shapes.  In  a  short  time  it  thickens 
and  becomes  solid  because  of  the  evaporation  of  the  liquid 
form.  In  order  to  dry  it  completely  the  practice  is  to  expose 
it  to  a  gentle  heat.  Its  natural  color  is  white,  but  it  is  so  sus 
ceptible  that  it  is  easily  and  unavoidably  discolored  by  smoke. 
Some  of  the  useful  and  curious  properties  of  rubber  must 
have  been  known  to  the  natives  of  America  before  the  contin 
ent  was  discovered.  Balls  of  the  gum  of  a  tree  are  mentioned 
when  speaking  of  the  amusements  of  the  natives  of  Hayti,  in 
an  account  of  the  second  voyage  of  Columbus.  In  a  book 
published  at  Madrid  in  1615,  mention  is  made  of  a  tree  in 
Mexico,  writh  a  description  of  the  mode  of  collecting  it  ;  and 


MARY  WILLIAMS. 


the  author  stated  that  the  Spaniards  used  it  on  their  canvas 
cloaks  so  that  they  would  resist  water.  It  is  curious  thus  to 
note  that  some  of  the  purposes  to  which  it  is  used  at  the  pres 
ent  time  are  the  same  as  those  for  which  it  was  employed 
nearly  three  centuries  ago. 

Its  elasticity,  flexibility,  its  insolubility  in  water,  have  been 
found  to  adapt  it  to  a  variety  of  uses.  In  the  manufacture  of 
water-proof  clothing,  which  was  the  first  application  on  a  large 
scale,  the  rubber  is  made  into  a  solution  and  spread  upon  the 
eloth. 

Pure  rubber  is  now  limited  only  to  a  limited  extent  in  the 
arts.  The  remarkable  change  it  undergoes  when  mixed  with 
sulphur  was  discovered  by  Charles  Goodyear  in  1843. 

MARY  WILLIAMS, 

1719  Post  Street. 

Denman  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


Song   file    winds   are   Singing. 


WAS  on  a  lovely  summer  day  that  I  sat  reading  under 
the  shade  of  trees  in  the  garden.  Suddenly  my  thoughts 
wandered  from  the  story,  and  a  pleasant  sense  of  the 
nearness  of  music  stole  over  me.  It  was  the  ^Eolian  harp  being 
played  by  unseen  hands  in  the  tree  above  my  head. 

I  listened  and  I  heard  a  soft  singer.  It  was  a  mother  wind 
singing  a  lullaby  to  her  little  one.  Gently  she  told  of  the 
earthly  mothers  putting  their  babes  to  rest  after  a  morning  of 
fun.  Sadly  she  sung  of  the  children  that  had  no  dear  one  to 
rock  them  to  sleep  with  a  soothing  song,  and  sadder  still  of 
the  naughty  ones  that  would  not  appreciate  their  mother's  lul 
laby.  Kre  long  the  music  died  softly  away  and  I  knew  that 
the  mother  wrind  had  left  her  little  one  in  By-lo-town. 

Entranced  by  the  melody  I  had  just  heard,  I  did  not  move 
for  fear  of  breaking  the  spell.  I  heard  another  song,  a  little 
lounder  and  less  musical.  It  was  the  father  wind  just  returned 
home  after  a  hard  day's  work  in  the  different  parts  of  San 
Francisco.  Spellbound,  I  heard  him  tell  of  the  varying  scenes 
of  which  he  was  an  unobserved  listener,  and  of  the  tricks  he 
played  on  the  people  he  met. 

Just  at  this  part  of  the  song  some  one  came  up  the  garden 
path  and  broke  the  spell.  I  could  hear  the  voice  no  more. 

LIZZIE  O'BRIEN. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


I92 


t]ffylkn$tofi   Goal. 


FHK  discovery  of  gold  in  California  at  Slitter's  Mill  in  1848 
caused  intense  excitement  everywhere. 

Thousands  flocked  to  California  in  quest  of  the  yellow  metal, 
and  many  wasted  their  lives  and  efforts  in  their  anxiety  for 
wealth.  Gold  being  their  great  object,  but  few  ever  dreamed 
of  the  immense  wealth  that  lay  dormant  in  the  wonderful  coal 
fields  of  the  coast — yet  undiscovered.  As  if  by  magic,  the  pop 
ulation  of  California,  as  \vell  as  all  of  the  Pacific,  grew  with 
alarming  rapidity.  Large  cities  were  built  in  a  few  years,  and 
one  of  the  greatest  demands  came  to  be  that  for  coal,  which  at  this 
time  came  principally  from  Australia  and  England,  as  the  coal 
of  the  coast  was  of  poor  quality.  At  about  that  time  Mr. 
Richard  Dunsmuir  discovered  coal  near  the  present  site  of  Wel 
lington,  British  Columbia.  The  mine  was  opened  in  the  year 
1872,  and  the  superior  quality  of  the  ore  assured  the  mine  suc 
cess,  and  it  came  to  be  known  as  "  Wellington  "  coal.  The 
mine,  controlled  by  a  company  with  Mr.  Dunsmuir  at  the 
head,  came  to  be  known  far  and  wide.  More  land  is  added  to 
the  claim,  until  now  the  coal  fields  of  this  company  coverf 
nearly  three  thousand  five  hundred  acres.  The  products  o 
the  mine  have  increased  until  at  the  present  time  the  daily  pro 
duction  averages  more  than  fifteen  hundred  tons  of  coal.  The 
mining  of  this  vast  amount  of  coal  gives  employment  to  about 
six  hundred  men.  The  coal  is  brought  from  the  mines  near 
Wellington,  B.  C.,  by  rail  to  Departure  bay,  and  from  there 
it  is  shipped  to  San  Francisco  and  many  other  ports,  by  means 
of  two  large  steamers  and  several  sailing  vessels.  A  large 
amount  of  the  coal  mined  is  consumed  in  Victoria  and  other 
cities  around  Puget  Sound.  San  Francisco  receives  an  im 
mense  quantity  daily.  The  balance  is  shipped  to  different 
cities  along  the  coast  and  other  ports,  some  even  going  as  far 
as  Mexico  and  Honolulu.  "Wellington"  coal  is  without 
doubt  the  best  coal  obtainable  on  or  near  the  Pacific  Coast.  Its 
superiority  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  for  its  merits  its  producers 
were  awarded  a  gold  medal  at  the  Midwinter  Fair,  San  Fran 
cisco.  It  has  stood  a  test  of  about  22  years,  and  speaks  for  it 
self.  This  coal  is  used  nearly  altogether  by  the  city  of  San 
Francisco  in  public  buildings,  etc.,  and  is  much  preferred  for 
family  use,  as  good  coal  is  one  of  the  greatest  necessities  of 
every  household,  wherein  this  product  is  used.  One  of  the 
chief  features  of  ' '  Wellington  ' '  coal  is  the  amount  of  carbon 
it  contains.  As  shown  by  Mr.  Price,  the  assayer  of  San  Fran 
cisco,  it  contains  fixed  carbon  to  the  amount  of  56.54  per  cent., 


193 

other  carbonaceous  matter,  34  per  cent.,  water,  2.05,  and  ash, 
7.41  per  cent.  Thus  we  see  that  the  coal  is  made  up  of  the 
properties  necessary  for  a  good  coal,  and  has  held  and  always 
will  hold  first  place  as  the  best  coal  obtainable  on  the  Pacific 
Coast. 

J.  GILBERT  RECHEL, 

1003  Valencia  Street. 
Mission  Grammar  School^  8th  Grade. 


e  Ashing 


HERE  was  once  a  young  peasant  maiden  who  lived  in  a 
little  village  with  an  aged  grandmother.  It  was  a  long 
time  ago,  and  in  a  far-away  country  where  the  principal 
thing  young  girls  had  to  do  was  the  spinning  of  flax.  So  this 
maiden  sat  in  the  open  doorway  working  at  her  spinning- 
wheel  all  day  long,  and  trying  to  believe  she  could  never  be 
anything  but  unhappy,  because  she  was  neither  rich,  gifted 
nor  beautiful. 

One  day  as  she  sat  there  gazing  discontentedly  at  the  distaff 
— it  was  a  very  warm,  sultry  day  ;  the  bees  were  humming 
drowsily,  and  everything  was  lazy — she  became  aware  that 
something  had  dropped  into  her  lap.  She  picked  it  up  and 
examined  is  curiously.  It  was  a  round  brass  ring,  and  on  it 
were  written  these  words  :  ' '  Put  me  on  your  left  thumb  and 
turn  me  thrice  around,  with  your  heart's  desire  on  your 
tongue,  and  see  what  comes  of  it."  She  hesitated — there  was 
something  about  it  of  the  terrible  black  art  of  which  she  was  so 
afraid,  and  in  terror  she  let  it  fall  upon  the  floor. 

*  *  If  I  can  obtain  beauty  or  riches  only  by  working  with  the 
Evil  One,  I  will  not  wish  for  them  at  all  !  "  She  cried  out  so 
loud  that  the  grandmother  heard  her  and  came  and  woke  her 
up  with  a  great  shake — for  she  had  been  sleeping  most  soundly. 

Then  she  was  well  scolded  for  being  so  laz}~,  and  she  prom 
ised  never  again  to  wish  for  things  she  could  not  have,  for  the 
fright  cured  her. 

BESSIE  \V.  CRABBE. 

Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


194 


^Furniture. 


SOMETIMES  wonder  how  many  girls  of  my  age   have 
gone  to  school  in  as  many  different  places  as  I  have. 

I  think  I  ought  to  be  able  to  write  about  school  furniture, 
for  I  have  gone  to  school  in  six  different  States  and  in  several 
different  towns  in  some  of  the  States. 

Of  course  I  have  had  a  great  many  kinds  of  teachers  also, 
and  have  liked  them  all  but  one  ;  she  was  my  Chicago  teacher, 
and  used  very  unladylike  language  to  us.  She  called  us  dumb 
heads,  blockheads  and  idiots. 

I  will  describe  the  school  I  attended  when  I  was  spending 
the  summer  in  the  country  in  Ohio.  It  was  built  on  top  of  a 
hill  by  the  side  of  a  road,  and  had  no  shade  trees  near  it,  and, 
for  fear  the  scholars  would  look  at  the  people  passing,  there 
were  no  windows  on  the  side  of  the  house  next  to  the  road, 
which  made  it  very  warm  and  unpleasant. 

The  furniture  consisted  of  a  table  and  chair  for  the  teacher 
and  plain  wooden  benches  and  desks  for  the  scholars. 

There  are  a  great  many  respects  in  which  school  furniture 
could  be  improved  ;  the  backs  of  our  chairs  are  very  uncom 
fortable,  and  often  make  my  back  ache. 

Then  I  think  the  chairs  and  desks  should  be  assorted  as  to 
.size  ;  in  every  room  there  are  some  small  and  some  large  chil 
dren  ;  the  small  boy  has  to  sit  on  his  foot  to  raise  himself  high 
enough  to  write,  while  the  large  boy  has  to  crouch  down  in 
his  seat  and  double  up  his  legs,  as  the  boy  in  front  always  ob 
jects  to  having  his  neighbor's  feet  mingling  with  his. 

The  teachers  have  armchairs  with  cushions,  and  they  look 
very  comfortable. 

The  pencil  groove  on  the  desks  should  be  deeper,  I  think, 
and  each  desk  should  have  a  foot-rest  and  a  hook  on  which  to 
hang  the  dumb  bells. 

School-rooms  should  have  cabinets  for  minerals,  wildflow- 
ers  and  other  specimens,  also  cases  where  the  pencils  and 
drawing  books  are  kept. 

This  is  about  ail  the  furniture  found  in  the  school-rooms  I 
have  been  in. 

I  think  a  fine  globe  would  be  a  great  help  in  learning  geog 
raphy. 

HILMA  JONES, 

1318  Octavia  Street. 
Clement  Grammar  School,  6th  Grade. 


'IT7, 

T95 


©utdi 


oor 


,HY  is  it  the  children  of  all  nations  play  ?  They  play  for 
the  pleasure  in  the  play  itself.  Thus  negro  boys  of  cen 
tral  Africa  will  play  some  sort  of  game,  but  they  have 
not  aii}-  games  that  we  should  call  good,  but  they  make  their 
plays  by  imitating  monkeys  or  some  other  animal  in  the  wild 
forests,  and  practicing  in  throwing  spears  and  striking  with 
clubs. 

Indian  boys  play  with  the  bow  and  arrow,  the  fishing  rod 
and  tomahawk,  thus  imitating  their  fathers. 

American  boys  play  with  fine  games,  as  baseball,  football, 
tennis,  etc.,  which  are  invented  by  ingenious  people.  These 
games  are  played  by  the  students  of  America,  as  well  as  boys. 

The  girls  of  all  the  different  nations  imitate  their  mothers, 
and  play  mother  with  dolls. 

The  boys  take  their  position  in  sport  just  as  men  take  posi 
tion  in  business. 

Outdoor  games  are  different  in  different  climates.  In  sum 
mer  the  children  of  the  Eastern  States  of  this  country  play 
baseball,  football  or  some  other  game.  In  winter,  while  the 
snow  and  ice  are  on  the  ground,  they  amuse  themselves  by 
skating  on  the  ice  and  sleigh-riding  and  coasting  on  the  snow. 

Baseball  is  an  outdoor  game  played  on  a  diamond  with  bat 
and  ball,  by  two  teams,  each  having  nine  men.  Football  is 
played  with  a  football  by  two  teams,  each  having  eleven  men. 

Fishing  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  games  of  outdoor 
sports.  Trout-fishing  needs  a  great  deal  of  skill,  for  trout  are 
not  so  easily  caught.  The  boy  who  has  skill  can  catch  more 
trout  with  a  poor  outfit  than  a  man  with  a  fine  outfit,  but  if 
the  boy  has  a  fine  outfit  he  can  do  much  better  than  he  can 
with  a  poor  outfit. 

Most  of  the  people  spend  their  vacation  in  trout-fishing. 

Boys  often  show  their  activity  and  industry  by  making 
windmills,  wagons,  boats  and  building  houses  instead  of  play 
ing  other  games. 

Outdoor  sports  make  people  health}',  by  their  being  in  the 
sun  and  breathing  pure  air,  and  give  people  strength  by  de 
veloping  the  muscles  by  the  exercise  which  accompanies  all 
sports. 

There  are  always  two  kinds  of  people  in  any  of  the  games  ; 
the  one  who  is  always  unsatisfied  will  spoil  the  fun  of  the 
game,  while  the  other  who  is  most  always  satisfied  makes  the 
game  more  cheerful. 


196 

Boys  should  be  always  kind,  cheerful  and  careful  during  the 
game,  so  as  to  make -the  game  develop  character  as  well  as 
muscle. 

The  person  who  is  studying  needs  exercise  to  make  him  ac 
tive,  so  as  to  help  him  along  in  studying,  and  that  he  may 
forget  his  hardship  of  the  past. 

THOMAS  R.  TAMURA, 

(Japanese  Boy.) 
Clement  Grammar  School,  Jth  Grade. 

The  above  refers  to  the  firm  of  George  W.  Shreve. 


Our  jofinny." 


day  long  through  the  halls  and  the  rooms, 
Marching  along  with  hammers  and  brooms, 
Oh  !  how  my  heart  aches  to  think  of  that  boy, 
He  seems  to  know  nothing  but  tease  and  annoy. 


The  horns  and  drums  they  sound  all  day, 
The  cat,  the  dog,  all  form  array  ; 
He  eats  wrhate'er  comes  in  his  reach, 
Should  it  be  hard-tack,  pears  or  peach. 


His  sister's  hair  to  the  chair  he  ties, 

And  with  quick  steps  away  he  hies, 

The  cookies  they  vanish,  and  also  the  cake, 

For  "  Our  Johnny  "  is  sly,  and  always  awake. 


But  now  "  Our  Johnny  "  is  all  full  grown, 
And  his  mind  with  higher  seeds  is  sown, 
His  thoughts  to  loftier  things  devotes, 
And  now  he  is  able  to  cast  his  votes. 

DAISY  GETZ. 

Hamilton  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade,  Written  in  Class. 


I97 


TYPE  is  a  small  block  of  metal  with  a  letter  or  figure  in 
relief  on  one  end. 

The  invention  of  movable  type  dates  as  far  back  as  the  thir 
teenth  century.  It  was  invented  by  Lawrence  Coster  about 
the  year  1423.  While  he  was  cutting  some  names  on  the  bark 
of  a  tree  the  idea  came  to  him  that  he  might  carve  the  letters 
of  the  alphabet,  each  letter  on  a  separate  block  of  wood  ;  and 
then  by  tying  them  together  and  covering  them  with  ink  he 
could  stamp  any  word  in  the  language. 

The  first  movable  metal  types  were  probably  made  in  1440 
by  John  Gutenberg.  Metal  letters  or  types  were  made  by 
hand,  and  the  "  Mazarine  Bible"  was  printed.  It  was  the 
first  edition  of  the  Scriptures  ever  printed  by  movable  type.j 

The  material  of  which  books  and  newspaper  types  are  now 
made  is  an  alloy  known  as  type  metal.  It  is  composed  of  lead, 
antimony,  tin,  and  sometimes  copper  and  other  metals.  More 
lead  is  used  than  any  other  metal  in  the  alloy ;  antimony  is 
used  to  compensate  for  the  softness  of  the  lead  ;  tin  is  added  to 
give  toughness,  and  sometimes  a  little  copper  is  added  to  give 
a  still  greater  degree  of  tenacity.  Very  little  copper  is  used, 
however,  as  one  per  cent,  of  it  gives  a  perceptible  reddish  tint 
to  the  type  metal. 

The  durability  of  type  has  been  greatly  increased  by  the 
system  of  copper-facing,  invented  and  patented  bj*  Dr.  L,.  V. 
Newton  of  New  York.  Through  the  agency  of  the  electro 
type  battery  a  thin  film  of  copper  is  deposited  on  the  face  of  the 
type,  making  an  efficient  protection  against  abrasion  and  rapid 
wear. 

In  type  manufactories  all  the  matrices  of  a  font  are  made  to 
fit  one  mould.  The  type  mould  consists  of  two  firmly  screwed 
combinations  of  several  pieces  of  steel,  making  right  and  left 
halves,  each  of  which  is  almost  a  counterpart  of  the  other. 
These  halves  are  immovable  in  the  direction  which  determines 
the  depth  and  height  of  the  body,  but  readily  adjustable  in  the 
direction  which  determines  the  width  of  the  letter.  Either  a 
/  or  a  w  can  be  produced  with  no  further  delay  than  that 
caused  'by  the  change  of  matrix. 

Book  and  newspaper  types  are  now  made  by  type-casting 
machines.  In  the  center  of  the  framework  of  the  machine  is  a 
pot  of  melted  type-metal  kept  fluid  by  a  fire  underneath.  The 
melted  metal  is  injected  into  the  type  mould  by  a  piston  and 
cooled  by  a  blast  of  cold  air.  The  mould  flies  back  and  drops 


I98 

its  type  and  goes  back  again  for  a  new  supply  of  metal.  This 
machine  produces  from  about  70  types  of  pica  to  150  types  of 
nonpareil  a  minute.  But  the  type  is  not  yet  perfect  ;  a  piece  of 
metal  called  the  jet  is  still  attached  to  the  foot  of  it  ;  this  must 
be  broken  off  and  the  edges  smoothed  on  grindstones  ;  then,  if 
the  letter  is  perfect,  the  type  is  ready  for  the  printer  to  use. 

DAVID  WAHLBERG, 

407  Tenth  Street. 
Franklin  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade. 


Only  a  Minute, 


a  minute  to  get  the  train, 
**     The  last  to  leave  to-day. 
If  we  are  late, what  will  they  say  ? 
They'll  think  that  we  delay. 
Only  a  minute  to  get  to  school  ; 
What  will  the  teacher  say  ? 
If  we  are  late,  we'll  break  the  rule, 
And  lose  credits  to-day. 

LOLA  McFEELY. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written   in  Class. 


Apostrophe  to  the  Ocean, 


jf^  THOU  dark  and  deep  blue  ocean, 
W     Why  rollest  thy  billows  upon  the  shore, 
Why  keepest  thou  up  that  perpetual  motion  ? 
O,  answer  me  !  and  cease  that  eternal  roar. 

How  many  a  tale  could  thy  bosom  unfold 
Of  love,  war  and  heroes  so  noble  and  brave 

That  their  names  might  forever  head  the  list  of  the  bold 
If  only  thy  waters  would  speak  and  cease  to  rave. 

LETTIE  ROUNTREK. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


199 

Pictures  from  Poems, 


of  the  most  beautiful  pictures  that  have  ever  been 
painted  have  had  their  inspiration  in  the  lines  of  some  poet. 
It  is  almost  impossible  for  two  persons  to  have  the  same  con 
ception  of  the  poet's  meaning,  and  thus  an  indefinite  number 
of  pictures  may  be  taken  from  the  same  lines.  It  is  very  hard 
to  paint  or  even  tell  our  thoughts  to  others,  but  I  will  try  to 
present  to  your  minds  the  pictures  which  these  twTo  stanzas 
call  up  in  my  imagination  : 

The  day  is  cold,  and  dark,  and  dreary  ; 
It  rains,  and  the  wind  is  never  wean-. 
The  vine  still  clings  to  the  mouldering  wall, 
But  at  every  gust  the  dead  leaves  fall, 
And  the  day  is  dark  and  dreary. 

The  main  objects  in  this  picture  are  the  old  deserted  mill 
standing  by  the  mill-pond  and  the  miller's  house  by  its  side. 
What  a  scene  of  desolation  it  is  !  The  mill-pond  is  covered  by 
a  green  film,  and  the  stagnant  waters  ripple  among  the  rank 
grass  on  its  margin.  The  mill,  once  the  scene  of  so  much 
hurry  and  bustle,  stands  silent  and  alone.  Through  the  half- 
open  door  can  be  seen  some  remnants  of  the  machinery,  which 
in  the  days  of  old  filled  the  air  with  its  noisy  clatter.  Now  it 
is  left  to  rust  and  decay  in  silence.  The  home  of  the  miller  is 
the  most  forlorn  of  all.  The  boards  are  weather-stained  and 
partly  fallen  into  decay.  Its  chimney  had  long  since  fallen 
and  the  dusty  bricks  are  fallen  to  the  floor.  The  door  round 
which  tne  happy  children  played  has  fallen  in  and  we  can  see 
the  kitchen.  In  the  palmy  days,  when  the  kitchen  was  the 
cheeriest  room  in  the  house,  the  whir  of  the  spinning-wheel 
resounded  through  the  room.  Xow  the  bats  and  owls  are  the 
only  inhabitants,  and  the  spider  spins  her  web  undisturbed. 
Without,  the  dead  honeysuckle  and  jasmine  vines  still  cling 
to  the  walls,  but  their  sweet  flowers  have  long  since  ceased  to 
bloom.  The  dreary  rain  falls  upon  the  roof,  reminding  one  of 
the  pattering  of  the  childish  feet  which  once  filled  the  house 
with  gladness,  now  gone  forever.  In  the  distance  stands  a 
grove  of  oaks  which  once  added  their  pleasant  shade  to  the 
beauty  of  the  landscape,  but  the  wind  now  sweeps  by  them, 
t wasting  and  bending  them  till  they  seem  like  tortured  human 
beings  throwing  their  arms  above  them  in  despair.  Spread 
above  this  scene  of  silence  and  decay  are  the  sad,  leaden 


200 

clouds,  and  it  almost  seems  as  if  they  were  shedding  tears  of 
pity  over  this  sad  reminder  of  happy  days  gone  by,  never  to 
return  again. 

Turn  with  me  from  this  forlorn  picture  to  its  companion 
piece,  a  scene  of  rest  and  beauty. 

Full  in  her  dreamy  light  the  moon  presides, 
Shrined  in  a  halo,  mellowing  as  she  rides  ; 
And  far  around  the  forest  and  the  stream 
Bathe  in  the  beauty  of  her  emerald  beam. 

What  a  scene  of  peace  and  rest  !  In  the  foreground  flows  a 
broad,  peaceful  river,  while  behind  the  snow-clad  mountains 
rear  their  majestic  peaks  to  touch  the  sky.  Between  the  river 
and  the  hills  vast  forests  stretch  their  impenetrable  depths. 
Above  the  mountains  the  silvery  moon  sends  down  her  beams, 
transforming  the  river  into  a  silvery  stream  and  the  snowy 
peaks  to  crystal  caps.  The  trees  cast  their  deep  shadows  on 
the  water,  making  the  softly  flowing  waters  more  bright  by 
contrast  with  the  blackness.  On  the  banks  of  the  stream 
stands  a  stag  drinking  from  the  cool  waters.  The  stag  does 
not  start  at  every  sound,  fearing  danger,  for  the  hand  of  man 
has  never  brought  discord  into  the  calm  peace  and  rest  of  this 
great  solitude.  The  calm  beauty  of  the  night  is  undisturbed 
by  any  discordant  element.  It  is  a  scene  that  almost  makes 
one  wish  that  man  need  never  come,  with  his  useful  arts  and 
inventions,  to  cut  down  the  beautiful  trees,  drive  the  deer 
from  his  haunts  and  use  the  beautiful  river  for  his  own  pleas 
ure  and  profit. 

MAUDE  STEWARTSON. 

Girl?  High  School 


201 


fT  happened  on  a  sunshiny  morn, 
That  I  at  very  early  dawn 
Was  tripping  lightly  down  the  lea, 
When  in  my  haste  I  stopped  suddenly 


What  was  that  object  so  bright  and  shiny, 
Covered  with  letters  very  tiny  ? 
I  was  quite  surprised  to  find 
Nothing  but  a  stone  of  ordinary  kind. 


It  said  :  ' '  This  is  a  wishing  stone 
By  the  fairies  given,  and  to  he  alone 
Who  finds  it  shall  most  lucky  be, 
And  have  his  wish  granted  speedily." 


Could  this  be  true  ?     I  thought  once  more. 
And  I  really  trembled  to  think  it  o'er. 
Then  I  said  in  a  loud  and  frightened  way, 
Take  me  to  Fairyland  this  very  day. 


I  scarce  had  uttered  these  magic  words, 
When  a  little  humming  sound  I  heard, 
And  turning  around  from  whence  it  came,. 
A  tiny  object  did  I  discern. 


It  was  a  fairy  all  in  red, 
And  I  bent  my  head  to  hear  what  he  said  : 
"  So  you  want  to  go  to  Fairyland  ? 
Well,  come  along  and  take  my  hand. " 

13 


202 


At  this  I  laughed  most  heartily, 

Because  his  hand  I  could  scarcely  see, 

It  was  so  small  and  in  fairy  proportion, 

That  I  laughed  till  my  face  was  all  in  distortion. 


When  from  his  belt  a  sword  he  took 
And  over  me  he  it  gently  shook  ; 
Then  I  began  to  shrink  and  bend, 
Till  I  was  no  bigger  than  my  fairy  friend. 


So  we  ran  over  hill,  vale  and  dell, 
And  reached  Fairyland  just  at  twelve  ; 
And  there  I  beheld  such  a  wonderful  sight 
That  I  couldn't  for  the  world  about  it  write. 


So  when  I  returned  after  a  week  or  more, 
And  my  former  size  had  returned  as  before, 
I  wished  that  I  might  again  go  away 
And  visit  the  land  of  the  fairies  gay. 


Now,  if  you  should  happen  to  find  this  stone, 
You  must  wish  to  see  Fairyland  and  that  alone  ; 
For  my  visit  there  that  I  enjoyed  was  such 
That  I  know  you  would  enjoy  it  just  as  much. 


Girl?  High  School. 


MARGARET  AMES. 


203 


IftHOTOGRAPHY  originated  first  by  deguerreotype,  which 
9T  was  a  picture  on  copper,  silver  plated  ;  the  ambertype 
^  came  next,  being  a  positive  on  glass.  This  was  perfected 
to  a  negative  to  be  printed  on  paper,  which  had  to  be  sen 
sitised  on  a  silver  bath.  The  standard  paper  used  was  albu- 
menized  paper.  Improvements  followed,  and  dry  plates  were 
the  result. 

Photography  has  become  a  sport  as  well  as  a  trade,  and  I 
find  pleasure  in  it  as  well  as  work.  A  good  photograph  or 
view  is  admired  by  every  one.  If  the  materials  used  are  not 
the  best,  the  finest  results  will  not  be  obtained. 

To  make  a  fine  picture  the  place  should  be  as  clean  as  possi 
ble,  and  where  no  dust  can  gather.  The  dust  is  the  cause  of 
spots  in  the  negative.  Some  people  think  that  these  spots  are 
in  the  plates,  but  from  observation  I  find  it  different.  A  nice 
clean  gallery  where  dust  does  not  constantly  fly,  you  will  find 
the  negative  perfectly  free  from  those  spots. 

Retouching  is  the  art  of  making  some  shadows  plainer  and 
making  the  hard  lines  in  the  face  soft,  and  to  take  out  freckles 
and  wrinkles.  A  very  quick  plate  is  always  best,  as  it  does 
not  give  the  subject  time  to  move,  and  makes  a  finer  print.  A 
good  lens  is  the  principal  thing  to  have  ;  one  that  will  bring 
the  subject  down  well  and  sharp,  and  a  box  that  does  not  leak 
light. 

The  principal  plates  are  the  Seed  and  Cramer.  There  are 
several  others,  but  not  so  extensively  used.  The  quickest 
plate  is  the  Libby  dry  plate,  which  gives  a  sharper  print  than 
any  other.  It  is  the  nearest  to  the  wet  process. 

The  paper  has  a  great  deal  to  do  in  making  good  pictures. 
There  are  several  kinds  of  ready-made  paper,  the  American 
Aristo,  the  Aristotype,  the  Solieo  and  others.  The  albu 
men  paper  was  used  by  every  photographer  before  this  ready- 
made  paper  was  put  on  the  market.  The  toneing  is  about  the 
same,  but  the  albumen  required  more  work  to  silver,  and  to 
make  the  silver  bath.  It  will  not  keep  so  long. 

To  mount  the  picture  properly  is  an  important  fact.  The 
paste  is  made  of  corn  starch,  fresh  every  day  to  be  sure  you 
have  good  paste.  If  cards  too  thin  are  used  they  will  warp 
as  the  picture  dries,  so  a  good  stiff  card  is  the  best.  The 
burnishing  is  to  give  a  nice  glossy  finish  and  to  give  the  card 
a  graceful  appearance. 

VICTOR  I,.  DUHEM, 

114  Mason  Street. 

Lincoln  Grammar  School^  6th  Grade. 


204 


T  is  difficult  to  say  what  animal  substances  are  altogether 
useless  to  the  glue  boiler  in  that  branch  of  trade.  Scraps  of 
hides,  hoof,  tendons  and  intestines  of  many  animals,  horn, 
the  swimming  bladders  of  fishes,  rabbit  skins,  old  gloves,  and 
other  apparently  useless  refuse  are  capable  of  yielding  their 
quota  to  the  constituents  of  that  jelly  known  as  glue. 

Glue  proper  is  a  mixture  of  "Chondrin,"  which  signifies 
the  product  derived  from  young  bones,  and  "  Glutin,"  formed 
from  the  hides  and  osseous  parts.  A  larger  and  better  quality 
of  glue  is  obtainable  from  the  glue  yielding  tissues  of  old  animals. 

Experience  has  shown  that  the  refuse  of  tanning  works  should, 
to  yield  the  most  satisfactory  result,  be  dry  and  tough,  free  from 
mould  and  not  too  strongly  limed  .  If  the  lime  bath  is  too  strong  it 
deteriorates  the  glue  yielding  substances  .  If  too  weak  it  may  not 
act  sufficiently  on  the  scraps  to  destroy  adhering  particles  of 
blood  and  flesh. 

The  scraps  have  next  to  be  freed  of  the  lime,  for  which  purpose 
they  are  exposed  in  drums  to  the  action  of  running  water.  After 
the  lime  is  entirely  washed  out  the  "  stock  "  is  dried  in  the  air 
or  a  shed,  after  which  it  is  ready  for  the  next  process. 

Next  to  the  hides,  bones  are  the  most  highly  valued  mater 
ials.  They  are  roasted,  crushed  in  a  mill,  boiled  by  steam  and 
placed  in  a  lime  vat  from  one  to  two  weeks,  until  they  are  softened. 

The  next  process  is  to  boil  the  glue.  The  boilers  are  usually 
constructed  with  false  bottoms,  to  prevent  the  direct  contact  of 
the  '  '  stock  "  with  the  bottom  of  the  boiler,  and,  consequently, 
danger  of  scorching.  Straw  is  placed  on  these  bottoms  to  filtrate 
the  product,  which  is  drawn  off  by  stop-cocks.  Where  straw  is 
not  used,  the  stock  is  suspended  in  the  boiler  by  a  net  or  bag. 

The  formation  of  glue  now  begins,  and  the  materials  grad 
ually  settle  down  and  become  completely  submerged  in  this 
liquid  glue,  which  is  kept  at  a  boil  until  it  is  all  dissolved.  From 
time  to  time  a  sample  is  placed  in  an  egg  shell  and  set  aside  to 
cool.  If  a  clear  jelly  is  obtained  the  boiling  has  lasted  long 
enough  and  the  liquid  is  drawn  off.  Allowing  the  gelatine  time 
to  settle  in  a  separating  net  will  usually  produce  a  clear  glue. 

The  next  process  is  to  mold  the  glue.  The  molds  are  gene 
rally  of  sheet  iron.  They  are  filled  to  the  brim  through  large 
funnels  with  strain  cloths  attached  to  their  cones.  The  molds 
are  either  wet  or  greased.  When  solidification  is  complete 
the  boxes  are  inverted  and  the  glue  turned  out  on  smooth  stone. 
After  being  cut  to  the  size  desired  it  is  placed  on  a  net  to  dry. 
After  this  process  it  is  then  ready  for  use. 

LIZZIE  WALSH, 
Polytechnic  High  School,  Junior  Class.  29  Albion  Avenue. 


205 


Type. 


•WAS  Gutenberg,  of  Holland  famed, 

Who  first  made  use  of  type, 
And  though  the  time  is  long  between, 
His  meru'ry  yet  is  ripe. 

One  pleasant  day  in  summer  time 

John  Gutenberg  made  up  his  mind 
To  take  his  fam'ly  picnicing, 
And  leave  all  the  cares  behind. 

Soon  Gutenberg  went  sailing  down 

A  pleasant,  tranquil  stream, 
And  stopped  beneath  some  spreading  trees 

To  doze  off  in  a  dream. 

He  soon  awoke  to  find  his  wife 

And  children  all  at  play, 
And  forthwith  made  his  mind  to  go, 

And  there  no  longer  stay. 


He  hurried,  too,  to  suit  the  thought, 
For  soon  it  would  be  dark, 

But  cut  before  he  left  the  tree 
His  name  upon  its  bark. 


He  then  went  home  in  thoughtful  mood, 

You  surely  know  the  rest, 
How  thoughts  of  type  came  to  his  mind, 
And  how  he  made  a  test. 


Those  thoughts  were  the  beginning  of 

A  boon  to  all  mankind, 
For  type,  the  thoughts  of  Gutenberg, 

In  rank  leave  all  behind. 


There's  naught  in  man 's  possession  that 

Can  claim  a  higher  place. 
There's  naught  upon  our  earth  to-day 

That  did  more  for  our  race. 


206 


Let's  make  a  supposition  now, 
And  then,  perhaps,  we'll  show 

What  type  is  doing  for  us  all 
To  those  who  do  not  know. 


Suppose  type  was  not  thought  of  yet, 
And  Gutenberg  unknown, 

For  books  we  'd  pay  tenfold  the  price, 
Or  have  to  write  our  own. 


What  power,  too,  our  "  Daily  "  has 

Among  the  populace, 
Who  read  its  daily  contents  as 

They  scan  its  printed  space. 

Its  daily  circulation  is 

Enormous  to  send  out, 
And  only  by  a  printing-press 

Could  it  be  brought  about. 

Our  schoolbooks,  too,  are  printed  by 

These  types  of  earthly  fame, 
They  give  us  thereby  knowledge  true, 

Which  many  cannot  claim. 

What  bother  did  the  ancients  have 

In  writing  out  their  scrolls, 
What  nuisance,  too,  it  must  have  been 

Preserving  those  old  rolls. 

No  bother  shall  we  moderns  have, 

For  improved  types  now  hold 
The  place  once  held  by  feathered  quills 

Among  our  folks  of  old. 

There's  naught  in  man 's  possession  that 

Can  claim  a  higher  place, 
There's  naught  upon  our  earth  to-day 

That  did  more  for  our  race. 

JOSEPH  F.  GALLAGHER, 

6  Leroy  Place. 
Washington  Grammar  School,  Graduate  Class  "94. 


207 


•ITHIN  my  downy  nest  I  slept,  nor  woke 

Until  the  sun's  fierce  rays  my  soft  shell  broke, 
And  with  my  brethren  was  borne  away 

By  Christopher,  the  Spanish  gallant  and  gay, 

But  disregarded  we  were  laid  aside 

Until  great  Anna  rose  in  all  her  pride. 

This  English  queen  our  worth  discerned, 

And  for  my  brothers,  then,  the  fire  burned  ; 

But  I,  preserved  from  this  by  happy  fate, 

Still  live,  the  mournful  story  to  relate. 

My  parent  tree,  robbed  by  the  hand  of  man, 

Has  lost  its  fruits  to  fill  the  heated  pan, 

But  kindly  Nature  gives  her  still  some  more, 

And  spreads  the  fame  of  chocolate  from  shore  to  shore. 

The  dainty  sugar  maidens  white 

Her  sunburnt  sons  embraced  with  all  their  might, 

And,  into  gloomy  prisons  cast 

With  sweet  vanilla,  wait  until  at  last, 

Obeying  they  the  cruel  man's  decree, 

Come  forth  now  only  one,  no  longer  three. 

From  many  a  tree,  so  I  am  told,  the  seeds 
Are  gathered  to  supply  the  countries'  needs. 
For  many  things  'tis  used  —  the  choc'late  creams 
That  bring  success  unto  fond  lovers'  dreams 
By  so  delighting  their  belov  'ds,  are  made 
From  this  ;  unto  ice  cream  it  lends  its  aid  ; 
By  frosting  all  the  cake  your  thanks  it  wins 
For  cov'ring  up  "  a  multitude  of  sins." 
To  stronger  drinks  it  bravely  stands  at  odds, 
Proclaimed  by  all,  "A  nectar  fit  for  gods." 

All  honor's  paid  the  illustrious  drink 

That  makes  men  healthy  and  able  to  think. 

It  gives  them  employment,  itself  to  prepare, 

For  thousands  are  needed  to  make  it  with  care. 

In  ev'ry  age,  by  ev'ry  kind  of  man 

My  kinsmen  have  been  praised.     I  can 

Recall  with  pride  my  noble  ancestry, 

And  think  with  pleasure  of  my  family 

Who  spread  from  Asia  to  their  native  strand, 

Columbia,  of  all  the  fairest  land. 

Yet  think  not  that,  tho'  shrivelled  up  and  brown, 
In  any  chocolate  myself  shall  drown. 
So  let  me  rest  ;  my  story  now  is  done. 
Please  send  it  to  Ghirardelli  and  Son. 


208 

This  tribute,  maiden,  I  desire  to  pay 

To  all  my  kinsmen  who  have  passed  away. 

The  moral  of  it,  I  do  hope  you'll  see, 

"No  good  remains  fore'er  unseen.  "     Ah,  me  ! 

Well,  leave  me  now  in  peace,  and  nevermore 

Disturb  my  peaceful  slumbers  as  of  yore. 

MAE  MEIyROSE, 
Lowell  High  School,  Middle  Class.  I^IQ  Broderick  Street. 


§IvUE  is  a  form  of  gelatin,  which  on  account  of  its  impure 
condition  is  employed  only  as  an  adhesive  medium  for 
wood*,  leather,  paper  and  like  substances. 

In  the  preparations  of  ordinary  glue  the  materials  used  are 
the  parings  and  cuttings  of  hydes  from  tanyards,  the  ears  of 
oxen  and  sheep,  the  skins  of  rabbits,  cats  and  other  animals. 

The  most  important  material  used  is  tanyard  refuse.  It  is 
steeped  for  some  weeks  in  a  pit  with  lime  water,  and  after 
wards  carefully  dried  and  stored.  The  object  of  the  lime- 
steeping  is  to  remove  any  blood  and  flesh  which  may  be  at 
tached  to  the  skin  and  to  form  a  lime  soap  with  the  fatty 
matter  it  contains. 

The  pieces  that  were  stored  are  washed  before  being  boiled. 
They  are  then  placed  in  hemp  nets  and  put  into  an  open  boil 
er,  which  has  a  false  bottom  and  a  tap  by  which  liquid  may 
be  run  off. 

The  boiler  is  heated  by  direct  firing,  a  series  of  boilers  being 
arranged  in  the  manner  best  fitted  to  obtain  the  greatest  possible 
heating  effect  from  one  fire.  As  the  boiling  proceeds,  test  quan 
tities  of  liquid  are  from  time  to  time  examined,  and  when  a  sam 
ple  is  found  on  cooling  to  form  a  stiff  jelly,  it  is  ready  to  draw  off. 

Usually  the  first  boiling  occupies  about  eight  hours,  and 
when  the  liquid  has  been  drawn  off  more  water  is  added,  and 
the  boiling  process  repeated.  In  this  way  the  gelatinous  mat 
ter  is  only  exhausted  after  six  separate  boilings,  occupying 
about  two  days,  the  last  boiling  yielding  a  darker  colored  glue 
than  the  first. 

The  glue  solution  is  then  run  into  wooden  troughs  or  coolers 
about  six  feet  long  by  two  feet  wide,  and  one  foot  deep,  in  which 
it  sets  to  a  firm  jelly.  When  set,  a  little  water  is  run  over  its 
surface,  and  with  knives  of  suitable  form  it  is  detached  from  the 
sides  and  bottom,  cut  into  uniform  slices  about  one  inch  thick, 
and  squares  of  these  are  placed  on  nets  stretched  between  up 
right  wooded  frames  for  drying. 

MARGRET  SONDERUP, 

Mission  Grammar  School,  8th  Grade.  228  Nineteenth  Street. 


209 


write  instructions  for  a  beginner  in  cJiina  decorating  and 
to  say  what  art  goods  to  use  is  not  an  easy  task,  but  I  will 
do  my  best. 

To  commence  with,  the  pupil  must  be  told  a  great  many 
serious  things,  and  these  perhaps  of  a  nature  which  she  is 
rarely  prepared  to  accept.  If  she  can  turn  her  hand  to  almost 
anything  it  will  not  be  so  hard . 

There  are  some  requisites  with  which  the  student  must  pro 
vide  herself  before  she  uses  her  paints.  The  first  is  to  make 
it  generally  understood  that  she  is  a  student  and  not  an  artist. 
Next  remember  that  she  is  studying  and  not  manufacturing. 
The  third  thing  is  that  whatever  she  does  she  will  do  it  well. 

If  these  conditions  have  been  accepted,  whether  she  has  tal 
ent  or  not,  success  will  be  hers. 

We  will  presume  that  she  does  not  know  how  to  draw. 
First  obtain  a  good  French  china  plate.  Select  a  study,  say  of 
wild  roses  or  forget-me-nots.  Trace  the  design  selected  on 
tissue-paper  and  saturate  a  clean  piece  of  linen  rag,  with  good 
turpentine  and  poppy  oil.  Rub  the  plate  thoroughly  with  this 
mixture. 

Place  on  the  plate  the  impression  paper .  the  black  side  to  the 
plate.  Over  this,  the  design  already  traced  on  tissue  paper. 

Go  over  this  design  with  a  stencil  care  full}',  not  making  the 
line  too  heavy  on  the  plate  as  it  will  soil  the  pai)it. 

Now  remove  the  impression  papers.  The  design  is  already 
for  the  paint.  We  will  decide  to  paint  Forget-me-nots. 

From  your  mineral  color  tubes  take  a  little  light  blue,  yellow, 
green,  brown  and  black,  place  this  on  a  very  clean  porcelain 
pallet.  Use  only  sable  brushes. 

I  will  say  right  here  that  all  the  things  used  for  this  decora 
tion  should  be  obtained  from  a  good  art  store,  as  the  best  work 
can  only  be  accomplished  with  the  best  material,  and  at  a  good 
store  you  can  rely  on  getting  the  best  materials. 

Charge  one  of  your  brushes  with  a  little  of  the  blue  paint, 
made  thin  with  turpentine  and  lavender  oil. 

Paint  the  flowers  from  the  center  to  the  outer  edge,  leaving 
a  small  circle  of  white  in  the  very  center  of  the  flower. 

Try  and  make  each  petal  with  one  stroke  of  brush.  In  the 
center  on  the  white  put  a  clot  of  yellow  paint  thinned  with  the 
turps.  Now  use  the  green  for  the  leaves  and  shade  them  with 
a  little  black  or  brown,  for  the  sake  of  variation.  The  stems 
should  be  shaded  with  a  little,  too,  so  use  the  paint  for  the  stem 
that  you  have  used  for  a  leaf  to  which  it  belongs.  When  the 
paint  is  dry  any  rough  edge  can  be  erased  with  a  sharp  knife. 


210 

The  veins  on  the  leaves  can  be  scratched  with  a  steel  needle. 
In  reality  it  will  be  scratching  the  paint  off. 

Be  very  careful  not  to  get  any  dust  on  the  paint,  as  the  least 
speck  of  dust  will  make  a  flaw  on  the  work  when  it  is  burned 
in  the  kiln. 

Any  gold  for  a  border  that  is  needed.  I  should  advise  that  this 
be  done  by  a  professional,  as  he  knows  more  about  gold  paint, 
wheels,  and  several  other  art  goods  that  are  used  for  the  pur 
pose,  than  an  amateur. 

EDMUND  STARK, 

Clement  Grammar  School^  8th  Grade.  1019  Post  Street. 


XL  day  the  rain  fell  in  torrents,  the  wind  howled  mourn 
fully,  and  as  I  stood  at  the  window  looking  into  the  now 
deserted  street  a  feeling  of  sadness  stole  over  me,  and  I  felt  that 
the  gloomy  day  had  imparted  some  of  its  characteristics  to  me. 
Suddenly  the  ruddy  glow  from  the  grate  reflected  on  the  wall, 
and  I  turned  away,  hoping  that  the  cheerful  fire  would  drive 
away  sad  thoughts. 

Seated  before  the  fire  I  tried  to  read,  but  my  eyes  would  not 
keep  open,  so  I  gave  way  to  the  drowsy  feeling  and  was  soon 
in  the  land  of  dreams.  Yes,  in  the  land  of  dreams  ;  but  if  my 
dreams  are  ever  realized  how  happy  I  should  be,  not  only  be 
cause  my  personal  interests  were  gratified,  but  because  my 
friends'  were  gratified  also. 

I  soon  found  myself  in  Europe,  having  traveled  there  with 
my  old  companion,  Maude  Stewartson,  and  what  a  delightful 
trip  it  was.  No,  we  did  not  travel  in  Pullman  cars  where 
every  possible  convenience  is  rendered.  We  traveled  as  much 
as  possible  on  bicycles,  in  order  that  every  place  of  note  and 
many  places  of  little  importance  might  be  visited,  for  Maude 
had  become  a  lecturer  of  considerable  renown  and  was  travel 
ing  preparatory  to  the  next  series  of  lectures.  I  will  not  dwell 
on  the  beauties  of  the  many  places  visited,  but  on  the  old 
friends  wre  met  as  we  traveled  from  place  to  place. 

During  our  stay  in  Paris  we  attended  a  concert  at  the  Con 
servatory  of  Music.  Who  could  the  young  lady  whose  en 
trance  was  received  with  such  enthusiasm  be  ?  Where  had  I 
seen  that  smiling  face  ?  Yes,  it  was — it  must  be — our  class 
mate,  Bertha  Wadham.  She,  too,  had  gone  to  Europe  ;  there 
to  cultivate  a  voice  that  was  creating  a  great  sensation 
throughout  the  musical  world.  When  in  our  room  that  eve- 


ning  Maude  came  to  me,  her  countenance  beaming  with 
smiles.  What  new  pleasure  in  store,  I  wondered.  Handing 
me  a  book  she  told  me  to  read  a  few  of  the  poems.  Gems 
they  certainly  were,  but  who  was  the  author  ?  Looking  at 
the  title  page  my  eyes  lit  on  a  name  that  I  had  often  seen  be 
fore  but  under  such  different  circumstances.  Whose  name, 
indeed,  but  Georgie  Wightman. 

Leaving  the  city  wrhere  such  pleasant  surprises  greeted  us, 
we  journeyed  on  to  Germany,  there  to  meet  more  surprises. 
When  in  Munich  we  were  one  day  greeted  by  a  classmate, 
Laura  Call.  Our  surprise  was  great,  for  we  were  not  expect 
ing  to  see  any  old  friends  so  far  away  from  home.  We  soon 
guessed  her  mission,  and  inquiring  about  her  from  the  artist  as 
soon  as  opportunity  offered  we  learned  that  she  entered  a 
studio  and  her  paintings  had  found  a  place  in  many  of  the  gal 
leries  in  Europe.  While  in  Munich  we  received  a  letter  from 
Edith  Rembraugh,  who  was  almost  inconsolable  because  Grace 
had  gone  to  Africa,  having  become  a  missionary.  She  also 
acquainted  us  with  the  doings  of  many  of  our  friends.  Eva 
Busch  had  become  a  teacher  of  English  in  the  University  of 
California.  May  Blake's  name  was  well  known  in  the  scien 
tific  circles. 

Once  again  in  the  United  States  we  were  received  with  open 
arms.  Maude  because  of  her  fame  as  a  lecturer  and  because 
she  was  my  friend.  We  arrived  in  Washington  in  time  to  at 
tend  the  Inaugural  Ball.  Who,  I  wonder,  was  that  beautiful 
woman  who  attracted  so  much  attention  ?  Where  had  I  seen 
that  bright  face,  where  had  I  heard  that  merry  laugh  ?  Once 
again  I  looked,  and  then  wondered  how  I  could  have  forgotten 
even  for  a  moment  my  dear  friend  Ethel  Kennedy. 

One  afternoon,  when  we  were  on  our  way  to  the  theatre,  I 
\vas  attracted  by  the  many  glances  at,  and  the  remarks  about  a 
lawyer  who  was  then  passing  into  our  hotel  accompanied  by  a 
lady.  She  was  a  classmate  of  ours,  so  we  felt  privileged  to 
speak.  Yes,  Eva  had  married  a  lawyer  and  was  enjoying  the 
renown  of  her  famous  husband. 

A  hand  laid  over  my  eyes,  a  voice  telling  me  to  come  to  din 
ner,  awakened  me,  and  I  once  again  found  myself  before  the 
bright  fire. 

LUCILLE  O'CONNELL. 
Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


212 


Trip  to  the  Qrater  of 


started  early  in  the  morning  from  Hilo,  the  principal 
town  in  Hawaii,  riding  astride  on  small,  balking  pack- 
mules. 

Our  party  consisted  of  six,  including  the  native  guide,  who 
prided  himself  on  his  three  English  words.  The  road  from 
Hilo  was  smooth  enough  for  a  few  miles,  but  we  soon  struck 
the  hard  lava  bridle  path,  thickly  bordered  with  the  rich  trop- 
cal  foliage,  consisting  mostly  of  ferns  and  ti  plants. 

We  jogged  along  in  innocent  happiness,  while  some  tiny 
gray  clouds  gathered  in  the  sky,  and  before  you  could  say 
4 '  Jack  Robinson  ' '  a  smart  shower  descended,  soaking  us  thor 
oughly.  The  weather  has  a  habit  of  surprising  tourists  in  this 
delightful  manner.  However,  the  sun  reappeared,  dried  us  up, 
and  we  reached  the  halfway  house  without  further  interruption. 

Here  we  lunched,  and  after  a  short  rest  we  continued  our 
journey. 

Meanwhile  the  landscape  had  completely  changed,  great 
tree  ferns  loomed  up,  and  in  the  branches  of  the  trees  huge 
birds' -nest  were  strongly  lodged.  The  temperature  was 
lower,  and  we  hurried  our  animals  up  the  last  mile,  making  a 
difficult  journey  of  thirty-one  miles  in  nine  hours. 

We  were  so  stiff  that  dismounting  was  a  painful  ordeal  ;  after 
accomplishing  this  with  many  groans,  we  limped  to  the  hotel, 
called  Volcano  House. 

The  next  day  we  rested,  as  that  evening  we  visited  the  crater. 
Our  mules  took  us  to  the  lava  bed,  and  leaving  them,  we 
walked  over  it  three  miles. 

Arriving  at  the  crator,  wre  were  amply  rewarded  for  our 
toil.  The  lake  was  very  active,  and  belched  forth  great  billows 
of  liquid  fire,  resembling  the  waves  of  the  ocean  when  agitated 
by  a  mighty  storm.  Large  boulders  were  tossed  into  the  air, 
and,  rebounding,  caused  an  overflow  of  lava.  It  was  a  spectacle 
full  of  awe,  and  gazing  on  it  we  felt  our  insignificance. 

Finally  we  tore  ourselves  away  from  the  fasinating  sight, 
and  retrod  the  lava  bed,  reaching  the  mules  in  an  exhausted 
state.  We  rode  to  the  hotel,  and  the  next  day  returned  to 
Hilo,  after  a  delightful,  though  fatiguing  journey. 

EDITH  M.  WALLACE, 

Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


o/  Seventeen. 


'HERE  was  nothing  very  remarkable  about  this  girl  of 
seventeen, — she  possessed  not  entrancing  beauty  like  the 
heroines  of  story  books,  neither  was  her  wit  so  dazzling 
that  philosophers 

' '  Stood  fixed  in  steadfast  gaze. " 

In  fact,  she  was  an  ordinary  every-day  girl. 

Remarkable  as  it  may  seem,  this  girl  had  whims.  Inspired 
in  some  unaccountable  way,  she  turned  to  the  classics.  In 
about  a  week  the  knowledge  she  acquired  on  this  subject  was 
marvelous,  although  it  must  be  confessed  she  was  slightly  con 
fused  at  times,  picturing  Ulysses  as  gazing  on  the  horrors  of 
Hades,  while  the  lovely  Beatrice  wandered  dreamily  in  the 
land  of  the  Lotus-eaters. 

At  another  time  this  young  lady  determined  to  surprise  the 
world  by  her  musical  talent,  and  purchased  a  violin.  Who 
can  describe  the  agonizing  tones  that  greeted  the  ears  of  her 
martyred  household  ;  surely, 

"  Such  music  (as  'tis  said) 
Before  was  never  made. " 

A  few  months  afterward  Miss  Seventeen  determined  to  be  a 
poet,  and  priceless  manuscript  consisting  of  lame  feet,  words 
that  didn  't  rhyme,  and  other  deficiences,  covered  tables  innu 
merable. 

Painting,  French  and  various  other  branches  of  study  were 
victims  of  this  young  lady's  whims,  yet  each  in  turn  gave 
place  to  a  new  fancy. 

People  shook  their  heads,  maiden  ladies  of  sixty  groaned,  all 
the  world  gazed  on  this  Miss  as  a  hopeless  case,  forgetting  she 
was  seventeen  instead  of  seventy.  If  people  would  only 
"  draw  the  curtain  of  Charity"  over  a  girl's  faults  and  remem 
ber  they  were  young  themselves  once  ! 

MAUDE  R.  KENNEDY. 

Girls'  High  School,  Written  in  Class. 


214 


The 


rHE  invention  all  admired, 
And  each  how  he  to  be  the  inventor  missed — 
So  plain  it  seemed  once  found  ;  which  yet  unfound, 
Most  would  have  thought  impossible." 

So  it  was  when  the  sewing  machine,  that  great  help  for  all 
womankind,  was  invented.  How  people  ever  existed  during 
all  the  ages  of  varying  fashion  and  gorgeous  attire  without  a 
sewing  machine  is  a  puzzing  problem,  for  from  the  day  that 
our  first  parents  were  dismissed  from  the  Garden  of  Eden  the 
demand  for  sewing  has  been  daily  increasing,  and  it  would  be 
hard  to  tell  why  the  great  inventors  among  the  ancient  Egyp 
tians  and  the  more  modern  Saracens  missed  inventing  so  sim 
ple  a  thing  as  the  sewing  machine  is  to  us. 

It  may  be  that  the  ancients  wore  simple  robes  because  their 
wives  and  daughters  did  not  choose  to  waste  time  in  making 
garments  such  as  ours ;  but  this  reasoning  seems  faulty,  when 
we  look  at  the  court  ladies  of  Elizabeth  and  her  contemporaries 
clothing  themselves  in  garments  noted  for  their  extravagance. 
We  find  even  the  men  of  that  period  berufned,  beribboned  and 
covered  with  laces.  History  does  not  tell  us  the  number  of 
court  seamstresses,  but  we  can  easily  imagine  an  infinite 
number  of  ill-fed  women  toiling  their  lives  away  and  wishing 
that  something  could  be  done  to  lighten  their  lot. 

But  however  that  may  be,  it  was  left  for  men  of  this,  the 
Nineteenth  century,  to  invent  the  sewing  machine — that  mar 
vel  of  industry  and  usefulness.  Little  did  Elias  Howe,  the 
accredited  inventor  of  this  machine,  think,  as  he  toiled  over  its 
mechanism  in  his  lonely  garret,  what  a  revolution  it  was  to 
make  in  the  labor  question,  for  the  wonderful  little  contrivance 
has,  in  the  course  of  time  lightened  the  work  of  thousands  of 
poor  women  whose  fingers  were  worn  and  bleeding  with  using 
the  needle  from  morning  till  night.  Probably  that  sad  tale, 
"The  Song  of  the  Shirt,"  would  never  have  been  written  if 
the  sewing  machine  had  been  in  as  universal  use  then  as  it  is 
at  this  day.  And  little  did  the  first  inventor  think  that  great 
and  various  improvements  were  to  be  made  upon  his  simple 
little  machine  ;  and  perhaps  he,  even  in  his  wildest  fancy,  did 
not  dream  that  he  and  many  others  would  become  millionaires 
through  its  agency. 

Suppose  the  sewing  machine  should    by  some    mysterious 


215 

chance  be  suddenly  taken  out  of  our  world.  What  confusion, 
what  hardship  would  come  upon  us  !  The  poor  seamstress 
would  have  to  work  night  and  day  upon  beautiful  garments 
for  some  society  belle  who  had  been  thrown  into  a  panic  by 
the  report  that  sewing  machines  no  longer  existed.  Men 
would  probably  go  back  to  the  homespun  of  their  grandfathers, 
while  we  women  would  discard  our  puffs  and  ruffles  and  dress 
as  best  we  could.  So  let  us  now  take  a  bit  of  friendly  advice 
that  reads  like  this  :  "When  you  find  a  good  thing,  get  it." 

JENNIE  M.  HEALD, 

5  Shakespeare  Street. 
San  Francisco  Normal  School. 


jj|%RT  did  not  spring  into  existence  at  an  early  period  of 
||T|  man's  history.  The  ideas  of  symmetry  and  proportion 
which  are  embodied  in  art  decoration  could  not  be  evolved 
until  a  moderate  degree  of  civilization  had  been  attained. 

The  first  af  all  arts  was  the  cultivation  of  the  soil,  and  the 
rude  implements  used  by  the  first  husbandman  present  a  strik 
ing  illustration  of  the  advance  of  mechanical  arts  when  com 
pared  with  the  agricultural  machinery  of  the  present  day. 

It  is  art  that  gives  value  to  articles,  and  not  the  material  of 
which  they  are  made  ;  for  instance,  a  flower  pot  made  of  clay 
costs  a  trifling  sum,  but  the  artist  by  painting,  glazing,  etc., 
transforms  a  very  ordinary  article  into  a  beautiful  and  orna 
mental  one.  The  more  artistic  the  article  that  clay,  iron  or 
copper  can  be  made  into,  the  greater  its  value. 

Bronze  is  one  of  the  first  materials  employed  by  human  in 
dustry  ;  the  first  used  for  household  utensils  and  implements  of 
'  husbandry.  Later  it  was  used  for  ornamental  purposes,  on 
account  of  being  so  easily  worked  and  so  well  adapted  to  cast 
ing.  It  has  remained  from  the  most  remote  times  to  the  pres 
ent  day  the  most  effective  auxiliary  of  sculpture.  From  the 
twelfth  century  down  to  the  present  day  the  Florentines  have 
manufactured  bronzes  which  for  beauty  of  workmanship  have 
never  been  excelled.  Each  artist  had  to  make  his  own  pro 
cesses  and  do  everything  for  himself. 


.JMlJEHE-IiASI ..DATE 


RETURN       CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 

TO  ••»       202  Main  Library 642-3403 

LOAN  PERIOD!     ~~I2~~    "  ~        Hf 


LIBRARY   USE 

This  book  is  due  before  closing  time  on  the  last  date  stamped  below 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 

mm 

LIBRARY  USE 


FORM  NO.  DD  6A,  12m,  6'76 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


Yb 


£77  < -7 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


